Wrestling Forum banner

GCB's WWE

53K views 132 replies 14 participants last post by  Terry Gyimah 
#1 · (Edited)


NEWS

WWE PAY PER VIEWS

The planned October 3 PPV ‘Hell in a Cell’ has been renamed by the new WWE management who are not fans of the ‘gimmick’ PPV concepts. The PPV will go ahead as planned but will be renamed ‘No Mercy’ instead. It is likely to feature Sheamus’ WWE Title rematch with the newly crowned champion, Randy Orton.

There are also some other changes to the PPV schedule.

October 3, 2010: No Mercy
(was ‘Hell in a Cell’ which has now been scrapped)

October 24, 2010: Cyber Sunday
(was ‘Bragging Rights’ which has now been rescheduled)

November 21, 2010: Survivor Series

December 19, 2010: Vengeance
(was ‘TLC: Tables, Ladders and Chairs’ which has now been scrapped)

January 30, 2011: Royal Rumble

February 27, 2011: No Way Out

April 3, 2011: WrestleMania 27

May 1, 2011: Backlash
(was ‘Extreme Rules’ which has now been scrapped)

May 22, 2011: WWE Draft Night – Bragging Rights
(was ‘Over the Limit’ which has now been scrapped)

June 19, 2011: King of the Ring
(was ‘Fatal 4-Way’ which has now been scrapped)

July 17, 2011: Money In The Bank

August 14, 2011: Summerslam

September 18, 2011: Night of Champions

NXT SEASON 2 ROOKIES – FUTURES RESOLVED

With the NXT Season 2 winner, Kaval, starting his WWE career on SMACKDOWN recently, many people have been speculating over the future of the other NXT Season 2 rookies. Alex Riley has been rewarded with a RAW contract which allows him to remain with his NXT Season 2 Pro, The Miz.

Michael McGillicutty, Lucky Cannon, Eli Cottonwood and Titus O’Neil have all been deemed surplus to future requirements in the WWE and are free to talk to other companies. The WWE wishes them well in their future endeavours.

Percy Watson and Husky Harris have caught the eye of WWE management and have been awarded short-term contracts with SMACKDOWN that give them further chance to impress in the coming weeks.

THE FUTURE OF NXT, THE SHOW

NXT Season 3 has been postponed after poor reaction to the opening shows of the season. The new WWE management believe that NXT is a good concept but it needs a break between seasons to remain fresh. Watch out for the return of NXT in the future.

ROSTER CHANGES BETWEEN RAW AND SMACKDOWN

The new management are also keen to make a few changes to the rosters of RAW and SMACKDOWN over the coming months in preparation for the ‘Road to WrestleMania’ in the New Year. There are likely to be a few drafts between RAW and SMACKDOWN to shake things up a little and keep the brands fresh.

The first confirmed trades see two RAW superstars heading for SMACKDOWN this Friday night. The tag team of Mark Henry and Evan Bourne competed in Sunday’s Tag Team Turmoil match where they lost the final fall to the new Tag Team champions, Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre. They will now get their opportunity to seek revenge as the two RAW men head for the blue brand in time for Friday.

WWE Divas Gail Kim and Jillian are also heading for SMACKDOWN this week.

GENERAL MANAGER TO BE ANNOUNCED SOON

Rumours suggest that the new RAW General Manager will be announced in the coming weeks. Stay tuned to find out who it is!

ROSTERS



WWE CHAMPION
Randy Orton

US CHAMPION
Daniel Bryan

’MONEY IN THE BANK’ CONTRACT HOLDER
The Miz

Sheamus
John Cena
Edge
Chris Jericho

NEXUS
Wade Barrett, David Otunga, Skip Sheffield, Justin Gabriel, Heath Slater, Michael Tarver

Darren Young
Alex Riley
John Morrison
R-Truth
Vladimir Kozlov
Santino Marella
Ezekiel Jackson
William Regal
Goldust
Jimmy Uso
Jay Uso
The Great Khali
David Hart Smith
Tyson Kidd
Ted DiBiase
Yoshi Tatsu
Zack Ryder
Primo

CURRENTLY OUT INJURED
Triple H

DIVAS
Alicia Fox, Brie Bella, Nikki Bella, Eve Torres, Maryse, Melina, Natalya, Tamina

OTHERS
General Manager: ????
Commentators: Michael Cole with Jerry Lawler
Interviewer: Josh Matthews
Announcer: Justin Roberts
PLUS: Ranjin Singh



WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPION
Kane

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPION
Dolph Ziggler (lost at Cyber Sunday)
Alberto Del Rio

UNIFIED DIVAS CHAMPION
Layla

WWE TAG TEAM CHAMPIONS
‘Dashing’ Cody Rhodes & Drew McIntyre

The Undertaker
Big Show
CM Punk
Jack Swagger
Rey Mysterio
Alberto Del Rio
Christian
Kofi Kingston
Matt Hardy
MVP
Chavo Guerrero
Chris Masters
Caylen Croft
Trent Barretta
Curt Hawkins
Vance Archer
JTG
Finlay
Shad
Kaval
Mark Henry
Evan Bourne
Husky Harris
Percy Watson
Joey Mercury
Luke Gallows
Tyler Reks
Hornswoggle

DIVAS
Beth Phoenix, Kelly Kelly, Layla, Gail Kim, Jillian, Rosa Mendes, Tiffany

OTHERS
General Manager: Teddy Long
Commentators: Todd Grisham with Matt Striker
Interviewer: Josh Matthews
Announcer: Tony Chimel
PLUS: Vickie Guerrero, Jim Ross, Ricardo Rodriguez​
 
See less See more
3
#2 · (Edited)




MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
PREVIEW

NIGHT AFTER ‘NIGHT OF CHAMPIONS’ – THE NEW CHAMPION SPEAKS!

Randy Orton, the ‘Viper,’ RKO’d his way to the WWE Championship last night in the ‘Six Pack Challenge’ after he eliminated the champion, Sheamus, in the final fall. Afterwards, Orton celebrated with the fans and proudly held up the WWE Championship in all four corners of the ring. What will the ‘Viper’ have to say tonight on RAW? What will Sheamus’ response to losing his title be?

NEXUS CONTINUE TO CAUSE PROBLEMS FOR CENA

With John Cena eliminated by Wade Barrett at Night of Champions last night after another distraction from the Nexus, the WWE Universe must continue its wait for another Cena title reign. After months of attacks on the ‘Face of the WWE’ by the Nexus, will Wade Barrett’s men have another surprise in store tonight? Cena is scheduled to face off against David Otunga in a one-on-one contest tonight but it is doubtful that it will remain that way!

WHAT NEXT FOR JERICHO?

It’s not been a happy month for Chris Jericho. Beaten several times and seemingly losing his confident and arrogant edge after several of these losses, what will the first ever Undisputed Champion’s next move be? His early elimination at Night of Champions by new champion, Randy Orton, will not put Jericho in a happy mood at RAW tonight. Will Jericho manage to start the comeback tonight?

TAG TEAM TITLE NUMBER 1 CONTENDERS

We have new Tag Team Champions after Smackdown’s Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes won Tag Team Turmoil at Night of Champions. With just two weeks to No Mercy, four teams will meet in a Tag Team Elimination match to determine the number one contenders. The Hart Dynasty get their rematch clause with a place in the match and they are joined by The Usos, Evan Bourne and Mark Henry and the team of Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov. Who will head to No Mercy in the hunt for the gold?

Join us on Monday Night Raw!

CONFIRMED

John Cena vs. David Otunga

Tag Team Title Number 1 Contender Elimination Match
Santino Marella/Vladimir Kozlov vs. The Usos vs. Hart Dynasty vs. Evan Bourne/Mark Henry​
 
#3 ·
Looks very interesting. The preview look's good, bar Cena vs Otunga... I'm not much of an Otunga fan, and Cena isn't my favourite, but hopefully the match will be fairly well written, and it will serve some purpose. The Tag team match looks good, looking forward to that. I just hope Vladino Marelzov don't win, that would be bad bad bad news! Hoping for Hart Dynasty or Bourne/Henry victory here, but I could live with an Uso win.

Interesting section about Jericho, possibly hinting an undefeated streak? Or maybe the continuation of his losing streak. Hopefully it will be something interesting, maybe one last, reasonably long title push? I don't know, but I'm also looking forward to that.

The only thing I don't like is the size of the font, it just makes everything seem so extra, and looks a bit cartoon'ish. I know in other BtB's on other forums and such, you have used cartoons within your threads, but I don't like it on this one... it doesn't seem right. But other than that, I have no complaints whatsoever about what you've done so far, and the preview for Raw. It looks good. I just want to ask, are you writing shows in full or reacap? And same for matches aswell?

Good Luck!
 
#4 · (Edited)
Thanks for the feedback. I have been wondering about the size of the font TBH so I might change it.

I won't be using cartoons, I decided against that. I will use images for matches and PPV adverts but the cartoon ones are gone.

RAW is nearly ready to go and my plan is to write out promos in full, the main events of RAW/SD in full and an overview of the other matches. At PPV, I will write full matches. I planned out the build up to No Mercy the day after NOC before I saw RAW so there may be some feuds (i.e. Orton/Sheamus) that are the same as real life for a few weeks until I manage to move them into other directions.

There is a plan behind Jericho - he won't be taking time off to do TV shows. You'll have to wait and see what I have planned for him. Otunga and Cena will serve a purpose.
 
#5 ·




MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from Indianapolis, Indiana

A highlight video plays of last night’s ‘Night of Champions’ PPV showing Daniel Bryan’s US Title submission win over The Miz followed by highlights from the ‘Six-Pack Challenge’ match for the WWE Title. Chris Jericho’s early exit and subsequent facial expressions are shown before the elimination of Edge by John Cena is played. Nexus’ attack on Cena is shown with Wade Barrett’s ‘Wasteland’ finisher to Cena eliminating him before Barrett is eliminated by an RKO from Randy Orton. Slow motion, black and white clips of Sheamus and Randy Orton are shown with soundbites from previous RAW’s used in the background to emphasise the confrontation before the colour returns and the video speeds up with Orton’s RKO and 3-count over the champion. The video finishes with a shot of Orton standing in the corner of the ring with the WWE Championship held high in the air.



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome to Monday Night RAW with me, Michael Cole, and my broadcast colleague, Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler, at ringside.

JERRY LAWLER
And what a night we had at ‘Night of Champions’ last night, Cole, with RAW’s two most coveted titles changing hands!

MICHAEL COLE
Randy Orton won the WWE Championship in the ‘Six Pack Challenge’ with an RKO to Sheamus to secure the title and ... well, you tell them, King ...

JERRY LAWLER
Daniel Bryan made The Miz tap out to win the US Championship!

MICHAEL COLE
A fluke win, King, and the whole WWE Universe knows it! We’re sure to hear from Mr. Money In The Bank tonight, he’ll be US Champion again in no time.

JERRY LAWLER
Well, it’s going to be an amazing night. Look at this match scheduled for later this evening ...



MICHAEL COLE
After his elimination from last night’s ‘Six Pack Challenge’ by Wade Barrett and the Nexus, John Cena gets an opportunity against David Otunga tonight on RAW.



MICHAEL COLE
And here comes the new WWE Champion!

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Please welcome, from St.Louis, Missouri, the new WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

A smiling Randy Orton ambles slowly onto the stage, the WWE Title draped over his shoulder, and makes his way down to the ring to a huge ovation. Once inside the ring, he struts over to all four corners of the ring and holds the WWE Title high to loud cheers before replacing it on his shoulder and taking a microphone.

RANDY ORTON
Last night, I defeated five men and became the new ... WWE Champion.

Crowd cheers for the new champion.

RANDY ORTON
Last night, I eliminated three of my five opponents with ... an RKO.

More crowd cheers at the mention of Orton’s finish move followed by an RKO chant.

RANDY ORTON
Last night, I ended the career – if he is true to his word – of one of the greatest superstars to ever set foot in WWE ... Chris Jericho.

The Jericho fans boo but most of the crowd cheer once more.

RANDY ORTON
Last night, I did what John Cena could not do. I eliminated ... Wade Barrett and the Nexus.

More cheers but a small ‘Cena’ chant can be heard in the background.

RANDY ORTON
And last night, I finally beat Sheamus 1-2-3 in the ring to end his reign ... as WWE champion.

Loud cheers for the Viper ending Sheamus’ title reign.

RANDY ORTON
At ‘Night of Champions’ last night, I walked into the ring with all the momentum in the world. I hit RKO after RKO after RKO and ... I walked out on top of the world ... fella. Five of the WWE’s very best could not beat me at ‘Night of Champions’ and I’m out here to warn the RAW locker room to get used to this sight.

Orton strides to the corner, steps up to the middle rope and slowly lifts the WWE Title high for the fans to see. Flashlights go off around the arena before ...



John Cena comes bounding out onto the stage in a surprisingly happy mood after last night’s events. Despite the usual mixed reaction, he goes through his usual salute stance and then charges down to the ring to salute the fans.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, from West Newbury, Massachusetts ... JOHN CENA!

Cena takes a microphone and turns to face Randy Orton who is eyeballing Cena after his interruption with an evil look in his eye. Cena notices this and holds out his hands to calm Orton down.

JOHN CENA
Relax, Randy, relax, I’m not out here for any trouble. I’m here to tell you that ... the best man won last night. Ladies and gentlemen, it pains me to say it but ... The Champ is there.

Orton nods in agreement and adjusts the title belt on his shoulder.

JOHN CENA
The best man won, Randy, and I’m man enough to admit it. I don’t like it, I wanted to win that title last night, but I didn’t ... You’re the man who brought his ‘A’ game last night and I respect that.

The majority of the crowd cheer this announcement and applaud Cena’s comments.

JOHN CENA
I also came out here, Randy, to thank you. Thank you for making sure that that piece of ... slime known as Wade Barrett and his cronies didn’t manage to bully their way to the WWE Title. Your RKO to Barrett stopped that and ...

Orton decides it is time to interrupt Cena’s comment.

RANDY ORTON
Thank you, Cena, I appreciate that ... but tell me the truth – why are you here?

JOHN CENA
I’m here, Randy, for the same reason as I am always here on Monday Night Raw. It was a shame that last night, Nexus ended my match before you and I could fight for the gold. But I’m here for the WWE Universe and I’m here for that gold that is hanging over your shoulder.

The Cena fans in the crowd cheer in anticipation of Cena challenging Orton for the WWE Championship. Randy Orton smiles to himself ...

RANDY ORTON
And what makes you think that you are worthy to challenge for this title, Cena? I’ve won this title after months of determination and momentum building, months of RKO’s and months of removing the barriers. Whilst you’ve spent most of the last few months on your back at the hands of the Nexus ...

For the first time, there is an edge to the Orton and Cena conversation as Cena looks a little perturbed. He shakes his head.

JOHN CENA
Randy, I’ll admit that I’ve suffered at the hands of the Nexus. But I vowed to re-pay them for their actions and I am taking them out one by one. Tonight, I continue that action when I face David Otunga. I just wanted to let you know that I am planning on taking them out in the very near future and when I do ... I will then be setting my sights of regaining my WWE Championship.

Cena takes a step towards Orton and a stare-down between the two develops. Half the fans begin to chant ‘RKO!’ but the rest start to chant ‘Cena!’ as the tension mounts. However, the tension is released by the sound of an e-mail from the anonymous General Manager of RAW. Many fans boo at the sound of the e-mail jingle as Michael Cole gets to his feet at ringside.

MICHAEL COLE
May I have your attention please? I have received an e-mail from the General Manager.

Cole makes his way to the laptop stand as Cena and Orton move apart and turn towards Michael Cole ...

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... ‘Randy Orton, congratulations on a fabulous victory at ‘Night of Champions’ and your new WWE Championship. In my opinion, it was a well deserved victory. However, John Cena has a point. He was eliminated from the match after a distraction from Nexus. Maybe John Cena would have beaten you and won the WWE Title had he continued?’

Orton shakes his head as Cena looks around with a grin on his face, clapping his hands in agreement.

MICHAEL COLE
‘However, John Cena, you will not be getting a title shot in two weeks time at ‘No Mercy’ I’m afraid. That honour belongs to the former WWE Champion, Sheamus. He contacted me earlier today and invoked his rematch clause for that night. I’m afraid that you, Cena, will have to find another route to a match with Randy Orton. Wade Barrett is the man who eliminated you at ‘Night of Champions.’ He is the man you need to take care of first. And maybe Randy Orton can help you? Tonight’s main event will feature the new champion, Randy Orton ... and the leader of the Nexus, Wade Barrett.’

Michael Cole returns to his seat as the crowd cheer the announcement of tonight’s main event between Orton and Barrett. In the ring, Cena and Orton stand apart looking at each other as RAW fades into a commercial break.

********** COMMERCIAL **********



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, this match is set for one fall. Making his way to the ring, from Dublin, Ireland, weighing in at 272 pounds ... SHEAMUS!

The former WWE Champion strides out looking annoyed at losing his WWE Title to Randy Orton last night and signals for the music to be quietened down. He fingers his waist area where his title belt used to reside before speaking into his microphone.

SHEAMUS
Did you hear Randy Orton out here before? Last night this, last night that ... Last night, fella, you managed a fluke victory and walked away with my WWE Heavyweight Title.

The Celtic Warrior enters the ring and stares around the crowd who are jeering him about his loss to Orton.

SHEAMUS
One lucky RKO, one lucky count of three ... I always thought it was the ‘Luck o’ the Irish’ but it seems I’m wrong. And I will prove it was a fluke to you, Randy Orton, in two weeks time at ‘No Mercy’ when I destroy you and win back my WWE Title. So take a good look at this match, fella, take a good look and see that one lucky RKO is nothing compared to me, Sheamus, when I unleash hell on you, Viper.

Sheamus performs his usual taunts to the crowd as he prepares for his match.



R-Truth makes his way to the ring with his usual rapping with the crowd as he dances his way down the aisle to Sheamus’ disgust. When he enters the ring, Truth greets the crowd in Indianapolis before preparing for his match.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And his opponent, from Atlanta, Georgia, weighing 235 pounds ... R-TRUTH!

Sheamus vs. R-Truth
In a competitive match, both men are equal to each other in the early stages as they perfrom their standard moves – Sheamus with his power attack and R-Truth with his quickfire, innovative style. However, the match turns in Sheamus’ favour about halfway through as R-Truth goes for a spinning forearm – the ‘Lie Detector’ – and misses as Sheamus moves out of the way leaving Truth to crash to the mat. From there, Sheamus takes control with clotheslines and powerful punches that take the wind out of Truth’s sails. When Truth attempts to hit a hurricanrana out of desperation, Sheamus pushes him aside and lays him out with the Brogue Kick before securing the 3-count.

WINNER (7:23): SHEAMUS

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... SHEAMUS!

MICHAEL COLE
An impressive win for the Irish superstar, Sheamus, he challenges Randy Orton for the title in two weeks at ‘No Mercy’ and will be determined to feel the belt back around his waist.

JERRY LAWLER
He needs something to bring out a little colour in him, Cole!

MICHAEL COLE
Nevertheless, King, we heard earlier from the General Manager who has made a huge main event for tonight. The new WWE Champion, Randy Orton, will face the leader of the Nexus, Wade Barrett, one on one, tonight on RAW.

JERRY LAWLER
It’s a huge match for Wade Barrett, Cole. A win could shoot him into contention for the WWE Title.

MICHAEL COLE
That’s true, King. And over the last few months, Wade Barrett and the Nexus have made John Cena’s life a living hell. Let’s take a look ...

A video montage of the Nexus’ domination of Cena over the last few months is played: their first, shocking beatdown of Cena on RAW; their destruction of the ringside crew the same night; their numerous attacks on Cena; the vicious assaults on RAW superstars like Yoshi Tatsu and Goldust; their treatment of previous RAW General Manager, Bret Hart; their attack on Vince McMahon – former WWE Chairman. The video ends with a clip of Justin Gabriel’s 450 splash followed by Barrett hitting ‘Wastelands’ on Mark Henry before the Nexus logo brings the video to an end ...

********** COMMERCIAL **********

RAW returns with Josh Matthew’s standing backstage holding a microphone ready for an interview.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Welcome back to Monday Night Raw. I’d like to introduce my guest at this time ... Chris Jericho.

Boos are audible from outside in the arena as the camera pans out to reveal a grinning Chris Jericho moving to the side of Matthews.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Chris, it’s been a difficult time for you recently. You’ve found yourself in a losing streak. What are you planning to do to get ...

Jericho interrupts Matthews, looking annoyed, as he grabs the microphone and shoves the interviewer away roughly. He turns to face the camera.

CHRIS JERICHO
I am a man who has held 22 major titles here in the WWE. I am a man who has held the Intercontinental Title more often than any other wrestler in history. I am a 6-time World Champion. I am simply, a man who has been successful in everything I have ever done in my life.

The crowd jeer Jericho with his recent ‘successes’ fresh in the minds of the WWE Universe.

CHRIS JERICHO
And unlike the fat, gelatinous, uneducated morons here in Indianapolis ...

Major heat from the crowd after Jericho’s insults their home town.

CHRIS JERICHO
... and unlike the idiotic sycophants and hypocrites sat at home in the WWE Universe, I am a man of honour and I set my sights last night on becoming – once again – the WWE Champion. However, I was cheated. I was cheated by five other WWE Superstars who knew that if it ended up being any one of them and Chris Jericho at the end of the night, that I would walk out the new WWE Champion.

The crowd continue to jeer Jericho who is now looking irate with rage.

CHRIS JERICHO
So they teamed up together to eliminate me from the match first. They eliminated me and you parasites cheered their actions. And why did you cheer? Because you know, just like they all know, that I am the best in the world at what I do. They know that I was the first ever Undisputed Champion when I beat both The Rock and Steve Austin in the same night. After that, those five wouldn’t have stood a chance in a fair fight ... What the hell do you want, punk?

The camera pans out further so we can see John Morrison walking towards Jericho with a smile on his face as he chuckles in amusement. He lifts his sunglasses off as his coat glitters in the backstage lights.

JOHN MORRISON
Chris, please give it a rest. Every week, we hear the same clichéd insults from you, the same tired excuses. Have a day off. You’re having a bad time of it right now, we’ve all been there. The fact is that you cheated your way into the match when you ‘beat’ me on RAW a couple of weeks ago, you are past your best and you lost the match last night.

Jericho looks to be getting more worked up as Morrison’s interruption continues.

JOHN MORRISON
Now, Chris, I didn’t like the way you beat me to secure your spot in the ‘Night of Champions’ WWE Title match. So I am here now to challenge you to a match at ‘No Mercy’ – you and me, one on one ... What do you say, Jericho?

CHRIS JERICHO
What do I say? You think you can come back here and interrupt me? You think you are in my league? You think that ...

Chris Jericho lunges forward and slams his microphone into the skull of John Morrison catching him off-guard and sending him crashing to the floor. Jericho continues his assault as he picks up a steel chair and begins to smash it into the prone body of Morrison over and over and over. With Morrison laid writhing in pain, Jericho drags him up and runs him by the hair head-first into the brick wall. Jericho stands over Morrison as he lays unconscious on the floor and speaks to him again ...

CHRIS JERICHO
What do I say, Morrison? I say that you should think very carefully before you ever antagonise me again.

With several WWE officials now spilling into the area to prevent further damage to Morrison, Jericho smirks cockily and walks away to a crescendo of boos as the camera shows Morrison laid on the floor in serious pain.

MICHAEL COLE
A message from Chris Jericho to the WWE Universe and the WWE Locker Room, King?

JERRY LAWLER
Definitely, Jericho just completely snapped, Cole.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall and is a Tag Team Fatal 4 Way Match. The winning tag team will become the number one contenders for the WWE Unified Tag Team Championship.



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing first, weighing in at 529 pounds, the team of ... SANTINO MARELLA and VLADIMIR KOZLOV!

Santino Marella comes out ahead of his tag team partner, Vladimir Kozlov, and performs his usual gimmick entrance as Kozlov strides to the ring, focused, behind him.

MICHAEL COLE
Well, King, a Fatal 4-Way Tag Team Match to determine the new Number 1 contenders for the Tag Team Titles that Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre won last night.

JERRY LAWLER
I love seeing Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov wrestle, Cole. They’re the odd couple of the WWE ...and let’s face it, Santino has been involved in some odd couples during his time in WWE!

MICHAEL COLE
In Tag Team Turmoil last night, Rhodes and McIntyre managed to out-last four teams, including the Hart Dynasty, to secure the title. This match features the four losing teams as they battle for the Number One contender spot heading towards ‘No Mercy.’



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Accompanied to the ring by Tamina, from San Francisco, California, weighing in at 480 pounds ... JIMMY and JAY USO!

As The Usos make their way towards the ring, Tamina locks her eyes on Santino Marella who looks a little lovestruck as he stares back towards the daughter of Jimmy Snuka.

JERRY LAWLER
It looks as if Santino Marella has a little thing for Tamina, Michael.

MICHAEL COLE
He may do, King, but Kozlov does not look impressed by the actions of his partner. Santino’s pandering to Tamina last night cost them a chance at the Tag Team Titles.



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Next up, weighing in at a combined weight of 575 pounds ... EVAN BOURNE and MARK HENRY!

Bourne and Henry come out of the backstage area and begin to head down towards the ring. Bourne leads the way, holding his hand high in the air, as Henry follows laughing and clapping.

MICHAEL COLE
Here come two men who have looked very impressive together recently and have to be considered a danger to the Tag Team Titles. This is set to be their final appearance here on RAW as they are both being drafted to SMACKDOWN this week ... Wait a minutes, what’s this?

Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre dash out behind Bourne and Henry and smash them both in the back of the head with their Tag Team Title belts. Both men crash to the floor and McIntyre peels after Evan Bourne. He picks up the smaller superstar and runs him back up the ramp and smashes him face first into the RAW stage screens – one of the panels blacks out and a few sparks fly from the screen as Evan falls back in agony. Meanwhile, Cody Rhodes is waiting for Mark Henry to get back to his feet at the bottom of the ramp whilst the two teams already in the ring stand and watch ... as Henry gets to his feet and turns, Rhodes prepares himself before smashing him in the face with the title belt for a second time.

JERRY LAWLER
Oh my God, Cole, what is this about?

MICHAEL COLE
A shocking attack on Evan Bourne and Mark Henry by the new Tag Team champions. How will this affect the Number 1 contender match coming up?

********** COMMERCIAL **********

RAW returns with Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov in the ring with The Usos as Mark Henry is helped out of the arena with Evan Bourne on a stretcher. The attackers, Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre, are nowhere to be seen.

MICHAEL COLE
We’ve just had word that Evan Bourne and Mark Henry will not be able to compete here tonight and that the match will go ahead as a Triple Threat Tag Team Match instead.



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And finally, accompanied by Natalya, weighing in at 445 pounds ... TYSON KIDD, DAVID HART-SMITH ... THE HART DYNASTY!

The Hart Dynasty head towards the ring looking in a foul but determined mood after losing their titles last night. They lift Natalya up onto the apron and head into the ring to a positive ovation from the fans.

WWE TAG TEAM TITLE #1 CONTENDERS MATCH
Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov vs. The Usos vs. Hart Dynasty

The match is a fast paced and action packed one with Tyson Kidd particularly impressive when he flies around the ring. The match slows down when David Hart-Smith and Vladimir Kozlov come together but Hart-Smith ends up succumbing to a headbutt from the ‘Moscow Mauler’ that sends him down to the mat and outside although Jimmy Uso does get the tag as he falls past him. With Kozlov and Santino looking set for the win, Tamina distracts Santino Marella again as well as the referee and allows The Usos to take out Vladimir Kozlov behind the referee’s back. Jimmy Uso goes for the pin but it is interrupted by Tyson Kidd who sends him out of the ring with a roundhouse kick. With Tyson Kidd not the legal man, he attacks Santino Marella and the two spill outside leaving just Kozlov in the ring as a legal man. However, with Jimmy Uso outside the ring as the other legal man, Jay Uso slides in the ring pretending to be his brother. The referee cannot tell the difference and Jay hits a diving splash from the ropes to Kozlov and hooks the leg for a 3-count.

WINNER (8:54): THE USOS

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here are your winners and the number one contenders for the Tag Team Titles ... JIMMY and JAY USO!

The Usos and Tamina celebrate their victory but don’t hang around long after their deception to get the win. The camera follows them up the ramp.

MICHAEL COLE
Not an altogether legal win but a win all the same, King.

JERRY LAWLER
Sometimes you’ve just got to get the win in the WWE and worry about the reaction later!

MICHAEL COLE
So it’ll be The Usos who will get to challenge Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre for the Tag Team Titles at ‘No Mercy’ in two weeks time. Josh Matthews is backstage with the new champions right now.

Camera returns to the interview area backstage and Josh Matthews with his guests, Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre. As Tag Team Champions, these two can appear on RAW at any time despite their SMACKDOWN contractual obligations.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Cody, Drew ... Why did you just attack Evan Bourne and Mark Henry?

CODY RHODES
Why do you think, Matthews? The new Tag Team Champions are made up of the future of the WWE, the young guns, the ‘chosen one’ Drew McIntyre and ... ‘Dashing’ Cody Rhodes. Are Bourne and Henry ‘dashing’ Josh? They look like they have been hit several times by the ugly stick, if you know what I mean. They are not what the WWE wants to see as the Tag Team Champions.

DREW McINTYRE
They’re ugly, they’re boring and they’re over the hill. Mark Henry has been here for years and he has never done anything in the WWE. As for Evan Bourne ... he got a win over Chris Jericho a few months back and has done nothing since except hang about with Henry. We don’t believe that they are worthy of challenging us for the Tag Team Titles ... so we took them out.

JOSH MATTHEWS
We’re just getting word from the doctors that both Evan and Mark have been taken to hospital for treatment on suspected concussions ...

Rhodes and McIntyre smile in delight with their plan seemingly working to perfection.

JOSH MATTHEWS
... some would say that you took them out because you’re scared to face them?

CODY RHODES
Scared of them? One of them is a near-400 pound old timer; the other is a skinny little runt who has one move of note. We are NOT scared of them. They are not worthy of getting into a ring with me, ‘Dashing’ Cody Rhodes, the most handsome man in the WWE.

DREW McINTYRE
They’re not Tag Team Championship material, they never will be. And now we will set our sights on The Usos and defeating them at ‘No Mercy’ and going on to be the most dominant Tag Team Champions of all time.

Rhodes and McIntyre swing their Tag Team title belts over their shoulders and walk away from Matthews with cocky, arrogant looks on their faces.

********** COMMERCIAL **********



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Please welcome, accompanied to the ring by Alex Riley ... THE MIZ!

Alex Riley strides out first telling everybody to show respect to The Miz as the current ‘Money In The Bank’ contract holder comes out with, surprisingly, a smirk on his face after he lost the US Title last night. Holding his briefcase high, The Miz poses as the pyro fires and he heads to the ring with a cocky swagger that we have become accustomed to with The Miz in the last few months.

MICHAEL COLE
Oh boy! Here we go, King! The Miz is here on Monday Night Raw!

JERRY LAWLER
Calm down, Cole, calm down. No doubt he’s here with a thousand and one excuses about his loss to Daniel Bryan last night.

MICHAEL COLE
Last night, The Miz was beaten by Daniel Bryan – his ungrateful NXT Season 1 rookie – after Bryan locked in the LeBell Lock on him and forced him to tap out.

JERRY LAWLER
Yeah, he tapped out and I reckon this crowd will be sure to remind him of that fact!

MICHAEL COLE
Oh, come on, King! You saw what happened! The Miz dominated the match and was caught off-guard by Bryan with one lucky move.

The Miz and Alex Riley enter the ring and pose before Miz takes a microphone and heads to the centre of the ring as the music dies down. As he prepares to talk, a huge ‘You Tapped Out!’ chant begins in the arena and The Miz stands there smirking.

THE MIZ
Yes, I did ... I did tap out ...

The chants continue to get louder as the smile remains on the face of Miz.

THE MIZ
... and I tapped out on purpose.

The crowd begins to jeer and boo The Miz instead as Riley tells them to quieten down.

THE MIZ
I tapped out on purpose because my time as the US Champion is up. You see, I am still ‘Mr. Money In The Bank’ and you know what? That guarantees that I will be the WWE Champion when I decide I want to cash it in. Whenever I make that decision, I will pin the WWE Champion and take the WWE Championship. If you think about it, I already am the WWE Champion – I just haven’t got the belt yet!

The crowd continue to boo and jeer as Alex Riley applauds his mentor who laughs out loud in the middle of the ring.

THE MIZ
All day long, I’ve heard the whispers behind my back. The Miz ... he lost to Daniel Bryan last night. Daniel Bryan is the new US Champion. He tapped out. Daniel Bryan is the new US Champion for a reason and that reason is ... because I let him. When I first showed up on NXT Season 1, I got no respect from Daniel Bryan. I got nothing but sneers from him. He thought he was better than me and that I could teach him nothing. He acted like a complete jerk and he deserves everything he has got from me.

Alex Riley nods his head and laughs at The Miz’ comments but the crowd continue to get on The Miz’ back.

THE MIZ
He comes out here in his purple trunks with his goofy music, he tells us all he is going to make us all tap out ...

Another ‘You Tapped Out!’ chant begins to echo around the arena

THE MIZ
Really? Really? I’ve already told you, I tapped out on .. pur ... pose. Watch my lips. I ... tapped ... out ... on ... pur – pose. Was that slow enough for you Indianapolis morons?

More heat from the crowd after the insult.

THE MIZ
The fact is this: I am guaranteed to be WWE Champion whenever I decide I want to be. Do I need the US Title? No, I don’t. So I decided that I wanted Daniel Bryan to win it from me. I wanted my rookie to become the first rookie to win a title in the WWE. Daniel Bryan, new US Champion, because The Miz gave it him. And now, I want to make sure that my two NXT rookies are both US Champions. Alex Riley is more of a champion than Daniel Bryan will ever be – so I am officially handing my rematch clause over to Alex Riley for ‘No Mercy.’

The crowd boo as Riley parades around the ring with his arm aloft and mouthing off at the crowd. He signals that the belt will soon be his before The Miz continues.

THE MIZ
Alex Riley will become the new US Champion at ‘No Mercy’ and who knows? Maybe I will cash in my ‘Money In The Bank’ contract after the Randy Orton and Sheamus match ... whoever wins the match. You see, I’m on my way to bigger and better things than the US Title. I’m on the road to the WWE Championship, I’m going to cash in my ‘Money In The Bank’ contract very soon, I’m going to be the future of the WWE ... because I’m The Miz ... and I’m ... AAWWWWWEEEESSSSSOOOMMMMEEEE!

The Miz’ music restarts and he leaves the ring with Alex Riley by his side. Riley signals that he will become the new US Champion to the crowd whilst The Miz points to his rookie and builds him up.

MICHAEL COLE
The future of the WWE has spoken, King, he lost the title on purpose so that he could make the claim that he was the first NXT Pro to guide a rookie to a title. And in two weeks time at the ‘No Mercy’ pay-per-view, it will be Alex Riley’s chance to win the US Title.

JERRY LAWLER
What a load of rubbish that was, Cole, you don’t honestly believe that The Miz lost on purpose, do you?

MICHAEL COLE
Of course, he has moved on from the US Title, King, he is guaranteed to win the WWE Title soon so he doesn’t need it. Next up though, the match that John Cena has been waiting for all night ...



... as he goes one on one with Nexus member, David Otunga, after the break.

********** COMMERCIAL **********



David Otunga walks out alone for his match looking confident that he can cause what would be a huge upset and beat the former WWE Champion, John Cena, tonight on RAW.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Making his way to the ring, weighing in at 240 pounds, from Hollywood, California ... representing the Nexus ... DAVID OTUNGA!

Otunga enters the ring and makes his way to the corner to trash talk to some of the fans at ringside. He looks rather strange and isolated on his own.



The crowd erupt for the arrival of John Cena who goes through his usual entrance routine as we saw earlier in the evening. Once in the ring, he bounces off the ropes a few times before throwing his shirt into the crowd.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent, from West Newbury, Massachusetts, weighing 240 pounds ... JOHN CENA!

David Otunga vs. John Cena
As Cena hands over his jewellery to the referee, Otunga clearly has a plan in mind and attacks Cena from behind forcing him head first into the turnbuckle. The referee rings the bell and Otunga has control of the match in the early stages with Cena knocked out of sync by the cheap attack at the start. However, as Otunga looks to finish the match early with his thrust spinebuster, Cena reverses the move into an STF attempt. With Otunga near the ropes, Cena has to break the hold and Otunga slithers out of the ring but parity is now restored. The match continues with Cena starting to take control with his usual arsenal of attacks although Otunga is getting some offence in and it isn’t as one-sided as you might expect. However, Cena starts to click through the gears as he hits the Five-Knuckle Shuffle and starts to look like he has the match won. As Otunga tries a last desperate attempt to take Cena down, Cena ducks and lifts Otunga up for the Attitude Adjustment ... 1, 2, 3!

WINNER (5:35): JOHN CENA

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... JOHN ...

Robert’s announcement and Cena’s music is cut short as Skip Sheffield storms across the ring from out of nowhere and clatters into Cena from behind to send him flying to the mat. Otunga and Sheffield begin their beatdown of Cena and both hit their finishing moves – Otunga finally getting the Thrust Spinebuster that he calls ‘The Verdict’ whilst Sheffield rocks Cena’s jaw with a crunching clothesline. The two Nexus members leave the ring with Cena in a crumpled heap at the hands of the Nexus yet again. As they reach the top of the ramp, Wade Barrett and the other three Nexus members – Heath Slater, Justin Gabriel and Michael Tarver – appear and congratulate their team-mates on a job well done.

MICHAEL COLE
Another RAW, another Nexus beat-down of John Cena.

JERRY LAWLER
At some point, Cena is going to have to take out the Nexus once and for all ... otherwise, they are going to continue this and eventually, he’ll be able to take no more.

MICHAEL COLE (as the camera focuses on a battered Cena getting up)
What will be the next move for John Cena in his bid to stop the Nexus?

********** COMMERCIAL **********

RAW returns with footage of John Cena rampaging around backstage, clearly annoyed after his win over David Otunga was spoiled by the attack from Skip Sheffield. He is shouting around for Wade Barrett and he rounds a corner and walks straight into him ... and the rest of the Nexus.

WADE BARRETT
Are you looking for me, John?

JOHN CENA
This has gone on long enough, Wade, it’s time to put up or shut up. What is your problem with me?

WADE BARRETT
We have no personal issue with you, Cena. We told the whole WWE Universe that the winds of change were blowing and that meant the Nexus needed to remove the top dog in the WWE. We set our sights on you. And tonight, some of our attention will turn on Randy Orton.

JOHN CENA
Why don’t you be a real man and face me by yourself, Wade? Every week, you tell us all that the ‘winds of change are blowing’ but every week, you show yourselves to be a bunch of cowards only capable of winning any match here in WWE with your team-mates behind you. Why don’t you prove that you are the future of the WWE, Wade? Why don’t you do it alone?

WADE BARRETT
Cena, I’ve had just about enough of your mouth. If it wasn’t for the fact that me and the rest of the Nexus had important matches still to come tonight, we’d wipe the backstage floor with you again. As it is, we’re going to let you walk away. Go ... now!

Cena stands his ground, refusing to move, shaking his head.

JOHN CENA
No, Wade, somebody has to stand up to you.

WADE BARRETT
Then you leave us no choice, Cena.

Yet again, Skip Sheffield is the one who storms out of the Nexus pack and smashes Cena with another devastating clothesline. The rest of the Nexus stand back as Sheffield slams Cena into walls and boxes before Barrett walks over to a prone Cena one more time.

WADE BARRETT
When will you learn, Cena? Just stay out of our way.

The Nexus walk away with the camera focused on Cena writhing on the floor in pain. As he is laid on his back in agony, the camera shows Randy Orton walking round the corner.

RANDY ORTON
On your back at the hands of the Nexus, Cena. Again.

The camera returns to the ring and the music of Edge begins to play.



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... EDGE!

Edge walks to the ring looking determined to get something off his chest, not even stopping for his usual fireworks and pose. He climbs into the ring and demands a microphone from the ring announcer’s table.

EDGE
Cut the music ... Last night at the Six-Pack Challenge, I was eliminated second. I have no excuses. I was eliminated fair and square by John Cena.

Small pop for the mention of Cena.

EDGE
However, there is one thing that is on my mind. The General Manager of RAW ... his actions as regards me in the last few weeks have been scandalous. He clearly has some kind of vendetta against me and I’m here to demand that he meets me face to face. So, anonymous GM, if you’re here ... get out here. If you’re not, I expect your response to tell me that you will be here next week ...

Edge waits for the entrance of the GM or the response via e-mail. After about thirty seconds, it is clear that there will be no response from the GM.

EDGE
This is ridiculous. I am the Rated-R Superstar and I demand that you tell me who you are!

Edge waits again ... but there is still no response.

EDGE
All I want to know is why the General Manager seems to have such a problem with me. I am the top entertainer here on RAW ... yes, I am ... and I demand to have my questions answered tonight or next week!

Edge waits again ... and waits and waits ... still no response.

EDGE
That’s fine then. I’m going nowhere until I get some answers. Consider me on strike and RAW postponed until I hear from the General Manager ...

JERRY LAWLER
It looks as if Edge is planning to stage a sit-down strike for answers. We’ll see if Edge gets any response next ...

********** COMMERCIAL **********

RAW returns with Edge still sat on a steel chair in the ring. He is looking incredibly annoyed that the RAW General Manager has so far refused to contact him in any way.

EDGE
I mean it. RAW will not be continuing until somebody tells me some information!

Edge continues to wait ... and wait ... until ...



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen ... Please welcome the new owner of WWE ... CHIP BUTTY!

Dressed in jeans and a sports shirt, the new owner of the WWE walks out to a warm reception from the WWE crowd. Smiling and waving to the crowd, Chip heads for the ring and slides under the bottom rope where Edge awaits.

CHIP BUTTY
Good evening, Edge, it’s an honour to meet you. Allow me to introduce myself. I am the man who has bought the WWE from Vince McMahon. I am the new owner of the WWE. My name is Chip Butty and any complaints that you have tonight will be dealt with by me.

Chip offers his hand out to Edge which the Rated-R Superstar reluctantly shakes.

CHIP BUTTY
Right then, Edge, I cannot allow you to sit here in the middle of my WWE ring and hold up the RAW show that thousands of people have paid to see. What is the problem?

EDGE
The General Manager is the problem, Butty, have you not been listening to me?

CHIP BUTTY
Let’s get one thing straight, Edge, before we go any further. Until I give you permission to do differently, you will address me as Mr. Butty. Remember that it is I who will be paying your cheques. I have heard you discussing the General Manager’s ‘vendetta’ against you. What exactly is the problem you have with the GM?

EDGE
My problem with the GM? Let me see ... he’s a coward for one thing. He sits behind a computer somewhere and in the last three months, he hasn’t shown his face once. He makes matches that continually put me at a disadvantage and refuses to treat me as the superstar that I am. He is ...

CHIP BUTTY
Wait a minute, Edge! Who says that the RAW General Manager is a male?

Edge looks bewildered at the prospect that a female General Manager is controlling his future and, for a moment, is lost for words.

CHIP BUTTY
Are you telling me that you’ve never upset any of the ladies here in WWE? Do you need me to name them all?

EDGE
So the General Manager is a female then? That could explain a few things ...

CHIP BUTTY
Edge, this claim of yours that the General Manager of RAW – be it male or female – is somehow holding a grudge over you seems a bit far-fetched to me. What exactly has the GM done wrong to you?

EDGE
Are you kidding me? He – or she – put me in a match with The Great Khali.

CHIP BUTTY
And ... ?

EDGE
What do you mean? The Great Khali! How is that fair?

CHIP BUTTY
For a start, I remember watching RAW a few weeks ago just before Summerslam when you wanted Khali off the WWE Team because he wasn’t good enough. If that was your opinion, why is putting you in a match with Khali such a bad thing? Surely you’d have won it easily?

Edge looks like he wants to punch Chip Butty in the face but he knows he has to hold back due to this being the new owner of the company. Instead, he steps away and grabs at his hair before returning to Chip in the centre of the ring.

EDGE
Every week, I get put in another ridiculous match thought up on the spot. It’s not fair. Dammit, I’m a nine-time World Champion, I deserve to be treat better.

CHIP BUTTY
Edge, I have inherited the WWE with an anonymous GM. I have no problems with the actions of the GM with regards yourself or any other wrestler. I have asked the GM to reveal themselves in the near future – so you will soon get your wish – but for now the RAW General Manager continues to communicate via Michael Cole and the email. You are employed by RAW, therefore you will do as the General Manager of RAW asks. If you don’t ... you know where the door is.

The crowd cheer at the straight talking facts handed out to Edge as the new owner hands his microphone back before heading back out of the ring and up the ramp. As Chip is halfway up the ramp and Edge is looking rather annoyed, the email alert sounds through the arena and Michael Cole rises to his feet.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have received an email from the General Manager ... And I quote. ‘Edge ... Thank you for your comments about my performance as General Manager. It seems that the new owner is happy with me so I will continue as I see fit.’

Edge throws his microphone down in temper and glares at the new owner who is stood up on the ramp chuckling ...

MICHAEL COLE
‘So tonight, Edge, I have a match for you. You will compete tonight in a handicap match. It will be you, Edge ...’

Edge stands with his hands on his hips, looking at the new owner with a shake of the head ...

MICHAEL COLE
‘... against Michael Tarver, Heath Slater and Justin Gabriel of the Nexus. And that match will be taking place ... right ... now!’



Edge looks even more annoyed now as the crowd jeers the arrival of the three Nexus members. As they make their entrance, they stare at Chip Butty as he walks past them, a menacing look in their eyes. They descend the ramp towards the ring where Edge is waiting apprehensively.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is a Handicap Match. Making their way to the ring, representing the Nexus ... JUSTIN GABRIEL, HEATH SLATER and MICHAEL TARVER!

Edge vs. Justin Gabriel, Heath Slater and Michael Tarver
The three Nexus members dominate the early exchanges as they deliver a beating to the Rated-R Superstar who has the WWE Universe on his side despite his heelish comments about the General Manager. However, Edge manages to launch a comeback when he manages to toss Tarver and Slater through the ropes to the outside and hits the spear on Gabriel. With the crowd expecting a 3-count, Skip Sheffield arrives to drag the referee out of the ring to deny Edge. As the referee argues with Skip, Tarver and Slater crash a steel chair apiece into Edge’s cranium – a double con-chair-to if you like – to take back the advantage. They drag Edge to the corner to set up a 450 splash for Gabriel who hits it perfectly. Tarver takes the glory and covers Edge for 1, 2, 3!

WINNER (4:53): JUSTIN GABRIEL, HEATH SLATER and MICHAEL TARVER!

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here are your winners ... THE NEXUS!

The three members of Nexus stride up the ramp congratulating each other and celebrating with Skip Sheffield on the stage. As they look back to the ring, Edge appears to start losing control and slams his hands down on the mat. He turns to face the GM’s laptop and starts to shout out at the laptop to the crowd’s amusement. Then the email alert sound echoes through the arena. What does the GM want now?

MICHAEL COLE
May I have your attention, please? I have another email from the General Manager ... And I quote. ‘Edge. I hope you have now learnt your lesson. The General Manager does not tolerate threats, insults or questioning of how I run things. Remember that in the future and you will be fine. If you don’t, be prepared for a lot worse.’

Edge storms out of the ring, muttering under his breath, towards the stage. At the top of the stage, he turns and scowls one more time before he walks out, slamming his hand against the RAW set as he leaves.

********** COMMERCIAL **********



RAW returns as the WWE Champion, Randy Orton, heads out to the ring for the main event. He struts to the ring with the WWE Title belt draped over his shoulder and heads to the corner to perform his title pose in the corner of the ring.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. In the ring, weighing 245 pounds, from St. Louis, Missouri ... he is the WWE Champion, RANDY ORTON!

The crowd roar as their latest hero is introduced and he jumps down to the mat and awaits the arrival of the NXT Season 1 winner and leader of the Nexus ...



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And his opponent ... weighing 265 pounds, from Manchester, England ... WADE BARRETT!

Wade Barrett slowly makes his way out onto the RAW stage and is shadowed by his sidekicks from the Nexus group: Skip Sheffield, Michael Tarver, Heath Slater, Justin Gabriel and David Otunga. They slowly makes their way towards the ring, dressed in the black shirts with the yellow Nexus logo on the front, and Barrett begins to gesture towards the WWE champion in the ring. The referee is talking to the ring announcer, Justin Roberts, as Barrett steps through the ropes.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, I have just been informed by the referee that the other five members of the group, Nexus, are banned from ringside for this contest.

The crowd erupts, Orton smiles a sadistic smile and Barrett and the Nexus proceed to argue and try to intimidate the referee who stands firm. Barrett grabs the referee by the scruff of his shirt but Orton runs over and attacks Barrett, pushing the referee away, and clotheslining the leader of the Nexus over the top rope. Other referees come from the back to usher the Nexus group away as Wade Barrett looks on incensed.

Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett
The referee signals for the bell when the Nexus members have been escorted out of the arena and Wade Barrett slides back into the ring with a few words of contempt for the referee. Orton walks over slowly and Barrett stares him out, the two men sizing each other up before they begin, before the two begin to trade pushes to the chest. Eventually, Orton has had enough and begins to force Barrett back with right hands into the corner of the ring. Barrett counters with a knee to the gut and proceeds to throw Orton through the ropes and out of the ring before he walks away with his arms raised to the crowd.

Orton slithers back into the ring and looks up at Barrett from the mat, slowly getting to his feet, as the two men face up to each other again. Orton takes control with thrusting uppercuts to Barrett before he forces Barrett down with a reverse chinlock. He holds this move on Barrett who is laid back on the mat now with the referee asking if he wants to give it up. Orton intensifies the grip on Barrett but the Nexus leader manages to grasp the rope forcing the break and Orton jumps up quickly. He begins to target the limbs of Barrett as he delivers a stomp to the hand and wrist of Barrett before moving to the ankle joints on his legs. Circling Barrett, Orton continues to stomp at his opponents’ joints before hauling him back up to a sitting position to resume the chinlock.

Barrett manages to get back to his feet and fires Orton off towards the ropes but Orton hits a perfect drop kick on his return sending Barrett crashing through the ropes to the outside again to the cheers of the crowd.

MICHAEL COLE
Can Wade Barrett get back in this match and take a giant step towards a WWE Title shot? We’ll find out ... in a moment.

********** COMMERCIAL **********

Randy Orton and Wade Barrett are now outside the ring trading blows. The replay shows Barrett crashing Orton into the steel ring steps during the break but Orton is now mounting a comeback from that.

MICHAEL COLE
Here comes Orton with right hands to Barrett ... Time to move, King!

Orton whips Barrett into the announce table and the Nexus leader collides gut first with the table and sprawls over it in pain whilst Orton soaks in the cheers of the crowd. The referee orders Orton back into the ring and he slides back in to allow the referee to count. At the count of 7, Barrett climbs up on the mat but Orton meets him coming in and grips him in a headlock ready for a DDT through the ropes. He drags Barrett through and sets himself before crashing Barrett down to the mat head-first to the delight of the fans.

Orton is now looking in control of the match. As Barrett launches a counter, Orton ducks under his flailing arm and hits an inverted headlock backbreaker, bending Barrett’s back across his own. The crowd begin to chant ‘RKO! RKO!’ and Orton, on cue, drops to the mat and starts pounding his fists ... building up the suspense as Barrett groggily gets to his feet ... Orton up to his feet and stalking his prey, the Viper ready to pounce ... Barrett turns around and RKO! Orton hits his finisher and Barrett is laid out on the mat. Orton slithers over and makes the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Wait a minute!

JERRY LAWLER
Damn it, that’s Sheamus! What’s he doing out here?

MICHAEL COLE
Sheamus drags Orton out of the ring, pounding him to the skull ... King, he looks annoyed after Orton defeated him last night!

Sheamus continues his assault, as the bell is rung at the referee’s command, by whipping Orton into the barricade at ringside. Orton writhes in pain as the Celtic Warrior stands back waiting ... As Orton gets to his feet, Sheamus charges towards him and hits the Brogue Kick perfectly to send Orton crashing down. Sheamus pulls the steel steps apart and stands with one foot up on the first step. He drags Orton up by the head and sets him up for the Irish Cross ... he lifts him up onto his shoulders, positions Orton and climbs up to the second step ... before allowing Orton to slide forwards and down onto the back of his neck on the padded ringside area.

WINNER (11:23): RANDY ORTON (DQ)!

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Your winner, as a result of a disqualification ... RANDY ORTON!

Sheamus smirks and heads for the timekeeper’s table where the WWE Title is kept. He wrenches it out of the timekeeper’s hands and positions it on his shoulder before sauntering away past the prone body of Randy Orton and up the ramp. With the crowd booing and jeering, Sheamus holds the title up high and thumps his chest before exiting with Orton’s title belt.

The camera pans back to Orton who is laid out still on the ringside floor as the show fades away to black.


********** END OF SHOW **********
 
#6 ·




FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
PREVIEW

WHAT NEXT FOR KANE AND THE UNDERTAKER?

At ‘Night of Champions’ on Sunday, the Devil’s Favourite Demon, Kane, defeated his brother, The Undertaker, to retain his World Heavyweight Champion and establish himself as the dominant force in his family as well as on Smackdown. Will the Deadman set his sights on Kane’s title despite the defeat or will Kane move on to another victim?

ZIGGLER STILL INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPION!

After his defeat of Kofi Kingston at ‘Night of Champions,’ Dolph Ziggler and his girlfriend, the Smackdown Consultant to the General Manager – Vickie Guerrero, have proclaimed the Intercontinental Champion as the greatest of all time. Whilst there may be several former Intercontinental Champions who would disagree with Ziggler and Guerrero, there is no doubt that Ziggler is in possession of the gold right now and is on the express train to the top of Friday Night Smackdown. Ziggler and Guerrero are planning to address the WWE Universe tonight with a major announcement.

ALBERTO DEL RIO’S RING ANNOUNCER TO STAR ON THE ‘PEEP SHOW’ WITH CHRISTIAN!

After Alberto Del Rio’s explosion onto our screen’s recently with his injury to Rey Mysterio and his war of words with Christian, his ring announcer Ricardo Rodriguez tonight appears as the special guest on Christian’s ‘Peep Show’ on Smackdown. What will Rodriguez have to say to Christian and will we be hearing from Smackdown’s hottest new talent, Del Rio?

MELINA SET FOR SMACKDOWN APPEARANCE!

After her defeat to Michelle McCool in the unification match on Sunday, Melina is set to arrive on Smackdown to confront the unified champion and her co-champion, Layla. With Laycool not known for their sympathetic ears, what response awaits Melina when she appears on the blue brand on Friday night?

Join us on Friday Night Smackdown!

CONFIRMED

Kaval vs. Joey Mercury

Jimmy Uso vs. Cody Rhodes​
 
#7 ·




FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
Live from Bloomington, Illinois


Smackdown opens with a video of the World Heavyweight Title match at ‘Night of Champions’ between Kane and the Undertaker. The video focuses on the weakened state of the Undertaker and uses past clips from the Deadman in his prime to highlight how he struggled on Sunday night. It then shows the end of the match with Kane picking up the win and retaining the World Heavyweight Title, raising it high in the air with the Undertaker defeated in the middle of the ring.




*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

The camera pans around the arena in Bloomington, Illinois, as the crowd cheer the start of Friday Night Smackdown which is hosted by Todd Grisham and Matt Striker.

TODD GRISHAM
Welcome to Friday Night Smackdown, five nights removed from ‘Night of Champions’ where Kane scored a crushing victory over his brother, the Undertaker.

MATT STRIKER
That’s right, Kane with a decisive victory over the Deadman and now, maybe, the power lies with the little brother for the first time in WWE history.



TODD GRISHAM
And speaking of the World Heavyweight Champion ... here he comes.

TONY CHIMEL
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

Kane strides to the ring in the darkness and the eerie red lights, the jeers of the crowd ringing in the background. He enters the ring over the top rope with the World Heavyweight Title around his waist, glowing red, and takes a microphone with the red lighting still permeating through the arena. Kane’s music is replaced with background eerie music to accompany Kane’s address to the crowd. Kane stands laughing maniacally as he prepares to talk ...

KANE
At ‘Night of Champions’ on Sunday, I proved to you all that I am the Devil’s favourite demon ... I proved that I am the dominant force in my family, on Smackdown and in the WWE.

The crowd jeer and boo but there is something chillingly true about Kane’s comments.

KANE
I took your hero, your Undertaker ... I beat him to within an inch of hell’s gates and then I tombstoned him to retain the World Title. I left his battered, bloody carcus in the ring, almost dead, and I walked out ... walked out on your hero, my brother, with my vengeance almost complete.

In the background, an ‘Un-der-ta-ker’ chant begins to emerge but it isn’t strong and Kane ignores it.

KANE
For thirteen years, I have planned my vengeance and now I have almost achieved it. My big brother now answers to me and I am ready to destroy him once and for all. I have beaten him down, I have humiliated him in front of the world, I have destroyed his legacy ... Now it is time to finish him for good.

There is no doubting the intensity and effect of Kane’s words on the crowd as their attempts to unsettle the ‘Big Red Monster’ fail miserably.

KANE
I have dreamt of this moment for thirteen years and at ‘No Mercy’ ...

Kane laughs at the PPV name.

KANE
... at ‘No Mercy’ my vengeance will be complete. I am challenging you, big brother, to a match that will allow me destroy your legacy and your legend for good. You and me, Deadman, one on one ... Casket match.

The crowd roar their approval at the idea of a Casket match between Kane and the Undertaker ...

KANE
A Casket Match where I will destroy you forever. A Casket Match where I will extinguish your life and your soul, Deadman. A Casket Match where I will send you to the fiery depths of hell for all eternity, big brother ... I know you’ll accept my challenge, you have no choice. What do you say, Undertaker?

The eerie music fades out and Kane turns expectantly towards the stage waiting for the Undertaker to respond. The crowd turn too and a louder ‘Un-der-ta-ker’ chant starts up as the WWE Universe begins to anticipate the arrival of the Phenom ...

... and they wait ...

... and they wait ...

... and nobody arrives. Kane looks a little agitated at the non-arrival of his brother.


KANE
Get yourself out here, Phenom, get yourself out here and accept my challenge. The creatures of the night are all willing you to accept my challenge. Accept and let me get ... MY ... VENGEANCE!

Eyes turn towards the stage again and the imminent arrival of the Undertaker is expected. The eerie red lights flicker and lift and the crowd begin to cheer and then the music hits ... but it isn’t that of the Deadman.



TONY CHIMEL
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... KOFI KINGSTON!

Kofi Kingston enters the arena with his bouncing style, accepting the handshakes of the crowd in the aisle, as he heads towards the ring. He locks eyes with Kane as he nears the ring before bounding up the steps into the ring. Kane glares at Kofi but refrains from attack as Kofi lifts himself into the corner of the ring for his ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ pose before he turns to take a microphone and faces Kane in the ring.

KANE
What do you want?

A large ‘Kofi!’ chant echoes around the arena as Kingston grins, facing Kane, he clearly has something to say to the World Champion.

KOFI KINGSTON
Look, man, I’m not out here to get involved in your problems with the Undertaker. I’m here because of what is around your waist – the World Heavyweight Championship.

The crowd pop for Kofi’s new ambition to be the World Champion.

KOFI KINGSTON
At ‘Night of Champions’ on Sunday, I was cheated out of the Intercontinental Title one more time by Dolph Ziggler and Vickie Guerrero. That’s the third time in a matter of weeks ... So I got to thinking – I’ve been Intercontinental Champion for a while, why don’t I start setting my sights a little higher?

Kane smirks and begins to laugh at Kofi ...

KANE
You mean my title? Did you see what I did to the Undertaker at ‘Night of Champions?’ Did you see how I destroyed the so-called ‘Phenom’ of the WWE?

KOFI KINGSTON
I’m not disputing that you are a worthy champion, Kane, I’m just out here to prove that I have what it takes to be the World Champion in the future.

KANE
No, Kofi, you are out here to make the biggest mistake of your life? What makes you think that you are worthy of being in the ring with the ‘Devil’s Favourite Demon,’ Kofi? What makes you think that you are worthy of a shot at this title? I have made a challenge to my brother, the Undertaker, at ‘No Mercy’ and he will face me. He has no choice. You? You have a choice. You can get out of my way ... now!

Kofi looks around and takes a step back before – a determined look on his face – standing his ground and staring Kane dead in the eye.

KOFI KINGSTON
No. I am here to prove that I am a future World Champion and I am here to challenge you, Kane. I will not back down from you.

KANE
Big mistake, Kofi, big ...

Kane drops the microphone and seizes Kofi by the throat looking to choke the life out of him and set him up for a chokeslam. Kofi struggles for a moment, surprised, but then kicks the knee of Kane to break the hold. Kane, angered, swings at Kofi but he ducks out of the way before hitting the ‘Trouble in Paradise’ to a out of position Kane who falls through the ropes to the outside with a look of shock on his face as the fans cheer loud for Kofi Kingston’s actions. Kane begins to back away talking smack but then more music sounds ...



... and Teddy Long, the Smackdown General Manager, heads out onto the stage with a microphone to a good reception from the crowd.

TEDDY LONG
Hold on, playas, hold on. Kofi Kingston ... I am sure – and I think the WWE Universe will agree with me – that you are a future World Champion here on Smackdown, playa. And after the way you lost your Intercontinental Title, I think you deserve a chance to show what you can do. So, Kane, tonight ... it will be you against Kofi Kingston, one on one here on Smackdown!

The crowd cheer, Kofi smiles but Kane looks angry and marches up to the General Manager who looks intimidated but stands his grounds.

TEDDY LONG
Hold it, champ, you don’t wanna’ go there. What is more Kane, I am going to make a match for you at ‘No Mercy’ and it is the match you want. It will be the World Champion, Kane, against the Undertaker!

The crowd cheer again at the mention of the Undertaker having a title match at ‘No Mercy’ but this news also makes Kane smile and he backs away from the General Manager at little.

TEDDY LONG
And Kane ... if you beat Kofi Kingston here on Smackdown tonight, I will allow you to choose the stipulation for your match with the Undertaker at ‘No Mercy’ – whatever you like ... If you want a Casket Match, you can have a Casket Match!

Kane looks delighted and nods his head at the General Manager. A sadistic smile spreads to the World Champion’s face as he contemplates a Casket Match to end the legacy of his brother.

TEDDY LONG
... However, playa, if you lose to Kofi Kingston tonight ...

The anticipation levels in the crowd rise as they sense a big announcement that Kane isn’t going to like.

TEDDY LONG
... I get to choose the stipulation and it will be a Triple Threat – Kane vs. The Undertaker vs. ... KOFI KINGSTON! Holla!

Kane looks angry and begins to stalk after Teddy Long as his music plays. The General Manager decides to get out of the way and Kane follows him; the camera ends with a smiling Kofi Kingston in the ring, happy that he has a chance to steal a place in the World Heavyweight Title match at ‘No Mercy.’

********** COMMERCIAL **********

Smackdown returns with a graphic advertising the main event tonight: Kofi Kingston against the World Champion, Kane.



TODD GRISHAM
Welcome back to Friday Night Smackdown where we just heard from Teddy Long that World Champion, Kane, will face Kofi Kingston tonight and if Kofi wins, he will be part of the World Title match at ‘No Mercy’ in two weeks time.

MATT STRIKER
But if Kane wins, Todd, it will be Kane vs. Undertaker at ‘No Mercy’ with Kane, the Devil’s Favourite Demon, choosing the stipulations for the match.

TODD GRISHAM
Will Kane get his wish for a Casket Match with the Undertaker at ‘No Mercy’ with the title on the line? Or can Kofi Kingston pull off a huge win and earn himself a title shot?



TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, accompanied to the ring by Tamina and Jay Uso, weighing in at 240 pounds from San Francisco, California ... JIMMY USO!

The tag team title number one contenders make their way out onto the stage with Jimmy Uso dressed for action. As they head to the ring, footage of their victory in the number one contender match on Raw airs.

TODD GRISHAM
Here come the Uso Brothers who beat off the challenge of Vladimir Kozlov and Santino Marella as well as the former champions, the Hart Dynasty, on Monday night on Raw.

MATT STRIKER
After originally planning to face Mark Henry and Evan Bourne in a Fatal 4-Way, the match was made into a Triple Threat after the new champions, Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre, attacked Bourne and Henry before the match.

TODD GRISHAM
Many people are speculating that the new champions are afraid of Bourne and Henry – Smackdown’s newest recruits after they were drafted over from RAW this week – and that they took them out to avoid having to face them at ‘No Mercy’ with the Uso’s taking on that challenge now after their win.

MATT STRIKER
You’ve got to admire the way that Rhodes and McIntyre go about their business. They’d better keep their eyes on their new challengers though – the Uso’s are more than capable of upsetting them for the titles.

TODD GRISHAM
Especially with the distraction of Tamina at ringside ... as Santino Marella found to his cost on RAW!



TONY CHIMEL
And his opponent, accompanied to the ring by Drew McIntyre, weighing in at 223 pounds fromCharlotte, North Carolina ... he is one half of the Unified Tag Team Champions ... ‘DASHING’ CODY RHODES!

TODD GRISHAM
And here he comes ... ‘Dashing’ Cody Rhodes.

MATT STRIKER
Why do you mock Cody when you say the word ‘Dashing’ to introduce him? He deserves respect from you, Todd, he is the Tag Team champion and he is a man that you need to pay attention to when he speaks.

Cody Rhodes strides out with a look of arrogance and the Unified Tag Team Title belt around his waist before stopping to look into the mirror set up on the titantron. With Drew McIntyre purposefully walking behind him, the Tag champions slowly head to the ring to the jeers of the crowd.

Jimmy Uso vs. ‘Dashing’ Cody Rhodes
The crowd get behind the Usos in the match with Jimmy Uso taking advantage early on against the arrogant Rhodes. However, a distraction from Drew McIntyre gives Rhodes the chance to get on top in the match and from that moment, there is only one outcome. The ‘Crossroads’ finisher allows Cody Rhodes to pick up the win around the same time as Drew McIntyre crashes his title belt into the back of the watching Jay Uso and the cocky champions have another success to add to their growing collection.

WINNER (4:59): CODY RHODES

TONY CHIMEL

Here is your winner ... ‘DASHING’ CODY RHODES!

The Tag Team champions strut backwards up the ramp with a smug look of self-satisfaction etched onto the faces. Tamina consoles the groggy Usos and shakes her head towards the champions who smirk further. Cody Rhodes produces a microphone and signals for his music to fade ...

CODY RHODES
You see, Usos, it’s real simple. Drew and I are the best young talent here on Smackdown and we intend to make sure that we rule the Tag Team division for a long time to come. We will destroy everyone in our path whether they be you two, Santino and Kozlov, the Harts or even Bourne and Henry. We fear nobody and we will dominate the Tag Team titles as long as we want to. At ‘No Mercy,’ you better hope that we are in a kind and generous mood – if we are, then all we will do is crush your Tag Team Title dreams. If not, you’ve got big problems to worry about.

Rhodes’ music fades back in and the champions make their way up the stage and out of views as we fade into a break.

********** COMMERCIAL **********

FROM THE VAULT: SMACKDOWN 2006
Batista and Rey Myserio vs. MNM


Smackdown returns with the winner of NXT Season 2, Kaval, stood in the ring waiting ...

KAVAL
You know, since I joined Smackdown as the winner of the second season of NXT, I’ve been watching the other wrestlers here with interest. Checking out how good they are, thinking about how I fit into things. I’ve got a long history in the business but I’ve never been here in the WWE. The WWE Universe is looking at me and thinking that it is not possible for me to survive here.

But you’re wrong. I may not have the biggest body or the biggest muscles but I do have the biggest heart. I’m determined to succeed here on Smackdown for you guys, the great fans of the WWE ... particularly here in Illinois!

Cheap pop from the crowd.

KAVAL
So I’m out here tonight before my match to tell you my aims, where I want to be in years to come. I’m here to make it on my own and my first target is to establish myself and gain your respect. When I’ve done that ...

Kaval is interrupted as the music of his NXT Pro’s – Laycool – hits in the arena.



The WWE Unified co-Divas Champions come rushing out to the ring to greet their NXT rookie, Kaval. The NXT Season 2 rookie champion looks annoyed at the arrival of Laycool and is visibly seen mouthing ‘What are you doing here?’ to the duo as they arrive with their shining title belts.

MICHELLE McCOOL
Kaval, Kaval, Kaval ... Why didn’t you tell us you were coming out here?

LAYLA
Yeah, Kaval, you know that the fans love to see you in the ring with us, don’t you?

The crowd boo as Laycool push and pull the miniature superstar around, hugging and stroking him, one either side ...

KAVAL
Look, ladies, I appreciate everything you did for me during NXT but I’m ...

MICHELLE McCOOL
You’re welcome, Kaval, we’re the reason you won, aren’t we Layla?

LAYLA
That’s right, Michelle, we make that frown turn upside down! That’s why the WWE-Universe loved you and wanted you to win NXT!

MICHELLE McCOOL
You’re our little pet project, Kaval, we want to help you to get to the top of Smackdown!

LAYLA
Wait a minute ... Michelle, he doesn’t look very happy.

MICHELLE McCOOL
You’re right, Layls ... I know what’s the matter with him though ... he’s forgotten to wear his Laycool pink shirt!

LAYLA
He has, he has! Silly Kaval, that’s why you’re not smiling!

MICHELLE McCOOL
We’ll send somebody back to get it for you, Kaval. You need it to win your match tonight!

LAYLA
You. You there, Matt Striker. Go and get Kaval’s shirt ... go and get it now.

Matt Striker looks confused but begins to remove his head set to head for the back when Kaval decides to speak again.

KAVAL
Enough! I don’t need your help, ladies, I can reach the top on my own. Please leave me alone.

Michelle and Layla look at each other confused before posing together and using their ‘Real Talk’ catchphrase.

MICHELLE McCOOL
Kaval ... you need us. You were nothing on NXT until we made you interesting. You need us to make you entertaining.

LAYLA
We’re the Unified Divas Champions, Kaval. We add that sparkle that you’ve never had. So, stop being a Mr. Grumpy Pants and give us a smile ...

Kaval sighs in resignation and gives a grudging smile before Layla and Michelle give him a hug and jump around him excitedly.



TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall. On his way to the ring, weighing 191 pounds ... JOSEPH MERCURY! ... ... ...And his opponent, weighing 174 pounds from Brooklyn, New York ... KAVAL!

TODD GRISHAM
This should be an interesting match, Matt, as we get a chance to see the NXT Season 2 winner, Kaval, in action here on Smackdown as he looks to make a name for himself.

MATT STRIKER
But we also get to see Joseph Mercury in action, fresh out of the SES after it broke up, and also looking to make a name for himself and re-launch his career!

Kaval vs. Joseph Mercury
Kaval brings his unique style to the match with his quick kicks and aerial offence taking Mercury down time after time after time and exciting the watching Laycool at ringside. Mercury manages to get on top during the middle of the match and looks to set up for his Frankensteiner finish move on more than one occasion but Kaval manages to fight out on each occasion. As Kaval re-establishes his dominance, he heads for the top rope looking for his Ghetto Stomp and Laycool jump up onto the edge of the ring apron in anticipation. Kaval orders them to get down several times and eventually they do ... however, the pause allows Mercury to escape as Kaval crashes down towards him. Mercury hooks in the Double Underhook DDT and scores the pinfall to the annoyance of the Divas Champions at ringside.

WINNER (7:19): JOSEPH MERCURY

TONY CHIMEL

Here is your winner ... JOSEPH MERCURY!

Mercury celebrates as he walks away up the ramp whilst Kaval is left sitting in the ring with his head in his hands. Laycool get in the ring to console him, giving each other coded facial expressions of surprise that Kaval could lose the match. As they try to lift Kaval to his feet, he breaks free of them, stares at them and shakes his head before walking away from them and back to the backstage area. Laycool look at each other confused as Kaval exits. However, as they begin to leave, more music hits the arena ...



Melina – a RAW diva – heads out of the crowd and over the barricade behind the champions who are looking towards the stage. The former Divas Champion smashes into the back of Layla before attacking Michelle McCool in revenge for the dirty tricks pulled by the pair in defeating Melina at the ‘Night of Champions’ PPV. Melina throws furious fists at McCool in the corner of the ring and screams out loud before hitting a dropkick to the Divas Champion as she rests against the bottom turnbuckle. Layla rushes at Melina who bends back to avoid her before using her feet to send Layla back to the outside where she staggers back to McCool. The champions retreat up the stage as Melina stares at them and makes a title belt gesture across her own waist ...

********** COMMERCIAL **********

TODD GRISHAM
Big news during the commercial break as Smackdown General Manager Teddy Long made a match for tonight. Melina will team up with Kelly Kelly to face the co-Divas Champions, Laycool, here live on Friday Night Smackdown ...

MATT STRIKER
It looks like Melina is hell bent on winning back the Divas Title from Laycool as soon as possible!

TODD GRISHAM
It certainly does seem that way, Matt, and who can blame her after the ...

VICKIE GUERRERO
Excuse me?!

The Smackdown crowd immediately begin to boo as Vickie Guerrero appears on stage screeching into her microphone ...

VICKIE GUERRERO
I said Excuse me?! ... ... Excuse me?!

The crowd continue to boo Vickie as she smiles and composes herself before continuing ...

VICKIE GUERRERO
Allow me to introduce to you all ... the Intercontinental Champion and my boyfriend ... DOLPH ZIGGLER!



The cocky Intercontinental Champion strides out and slicks back his hair as Vickie Guerrero beams with pride at the man in her life. As they head towards the ring, Ziggler frequently poses and emphasises that he is the champion. When in the ring, he takes a microphone before standing in the centre with Vickie to address the crowd.

DOLPH ZIGGLER
Hi ... I’m Dolph Ziggler!

Ziggler and Vickie laugh as the crowd jeer at them ...

DOLPH ZIGGLER
A year ago, that’s what I was saying to everybody. I was introducing myself and trying to get myself noticed in the WWE. Nobody around here took me seriously.

He looks at Vickie Guerrero who shakes her head and points at the title belt around Ziggler’s waist now.

DOLPH ZIGGLER
A year on and now look at me. I’ve got the most beautiful woman in the world beside me and I’ve got the Intercontinental Title belt strapped around my waist. Every single one of you and every single one of the wrestlers backstage now know who I am ... I’m ... Dolph ... Ziggler!

VICKIE GUERRERO
All those people that didn’t believe in Dolph have now got to ... Excuse me?!

Vickie Guerrero looks incensed as the crowd boo and jeer her again but Ziggler reassures her, pecks her on the cheek and she smiles ready to continue.

VICKIE GUERRERO
... all those people need to take a second look now. Dolph is the future of the WWE and he will be the Intercontinental Champion for an awful long time. He is my man, he is going to be a major star here in the WWE. You’d better all realise that very quickly.

DOLPH ZIGGLER
I’m already the greatest Intercontinental Champion that the WWE has ever seen ... and tonight, I am here to prove it. If anybody backstage thinks that they have what it takes to take the title from me, I am challenging them to come out now and face me in this ring. If they can come out here and beat me tonight, I will give them a title shot next week on Smackdown.

The crowd turn expectantly towards the stage waiting for a challenger to come forward as Dolph and Vickie wait in the ring. A long pause follows and it looks as if Dolph has no challengers ...

DOLPH ZIGGLER
Just as I thought, nobody has the guts ...



TONY CHIMEL
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome to the ring ... LUKE GALLOWS!

Gallows says nothing and just walks into the ring with a determined look on his face ready for action. He points to Ziggler’s title and then to his own chest which makes Ziggler annoyed and he rips off his jacket ready for action.

Dolph Ziggler vs. Luke Gallows
Ziggler is on the defensive for the early part of the match as Gallows goes to work determined to earn himself an Intercontinental Championship match. With the stronger Gallows using his power to his advantage, it takes Vickie Guerrero’s appearance on the ropes to turn the tide as Ziggler takes advantage of the distraction. With the crowd beginning to get behind Gallows after his previous stint as a heel in the Straight Edge Society, Ziggler looks to end the match early but is unable to lock in the sleeper or hit the ‘Zig Zag’ to win the match. In desperation, Ziggler tries to hit the ‘Zig Zag’ when Gallows is stood near the ropes and he holds on and sends the Intercontinental Champion crashing down to the mat on his back. Gallows prepares himself and looks set to finish Ziggler when all of a sudden, CM Punk appears and attacks the former SES man causing the referee to signal for a disqualification.

WINNER (5:28): LUKE GALLOWS (DQ)

TONY CHIMEL

Here is your winner as a result of a disqualification ... LUKE GALLOWS!

Punk and Ziggler join forces to beat down on Gallows who can do nothing to prevent the assault. Ziggler locks in the sleeper as Punk stands back and mocks Gallows by signalling that it is time for him to go to sleep. Ziggler releases the hold and Punk hoists the groggy Gallows up and hits the ‘Go to Sleep’ finisher before standing back proud of himself. Vickie slides in a steel chair for Ziggler to teach Gallows a real lesson but the crowd suddenly rise as the Big Show storms down the aisle to the aid of his former enemy and Punk and Ziggler are forced to scatter quickly.

TODD GRISHAM
Big Show to the rescue there for Luke Gallows but a terrible assault from CM Punk and Dolph Ziggler. How will Gallows respond to that? And he did win the match – does that mean he has an Intercontinental Title match next week?

MATT STRIKER
There is no response for him. Without CM Punk and the ‘Straight Edge’ lifestyle, Luke Gallows has nothing. He’s lucky that Big Show was there to prevent him getting pounded into the mat.

TODD GRISHAM
Well, there is one thing for certain. The end of the ‘Straight Edge Society’ has been confirmed this evening. It looks as if CM Punk is going it alone ... unless Dolph and Vickie are joining up next?!

MATT STRIKER
Sometimes in the WWE, Todd, two men with a common goal can work together without being allies. That’s what you saw tonight with Ziggler and Punk – two men getting the job done. It’s a sensible ploy.

TODD GRISHAM
Up next, it’s the ‘Peep Show’ and Christian will have a very special guest on tonight ... Alberto Del Rio’s personal ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez. That’s coming next here on Friday Night Smackdown!

********** COMMERCIAL **********

Smackdown returns with the ring transformed into the ‘Peep Show’ set ...



TONY CHIMEL
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome to the ring ... CHRISTIAN!

The crowd give Christian an excellent reception as usual as he comes out to the ring dressed in his casual clothing rather than his wrestling attire. He shakes hands with several people as he heads to the ring with a smile on his face as he prepares to present the ‘Peep Show’ on Friday Night Smackdown.

CHRISTIAN
Ladies and Gentlemen, welcome to the Peep Show. A big shout out to all of my ‘peeps’ here in Illinois!

The crowd respond with a loud cheer as Christian recognises their home state before continuing ...

CHRISTIAN
Over the last few weeks here on Friday Night Smackdown, we have had to put up with the debut of one of the most irritating men in the history of the WWE. He comes out here dressed like a goof-ball, speaking Spanish that nobody understands and having an haircut that is quite frankly an insult to the WWE Universe watching ... I am of course talking about ...

The crowd begin to boo as they realise who Christian is talking about ...

CHRISTIAN
No, I’m not on about Alberto Del Rio ... I’m on about Ricardo Rodriguez!

The camera pans to the ring announcer area where Ricardo Rodriguez is stood dressed smart with a microphone in his hand prepared to announce Alberto Del Rio to the ring whenever necessary.

CHRISTIAN
As if putting up with Del Rio is not bad enough, we have to listen to his personal ring announcer talking gibberish that nobody here understands ... Therefore, I am inviting you, Ricardo Rodriguez, to be my guest tonight on the ‘Peep Show’ right now. What do you say?

Rodriguez points to himself as if to question Christian’s invite and then shakes his head to indicate that he is not willing to join him in the ring.

CHRISTIAN
That’s OK, I understand. If I was you, I wouldn’t want to be in the public view either. But answer me one question, Mr Rodriguez ... What is happening with the hair? Does Del Rio insist that his employees must have a ridiculous haircut like he does? What’s the deal?

Rodriguez shakes his head again and ignores Christian as he stands in the ring gazing over to the personal ring announcer of Del Rio making a scissors gesture with his fingers ...

CHRISTIAN
In all seriousness, Alberto Del Rio has made quite an impact recently. He injured my good buddy, Rey Mysterio ...

The crowd pop at the mention of Mysterio who is currently sidelined with an injury to his arm picked up when Del Rio used a steel chair to injure it further after his Arm-Bar submission hold had weakened it previously ...

CHRISTIAN
Now, Rey Mysterio is a good buddy of mine and he is out for weeks, maybe months, because of Del Rio ... And I am not going to sit back and allow Del Rio to get away with that. Do you understand that Rodriguez?

Rodriguez again shakes his head and shrugs his shoulders determined not to get involved with Christian ...

CHRISTIAN
Now, last week, I was set to teach Alberto Del Rio a lesson when you grabbed my leg from behind, Mr Rodriguez. And now I invite you on the ‘Peep Show’ and you don’t want to get involved in my business ... well, tough, you’re involved in my business.

Christian drops the microphone and drops to the mat to roll out of the ring. He stalks after Alberto Del Rio’s personal ring announcer who begins to walk away from the WWE superstar who follows with an evil look in his eye. As Rodriguez begins to make a move up the ramp away from Christian, the music of Smackdown’s newest superstar hits and Christian stops ...



A smiling, arrogant Alberto Del Rio walks out dressed in a suit with his white scarf around his neck and begins to strut down the ramp towards the waiting Christian. Del Rio walks up to Christian and winks at him before walking past him to the ring ... Christian rolls back into the ring as well and picks up his microphone to talk with the Mexican superstar, Del Rio.

ALBERTO DEL RIO
My name ... is Alberto Del Rio. But you ... and all of you ... already know that.

Del Rio winks and holds his arms wide but the WWE Universe begin to boo and jeer him. However, Del Rio just chuckles and laughs unfazed ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO
Christian ... I just heard you insulting my ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez. Why you do this?

CHRISTIAN
I knew that if I insulted him, you wouldn’t be able to resist coming out here and running your mouth off again. I see that I am right?

ALBERTO DEL RIO
If I were you, Christian ... I would think very carefully about what you say. Did you see what I did to that little chihuahua, Rey Mysterio? I would hate for that to happen to you too ...

CHRISTIAN
You think that you can intimidate me, Del Rio? Well think again. Some people might be scared of a Mexican wrestler dressed in Kylie Minogue’s wardrobe ... but not me. I want to challenge you to a match at ‘No Mercy’ next week.

Del Rio smiles and shakes his head at Christian as the crowd pop at the idea of Christian beating down Del Rio at the upcoming PPV.

ALBERTO DEL RIO
Christian, Christian, Christian ... You are not going to make me do anything. I am a noble man and I will face you when I want to and in the way that I choose. You should be worrying about me and staying out of my way. If you don’t believe me, ask you little amigo, Rey Mysterio ...

CHRISTIAN
I am going to ask you one more time, Kylie ... me and you, ‘No Mercy,’ one on one ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO
I would like that Christian ... but on one condition.

CHRISTIAN
And that is ... ?

ALBERTO DEL RIO
It will be a submission match. Then I can break you arm just like I broke the arm of Rey Mysterio ...

CHRISTIAN
You’re on, Hot Pants. And by the way ... here’s a taster for you.

Christian smashes Del Rio in the head with the microphone and begins to take down the Mexican with right and left hands. As Christian looks to have taken down Del Rio, he is dragged away by Ricardo Rodriguez who backs away when Christian turns to face him ... with the ring announcer in the corner, Christian advances towards him until Del Rio picks up a canvas chair and fold it up before hitting Christian in the back with it. Rodriguez slides out of the ring as Del Rio hooks in the Arm-Bar and forces Christian to tap out as Del Rio’s music restarts. As Del Rio poses in the ring and Rodriguez announces him in Spanish, doctors have to tend to Christian at ringside and help him away as he holds him arm ...

********** COMMERCIAL **********

Smackdown returns with Laycool’s music playing and the self-proclaimed co-Divas champions in the ring preparing for their tag team match tonight.

TONY CHIMEL
The following tag team contest is set for one fall. Currently in the ring, the self-proclaimed co-Divas Champions ... MICHELLE McCOOL and LAYLA ... LAYCOOL!



TONY CHIMEL
Their opponents, introducing first from Jacksonville, Florida ... KELLY KELLY!

Kelly Kelly makes her way towards the ring with her usual cheery disposition and sets her eyes on Laycool in the ring. Layla and Michelle begin wafting the air and mouthing ‘Smelly Kelly’ which has no effect on the popular diva who turns to greet her partner ...



TONY CHIMEL
Her partner, representing Monday Night Raw, from Los Angeles, California ... MELINA!

Melina is accompanied onto the stage by the usual paparazzi hordes and the red carpet as she makes her way down the ramp towards Kelly and the ring. She hugs her partner before performing her jumping splits entrance under the bottom rope.

Laycool vs. Kelly Kelly and Melina
Laycool take the early advantage as they make frequent tags to keep Kelly Kelly in their corner and away from Melina. Kelly struggles to get into the contest and McCool in particular uses a combination of kicks and suplexes to take her down time after time. Kelly manages to get an opportunity for a tag when Layla goes for her finishing neckbreaker move – The Lay-out – but McCool and Layla manage to deny her and leave Melina frustrated on the outside. McCool and Kelly go at it and Kelly manages to hit a few moves and the crowd get on her side before she finally makes the tag to Melina. The RAW diva hits the ring as a bundle of energy and takes out Layla on the opposite side of the ring before hitting McCool with her best moves. Finally, Melina hits the ‘Primal Scream’ leg drop and makes the pinfall on McCool to send a clear message to the co-Divas champion that she wants a rematch.

WINNER (4:56): MELINA and KELLY KELLY

TONY CHIMEL

Here are your winners ... KELLY KELLY and MELINA!

Kelly and Melina celebrate in the ring as Laycool rescue their title belts and head up the ramp with McCool holding her head. Melina points at the Divas Title belts and then to herself making it clear to Laycool that she wants a rematch very soon.

********** COMMERCIAL **********


REBOUND

Highlights from RAW play showing John Cena and Randy Orton’s confrontation, the GM announcement that Sheamus would have his rematch for the WWE title at ‘No Mercy’ and the Wade Barrett and Randy Orton match that Sheamus interfered in and walked out with the WWE Title ...



TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall. Coming down to the ring, weighing 328 pounds ... he is the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

Kane strides to the ring with his World Title around his waist basking in the glow of an eerie red light. As he enters the ring, the camera shows that Kane is laughing out loud to himself, clearly still loving the fact that he beat the Undertaker at ‘Night of Champions’ last Sunday.



TONY CHIMEL
And his opponent ... from Ghana, West Africa, weighing in at 221 pounds ... KOFI KINGSTON!

Kofi comes out looking determined to impress and win himself a World Title shot by beating the ‘Big Red Monster’ tonight on Smackdown. He bounces to the ring and claps his hands together in the corner for the ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ pose before turning to face Kane.

TODD GRISHAM
A massive night for Kofi Kingston, Matt, he has a chance to get a World Title shot in a week’s time at ‘No Mercy’ if he wins here.

MATT STRIKER
But it’s a massive match for Kane as well, Todd, if he wins then he will get to choose the stipulations for the match with his brother, the Undertaker, at ‘No Mercy’ instead.

TODD GRISHAM
We haven’t heard from the Undertaker, nobody has seen the Deadman all night long. The bell rings and here we go with Kofi and Kane here on Friday Night Smackdown!

Kane vs. Kofi Kingston
Kofi comes firing out of the blocks with a volley of rights and lefts that has Kane reeling into the corner of the ring, it is clear that Kofi means business tonight. The crowd react to Kofi’s intense start and rally behind the Ghanaian superstar as he steps back from Kane and uses his boots to Kane’s mid-section and legs. The ‘Big Red Monster’ almost cowers in the corner until he manages to launch a choke thrust at Kofi that sends him staggering and halts his momentum. Kane fires a clothesline at Kofi but he ducks underneath and as Kane turns, Kofi hits a flying forearm that sends Kane reeling into the ropes and out of the ring. Kingston leaps over the top rope and stalks Kane before diving off the apron to hit another flying forearm but Kane catches him in a choke hold before forcing him back into the steel steps so that Kofi’s back takes the brunt of the impact. Kane rolls back into the ring as the referee begins his count.

TODD GRISHAM

A quick start from Kofi Kingston but there we see why Kane is so dominant as the World Heavyweight Champion: one power move and the whole match can turn in the blink of an eye.

MATT STRIKER
I’ve been in the ring with Kane before and it is so disheartening when you get him on the backfoot – not that I did very often – and he flicks an arm or a fist out and knocks you down.

Kofi staggers to his feet on the outside of the ring and begins to slowly climb back into the ring under the bottom rope. Kane drags him up by the hair despite the referee’s protests and forces him back into the turnbuckle. After several uppercuts, Kofi Kingston falls to a seating position in the corner and Kane walks away before running back to hit a drop kick to the seated Kingston. Kane lifts him back to his feet and scoop-slams him in the corner before taunting the crowd with a cocky laugh, clearly mouthing ‘The Undertaker is scared of me’ to those watching at ringside.

Kane lifts Kofi back to his feet, dazed, and whips him into the opposite buckle. Running in for a clothesline, Kingston manages to counter with a pendulum kick that staggers Kane backwards and gives Kofi time to recover.

MATT STRIKER

Kofi Kingston with a great counter. How much more can Kingston withstand here tonight? How badly does he want a title shot at ‘No Mercy’ next week?

TODD GRISHAM
Can Kofi Kingston get back into this match-up and win a title match? We’ll find out after the break.

********** COMMERCIAL **********

Smackdown returns with Kane still in control of the match as he lifts Kofi up by the throat with two hands in the corner and sits him on the top buckle before hitting an uppercut which sends Kofi down to the outside from the top rope with the crowd gasping at the fall. Kane slowly makes his way outside the ring and lifts Kingston to his feet before whipping him into the barricades around the ring. Kofi winces in pain as Kane follows this up with more uppercuts before looking to whip Kofi into the steel ring post. Kofi manages to stop and avoid smashing into the post but as he turns around, Kane smashes a big boot into his skull to send Kofi crashing to the deck once more.

MATT STRIKER

It certainly seems that Kane is intent on securing himself a match of his choice against the Undertaker at ‘No Mercy,’ Todd ...

TODD GRISHAM
It does, Matt, and as Kane mentioned before in his challenge to the Undertaker, it sounds as if Kane wants a ‘Casket Match’ when he faces his brother.

MATT STRIKER
And that’s what will happen unless Kofi Kingston can fight back here.

The referee forces Kane back into the ring and starts to count Kofi out. 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... Kofi rolls back into the ring and Kane laughs maniacally as he prepares to launch more pain. He stands back and waits for Kofi to get to his feet, his hand held back ready to grab Kingston by the throat. As Kofi wobbles round, Kane grips him by the throat, lifts him high and delivers a choke slam that almost sends Kofi through the ring mat. Kane looks round at the WWE Universe who are waiting for the Undertaker’s gong but it doesn’t come and Kane covers Kofi in the centre of the ring. 1 ... 2 ... Kofi somehow kicks out of the choke slam! The crowd erupt as Kingston starts to show his World Title pedigree and determination and a loud ‘Kofi!’ chant echoes around the arena. Kane looks shocked but whips Kofi towards the ropes ready to hit a back body drop ... However, Kofi kick Kane in the head as he bends down to send the crowd into a frenzy. Kingston, with the momentum now, hits a dropkick that staggers Kane but fails to take him down. A second drop kick also fails but a third sends Kane down to the mat and the crowd cheer louder. Kofi covers Kane ... 1 ... 2 ... Kane kicks out but Kofi is straight back on the attack. As Kane gets up to his feet, Kingston sends him back down with a clever ‘Russian Leg Sweep’ before hitting the ‘Boom Drop’ to Kane and covering him again. 1 ... 2 ... Kane kicks out again with authority. Another drop kick sends Kane through the ropes again and Kofi springboards over the top rope into a cross-body that sends Kane down near the announce table.

Kofi is forced back into the ring by the referee and Kane manages to get to his feet with a look of bewilderment in his eyes now. He slides back into the ring angrily and looks to smash Kofi but he ducks under the right hand and aims another kick to Kane’s mid-drift. However, Kane catches his foot and forces him down onto his back. As Kane looks to drag Kofi up, Kofi fights back with punches from his knees, stopping Kane’s pursuit of him but he can’t stop him completely. Then, from out of nowhere, Kofi springs up and delivers a kick to the chest with staggers Kane. As Kane recovers, Kofi prepares for ‘Trouble in Paradise’ ... waiting for Kane to turn around ... as Kane turns, Kofi spins to build up the power before hitting it perfectly to Kane’s temple sending the champions down. Kofi covers Kane again ... 1 ... 2 ... Kane kicks out – just about – as the crowd groans in disappointment.

TODD GRISHAM

So close for Kofi Kingston, Matt, can Kofi do it?

A look of frustration shows on Kofi Kingston’s face for the first time but he gets back to his feet determined to carry on. Kane gets to his feet and wobbles to the corner where Kofi rushes towards him looking for another kick to the head. This time, Kane catches Kofi and turns him upside down for a powerbomb that sees Kofi’s head bounce off the mat. Kane recovers a little before dragging Kofi to his feet and scooping him up for a ‘Tombstone Piledriver’ ... Kofi is helpless and Kane drops him on his head. Laughing again, Kane covers Kingston and the referee counts. 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER (13:17): KANE

TONY CHIMEL

Here is your winner ... the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

Kane snatches his World Title from the referee and backs away up the ramp towards the entrance whilst Kofi holds his head in the ring.

TODD GRISHAM
An impressive performance from Kofi Kingston but it is Kane who prevails and he will be choosing a stipulation for his match at ‘No Mercy’ against the Undertaker for the World Title.

MATT STRIKER
There will be no Triple Threat for Kofi at ‘No Mercy’ but what an effort from the former Intercontinental Champion.

TODD GRISHAM
It looks as if Kane will facing his brother in a ‘Casket Match’ in a week’s time now after this victory. But where is the Undertaker? Nobody has heard from him since ‘Night of Champions’ Matt ...

MATT STRIKER
Nobody knows, Todd, and what’s more, Kane is looking more dominant every week.

The camera zooms in on Kane as the eerie red lights fill the arena again. He is laughing as he stares back to Kofi Kingston in the ring and as Smackdown goes off the air, Kane continues to laugh ...
 
#8 ·



RESULTS

Percy Watson and Husky Harris beat MVP and Kaval (Pin – 8:14)

The two newcomers – Watson and Harris – pick up a debut win and a measure of revenge over Kaval who won NXT Season 2. Husky Harris gets the decisive pinfall after he drops all his weight down onto MVP before getting the 3-count.

Alicia Fox beats Eve Torres (Pin – 6:21)
In this Divas match, Alicia Fox gets back on track with a pinfall victory over Eve. However, she needs to resort to dirty tactics – a vicious hair pull behind the referees back to smash Eve into the mat – before hitting the scissors kick for the 3-count.

R-Truth beats Zack Ryder (Pin – 3:01)
A convincing win for Truth who spends more time rapping on his way to the ring than he does in beating Ryder. The ‘Lie Detector’ does the damage and allows R-Truth to pick up the pinfall.

Alex Riley beats Santino Marella (Pin – 4:58)
With a little help from The Miz at ringside and his briefcase, Alex Riley begins to build momentum ahead of his US Title match with Daniel Bryan at ‘No Mercy’ with a pinfall victory over Santino.

MAIN EVENT
Jack Swagger defeats Matt Hardy (Submission – 10:12)

In a competitive main event, Swagger inflicts another defeat to Matt Hardy who looks out of shape and out of sorts. Swagger manages to lock in the ‘Ankle Lock’ and Matt Hardy is forced to tap out to the ‘All American American’ superstar. Afterwards, Hardy looks very frustrated and demoralised with efforts.

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


RUMOURS AND NEWS

There are strong rumours that one of WWE’s missing superstars could be making a big return at the next PPV, ‘No Mercy,’ next week. With Triple H and Rey Mysterio currently sidelined, the smart money is on the return of ‘The Game’ although there has also been a whisper that it could be a certain Jim Ross.

Chris Jericho is thought to be on the verge of a major storyline that will change WWE significantly. Senior WWE officials believe that Jericho has gone a little stale recently and there has been talk about a change for the veteran.

At the recent RAW TV show, the new owner of WWE announced that the RAW GM will be announced shortly. Some are speculating that this could also be at the ‘No Mercy’ PPV and will involve a continuation of Edge’s feud with the GM.

There is also talk of Matt Hardy leaving WWE in the near future. The popular superstar is growing frustrated with his role in the company and is definitely set for time off in the coming weeks to take a break. However, there are suggestions that he may not return to the WWE with TNA – with his brother, Jeff – offering a potential escape route.

Stand by for a batch of WWE wrestlers to be released in the coming weeks and months as WWE’s new management take stock of who is and isn’t wanted. There are said to be as many as twenty superstars with plenty to prove in the coming weeks, the most high profile of these are said to be MVP and R-Truth.​
 
#9 ·




MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
PREVIEW

CAN THE VIPER BEAT THE CLOCK?

At the final RAW before their ‘No Mercy’ rematch for the WWE Title, WWE Champion Randy Orton and his challenger, Sheamus, will be looking to ‘beat the clock’ with the fastest man to be rewarded by the RAW GM. With Orton and Sheamus so evenly matched in recent weeks, both men will be desperate for any kind of reward that could give them the advantage heading into the ‘No Mercy’ event on Sunday? Who will that man be?

CENA SET TO CHALLENGE THE LEADER OF THE NEXUS!

The problems between John Cena and the Nexus – particularly Wade Barrett, the leader – have been well documented in recent months. This week on RAW, John Cena has a challenge for Wade Barrett and the Nexus – what will the challenge be?

MORRISON OUT OF ACTION!

After the vicious attack from Chris Jericho last week, John Morrison will not be at the RAW show this Monday night. However, Chris Jericho will be there and the veteran WWE superstar claims to have a huge announcement to make about his WWE career. What will Jericho have to say on Monday Night Raw?

HOW WILL EDGE REACT TO THE GM’S LATEST STUNT?

After running his mouth about the RAW anonymous General Manager last week and failing to receive support from Chip Butty, the new WWE owner, Edge was forced to compete against the Nexus in a Handicap Match. What will Edge’s response to that be and will the GM have any more retribution for Edge’s comments this week?

ALEX RILEY – NEW US CHAMPION?

Last week, The Miz gave his US Title rematch away to his NXT Season 2 rookie, Alex Riley, claiming that he had lost the title on purpose at ‘Night of Champions.’ Riley and The Miz will be facing the US Champion on RAW in a 2 on 1 Handicap Match where both Riley and Bryan will be looking to gain momentum heading for their match at ‘No Mercy’ next Sunday.

Join us on Monday Night Raw!

CONFIRMED

Randy Orton and Sheamus in a ‘Beat the Clock’ challenge

Alex Riley and The Miz vs. US Champion Daniel Bryan

Jay Uso vs. Drew McIntyre​
 
#10 ·




MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from Indianapolis, Indiana



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome to Monday Night Raw with me, Michael Cole, and my partner, Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler. Tonight is the final RAW before Sunday’s ‘No Mercy’ pay-per-view so there is excitement guaranteed tonight!

JERRY LAWLER
I can’t wait to see all the action tonight ... let’s get started!



MICHAEL COLE
And we’re going to start, King, with the WWE Champion!

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

The crowd go wild as the champion struts defiantly to the ring, a gleam in his eye, with the WWE Championship draped over his shoulder. Wearing his RKO shirt and his trunks, Orton slowly enters the ring and is bathed in flashlights as he holds the title aloft in each corner of the ring before standing central as the music fades out.

RANDY ORTON
Tonight, me and my ‘No Mercy’ challenger, Sheamus ...

The crowd boo at the sound of the name of the Irish challenger who is looking to win back the WWE Title after losing it to Orton at ‘Night of Champions’ in the 6-pack challenge.

RANDY ORTON
Sheamus and I face an opponent each in a ‘Beat the Clock’ challenge where the General Manager is going to reward one of us before ‘No Mercy’ on Sunday. Now I sure don’t need rewarding by the General Manager but I am aware that Sheamus needs to take every chance he can get. And that concerns me a little – so I am out here to demand that the General Manager tells us what the reward will be before the matches.

Orton stands and waits for the GM’s response and sure enough, the lights in the arena flash and the e-mail message alert rings out. Michael Cole stands up to announce it.

MICHAEL COLE
May I have your attention please? I have just received an e-mail from the anonymous Raw General Manager ...

The crowd jeer Cole as he steps up to the GM laptop to announce the GM’s answer to Orton.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... Randy Orton. In the last few weeks and months, Sheamus and yourself have been getting into a rather heated rivalry over the WWE Championship. However, it is nearly time for you both to move on to other challenges. So first of all, I have an announcement to make – your match at ‘No Mercy’ will be the last match between you for the WWE Title this year. If you win, you move on. If Sheamus wins, you get no rematch.

Orton smirks as though the idea that he might lose has never crossed his mind ...

MICHAEL COLE
As well as this, I have decided that the match at ‘No Mercy’ deserves to be more than just a straightforward wrestling contest. Therefore, the match at ‘No Mercy’ will have a stipulation, a match type if you please. At ‘No Mercy’ on Sunday, it will be Randy Orton against Sheamus and it will ...



Sheamus’ music suddenly interrupts Michael Cole and the pasty-skin Irish challenger to Orton’s WWE Championship makes his way towards the ring. As he gets into the ring, he looks unfazed by the cocky looking champion, Orton, and looks at him dismissively as he picks up a microphone.

SHEAMUS
Hold on a minute, fella. The General Manager of Raw cannot make an announcement like this without both the participants in the ring, can he?

MICHAEL COLE
Like I said, at ‘No Mercy’ on Sunday, it will be Randy Orton against Sheamus and it will be ... whatever match the winner of tonight’s ‘Beat the Clock’ challenge decides on. The winner will get to choose whatever match they want to participate in this Sunday.

Both men look confident but it is Sheamus that begins to talk first.

SHEAMUS
You’d better pray that you win the ‘Beat the Clock’ challenge tonight, Orton. That way, fella, at ‘No Mercy’ you’ll only lose your title to me. If I win tonight, you’ll not only lose the title but I might end your career as well. And when I do, there will be no rematch. You’ll go right to the back of the line, Orton, where you belong ...

Orton suddenly launches across at Sheamus and hits an RKO on the unsuspecting challenger before standing over his opponent whilst the crowd cheer and chant his name.

RANDY ORTON
The only thing that I need to worry about at ‘No Mercy’ is making sure I hit the RKO. And when I do that, Sheamus ... you’ll be glad that you won’t be stepping in the ring with me again.

Orton’s music restarts as Orton picks up the WWE Title and slowly leaves the ring. As a dazed Sheamus begins to sit up and stare out at Orton, he lifts the WWE Title before turning away and leaving the Celtic Warrior cursing in the ring.

********** COMMERCIAL **********

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome back to Monday Night Raw and during the commercial break, we were informed by the General Manager who the opponents for tonight’s ‘Beat the Clock’ challenge will be tonight.



MICHAEL COLE
For Sheamus, he will face the ‘Fortunate Son’ Ted DiBiase whilst the champion, Randy Orton will face the 300 pound powerhouse, Ezekiel Jackson.

JERRY LAWLER
And the winner, Cole, will get to choose the match type for ‘No Mercy’ and the WWE Championship match.

MICHAEL COLE
And while we’re talking about the ‘Beat the Clock’ challenge matches, what a massive chance for DiBiase and Jackson to push themselves into contention for a future title match, King?

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, too right. Everybody is assuming that Orton and Sheamus will win their matches tonight but DiBiase and Jackson will be thinking very differently. A win tonight for one of those young men and they could be in with a title opportunity at our next pay-per-view, ‘Cyber Sunday’ in four weeks time.





MICHAEL COLE
Oh boy, King, here he comes! Mr. Money In The Bank, The Miz!

The Miz strides out with his battered ‘Money In The Bank’ briefcase in his hands and his faithful ‘assistant’ Alex Riley besides him, both dressed ready for action. They head towards the ring with Miz looking confident and Riley instructing the fans to respect him.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall and is a Two-on-One Handicap Match. First, at a combined weight of 471 pounds ... ALEX RILEY and THE MIZ!



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And their opponent ... from Aberdeen, Washington, he is the United States Champion ... DANIEL BRYAN!

Daniel Bryan heads for the ring with the US Title around his waist and waving to the WWE Universe as he does. Waiting in the ring for him, The Miz has a microphone ready to talk before the Handicap Match ...

THE MIZ
Daniel Bryan ... Congratulations. At ‘Night of Champions’ you made The Miz tap out ...

A ‘You Tapped Out!’ chant begins which Alex Riley begins to try and stop but the Miz shakes his head and looks nonplussed.

THE MIZ
Like I told all you morons last week, I only tapped out so that my NXT Season 1 rookie, Daniel Bryan, could become the US Champion making me the first mentor to have a rookie as champion here in the WWE!

Bryan stares straight at the Miz and shakes his head, clearly telling the Miz what he thinks of these claims ...

THE MIZ
I do not need the US Championship, all I need is this ...

Miz raises his briefcase high so that Daniel Bryan and the WWE Universe can see it whilst Riley claps like a trained seal.

THE MIZ
... I am the ‘Money In The Bank’ contract holder and I can choose any time from now until next summer to cash this contract in. Every man who has held this briefcase has gone on to win the WWE Title or the World Heavyweight Championship. I am effectively the WWE Champion already!

Daniel Bryan laughs at the Miz whilst the WWE Universe boo him and another ‘You Tapped Out!’ chant begins whilst the Miz chuckles to himself.

THE MIZ
Really? Really? ... Really? You think that I tapped out because Daniel Bryan had me beaten? I tapped out so he could be the US Champion, I tapped out so that in six days time at ‘No Mercy’ my man Alex Riley ... my second NXT rookie ... could show the world that he was the better of my rookies and knock Daniel Bryan right off his perch.

Riley stands besides the Miz and stares into the eyes of Daniel Bryan telling him that he is going to win the US Championship on Sunday.

THE MIZ
And what am I going to do? I’m going to sit back and watch Alex destroy Daniel Bryan here ... and then I might ... or I might not ... head down to the ring at the end of the Randy Orton and Sheamus match and cash in my contract.

The crowd boo at the Miz but he is in full flow now ... Riley and Bryan continue to stare each other out whilst the Miz hits his finishing comment ...

THE MIZ
I can do whatever I please and do you know why? It’s because I’m The Miz ... and I’m ... AWESSSSOMMMMMEEE!

As Miz finishes, he suddenly lurches over and smashes his briefcase into the side of Daniel Bryan’s unsuspecting head whilst his attention is on Alex Riley. As the referee tends to Bryan, Riley and the Miz celebrate in their corner preparing for their match ...

********** COMMERCIAL **********

RAW returns with a replay of the Miz’ briefcase shot to the head of the US Champion, Daniel Bryan, before the break. Further footage showing Bryan being escorted up the ramp is shown before Bryan refuses to go and turns to head back into the ring.

MICHAEL COLE
What a fantastic plan from the Miz, King, taking Daniel Bryan down to his knees with that briefcase shot there.

JERRY LAWLER
Fantastic? Reprehensible maybe but not fantastic, Cole.

MICHAEL COLE
Well it looks as if Daniel Bryan has more guts than brains, King, he is ready to face Miz and Riley. No doubt this is his way of gaining respect from the Universe but I predict that he is going to add to his already impressive loss count here in the WWE tonight.

JERRY LAWLER
What is your problem with Daniel Bryan? Leave the kid alone, he is making it here in the WWE, he has legitimately won the US Title ...

MICHAEL COLE
Legitimately? The Miz gave him the US Title, King, he just told everyone ...

Two on One Handicap Match
The Miz and Alex Riley vs. Daniel Bryan

With Bryan suffering the effects of the shot to his temple before, Riley takes advantage with a fast start that has the champion down on the mat. He tags in the Miz who carries on with the beatdown, using the ropes for additional leverage a number of times, with the referee close to disqualifying him on several occasions. Suddenly though, Bryan turns the tables and begins to fight back almost locking the Miz into a submission move which Miz struggles out of and tags in Riley. Riley looks to continue the beating of Bryan but Bryan counters again and begins to fight back with impressive kicks that have Riley in trouble. Bryan locks in the ‘LeBell Lock’ which has Riley close to tapping out but the Miz distracts the referee as Riley taps out. The referee misses it and Bryan asks Miz what he is doing. With Miz and Bryan desperate to get at each other, Riley suddenly rolls Bryan up into a schoolboy and holds the tights ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER (3:59): ALEX RILEY and THE MIZ

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here are your winners ... THE MIZ and ALEX RILEY!

Daniel Bryan looks incensed and attacks Riley again after the bell and locks him up in the ‘LeBell Lock’ a second time. Riley is tapping out again in full view of the world but Miz creeps into the ring behind Bryan with the briefcase and breaks the hold. Miz pounds at the back of Bryan’s neck before setting the briefcase down on the mat and hitting a ‘Skull-Crushing Finale’ onto the briefcase, smashing Bryan’s head into the metal case.

Miz and Alex Riley exit the ring with Miz holding his briefcase high and Riley continuing to signal how he will be US Champion at ‘No Mercy’ despite the fact that he clearly tapped out twice to Bryan tonight.


MICHAEL COLE
You have gotta’ hand it to the Miz, King, that was impressive.

JERRY LAWLER
I’ll grudgingly give the Devil it’s due and say it was ... effective, Cole. But I’m not sure that I agree with the idea that Riley can be US Champion without help from the Miz this Sunday.

MICHAEL COLE
Well, the only reason that Bryan won the US Title in the first place was through help from the Miz so maybe that would be karma for Daniel Bryan to lose it that way too.

We head backstage for an interview where Josh Matthews is stood waiting.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time ... Chris Jericho!

The sound of the crowd in the arena booing is audible as Jericho swans into shot ready for Matthews’ questions.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Chris, last week, you took out John Morrison after he challenged you to a match at ‘No Mercy’ ...

A video replay of Jericho’s attack is played showing Jericho leaving Morrison’s unconscious body lying backstage afterwards ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
With John Morrison missing tonight, I would like to ask you whether or not you are going to accept his challenge for a match at ‘No Mercy’ this Sunday?

Jericho smirks and snatches the microphone away from Matthews ...

CHRIS JERICHO
Give me that microphone and get out of my face, Matthews. You’re the same as all these useless sycophants here tonight in Inidanapolis. You want to know everything now, you demand it, there’s no patience. You come out here every week asking your stupid questions and annoying every one of the WWE Superstars. And now you’re here with me, annoying me, the top of the tree, the best in the world at what I do.

The crowd outside in the arena jeer Jericho but he carries on regardless ...

CHRIS JERICHO
I deserve more respect from people like Morrison. Who does he think he is? What has he ever done? Has he ever beaten Stone Cold Steve Austin and The Rock in the same night? Was he ever the first Undisputed Champion? No ... But he thinks he can make a name from me? On Sunday at ‘No Mercy,’ I will show John Morrison what happens to people who don’t show Chris Jericho respect ... So, Josh, yes, I will accept his challenge.

Jericho smirks and looks supremely confident about his match.

CHRIS JERICHO
And shall I tell you how confident I am that I will win? If I don’t win, I will leave the WWE ... for good!

The cameras return to the arena and to the announce table where Jerry Lawler and Michael Cole are looking shocked at Jericho’s proclamation that he will leave the WWE if he loses.

MICHAEL COLE
A shocking revelation there from Chris Jericho, King!

JERRY LAWLER
If Chris Jericho loses to John Morrison at ‘No Mercy’ on Sunday, he will leave the WWE for good? I shall be cheering for John Morrison for sure!

MICHAEL COLE
Oh come on, King, Jericho is one of the best superstars in the WWE today!

JERRY LAWLER
He’s also got a big mouth that needs shutting up, Michael, John Morrison is more than capable of ending Chris Jericho’s career this Sunday!

MICHAEL COLE
So tonight could be Chris Jericho’s final appearance on Monday Night Raw – and with his current losing streak, his confidence better not be misplaced!

JERRY LAWLER
‘No Mercy’ this Sunday is going to be great, Cole ...



MICHAEL COLE
And here comes Edge!

JERRY LAWLER
And he really doesn’t look pleased, does he?

MICHAEL COLE
Not surprising, King, last week he was demanding answers from the General Manager when this happened ...

Replays are shown showing Edge demanding some answers from the GM and being interrupted by the new WWE owner, Chip Butty, who told him that the GM had his full support. The GM then emails Michael Cole and puts Edge in a Handicap Match against Michael Tarver, Justin Gabriel and Heath Slater of the Nexus where he is beaten easily.

The camera returns with an intense and angry looking Edge stood in the ring with a microphone ...


JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... The Rated-R Superstar! EDGE!

Edge looks around the arena and lifts the microphone to speak as his music fades out. However, before he can utter a word, the lights flash and the e-mail alert sounds out through the arena ... Edge shouts at Michael Cole as he gets up to read the e-mail to Edge.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have received another email from the anonymous RAW General Manager ... And I quote ...

The crowd boo loudly at these words as it seems that the GM is not proving to be the most popular person in the world lately ...

MICHAEL COLE
‘Edge ... Last week, you accused me of treating your unfairly and you complained to the new boss of the WWE. However, he backed me and gave me chance to continue your punishment for speaking out against me. I hope that the defeat to the Nexus has taught you a lesson or two.’

Edge looks fit to explode as he pulls at his hair and leans over the rope demanding that Michael Cole tells him who the General Manager is.

MICHAEL COLE
‘Tonight, I decided to interrupt you before you could say anything that you might regret. That’s why I have instructed that your microphone be silenced while Michael Cole reads my email.’

Edge pats the top of the microphone but no sound is heard in the arena and Edge – in a fit of rage – hurls the microphone towards Michael Cole.

MICHAEL COLE
‘Now tonight, Edge, I am not going to punish you further. I have a match for you though – a classic RAW match. You see, Chris Jericho might not be around after tonight ... so I have decided that he should compete tonight. Now you two have sympathised with each other recently ... but not tonight. Tonight, one on one, it will be the Rated-R Superstar, Edge, against the man who is the best in the world at what he does – Chris Jericho ...’

Edge flips in the ring and shakes his head at the match made by the GM ...

MICHAEL COLE
‘Oh, and Edge ... The match will be decided by pinfall or submission only. So no cheap way out ... and the match will be next!’



Chris Jericho struts out seemingly not bothered that he has to face Edge tonight. As he makes his way to the ring, RAW heads into another commercial.

********** COMMERCIAL **********

RAW returns with Chris Jericho and Edge in the ring ready for action.

Edge vs. Chris Jericho
Edge and Jericho wrestler their usual high-quality match with both men hitting several of their usual signature moves in a back and forth contest. The WWE Universe gets behind Edge and chant ‘Spear!’ on several occasions as Edge looks for the win; however, Jericho always manages to counter out of the predicament and stay in the match. As the match nears its climax, Jericho and Edge clothesline each other at the same time and both lay out on the canvas with the referee counting them out ... Both men begin to stagger to their feet but it is Edge that staggers to his feet first, a kick to the gut of Jericho sets up the Impaler DDT which Edge uses to drive Jericho’s face into the mat. He covers Jericho ... 1 ... 2 ... Jericho kicks out just in time to the ‘Ooh’ from the crowd. Edge stomps Jericho in the gut several times before reversing towards the corner of the ring, tugging at his hair like a mad man, pleading with Jericho to get to his feet. A chant of ‘Spear! Spear!’ starts again and the crowd anticipate the final blow to Jericho as he slowly gets up. As he turns around to face Edge, the Rated-R Superstar sets off across the ring looking for the Spear but Jericho dodges the bullet at the last moment and helps Edge on towards the corner where his shoulder connects with the ring-post. As Edge staggers out of the corner clutching his shoulder, Jericho sets himself before hitting the Codebreaker to the annoyance of the watching crowd. Edge is prone on the mat as Jericho covers looking to end his losing streak ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! The referee turns to signal the victory for Jericho but then sees it ... Edge’s foot is up on the rope! Jericho goes mad as the referee rules out the 3-count, pointing to Edge’s foot, getting into the official’s face and threatening him ... Edge slowly recovers and sneaks up behind Jericho, pulling him down into a Schoolboy pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER (10:04): EDGE

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... EDGE!

Edge slides out of the ring and reverses up the ramp with his hands held high, a knowing look in his eye as he stares back at a disbelieving Jericho. Jericho looks desperate and a look of despair floods his face as he realises that he has lost again. All his usual bravado trickles away from his face and Jericho leaves the ring a shadow of his usual cocky self, shaking his head and looking around with a worried look on his face ...

********** COMMERCIAL **********

RAW returns with Jey Uso stood in the ring with his brother, Jimmy, at ringside.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following contest is set for one fall. In the ring, from San Francisco, California, weighing 240 pounds ... JEY USO!

MICHAEL COLE
On Smackdown last Friday, Jey’s brother Jimmy was in action against the co-tag team champion, Cody Rhodes, ahead of their title match this Sunday at ‘No Mercy’ ...

Highlights of the end of the match are shown as Cody Rhodes hits the ‘Crossroads’ finisher to Jimmy. After the match, Drew McIntyre uses the tag team title belt to smash into Jey Uso to leave the challengers in a heap on the floor ...



JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent, accompanied to the ring by Cody Rhodes, from Ayr, Scotland, weighing 18 stone ... he is the current WWE Tag Team Champion ... DREW McINTYRE!

Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes head to the ring with the Tag Team Titles strapped around their waists, slowly and arrogantly walking to the ring ... As they approach the ring, The Usos slide out of the ring to confront them over their actions last Friday night ...

JERRY LAWLER
It looks like the Usos want to start ‘No Mercy’ tonight, Cole ...

The Usos attack the Tag Team Champions who are shocked and are struck to the floor on the rampway with the referee desperately trying to split the four men up. The Usos pound away at their fallen ‘No Mercy’ opponents, desperate for revenge for the attack on Smackdown ... Eventually, the referee splits up the fight and ushers the Usos away ... The referee decides to eject Jimmy Uso from ringside and sends him away but he doesn’t eject Cody Rhodes as well.

Drew McIntyre vs. Jey Uso
With Cody Rhodes at ringside holding both Tag Team Titles, Jey Uso is all alone with both Tag Team Champions as he faces McIntyre. Without his backup, it doesn’t take the Sinister Scotsman long to take advantage as he starts to teach the son of Rikishi a lesson or two. With Drew and Cody enjoying the match, Jey attempts a fightback with some punches but his leg is caught by Cody as he looks for a clothesline and Drew hooks in the ‘Future Shock’ DDT and covers for the victory. Another win for the Tag Team Champs!

WINNER (4:01): DREW McINTYRE

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... DREW McINTYRE!

Both Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre circle the fallen Jey Uso with an evil look of intent on their faces as he lays on his back in pain from the DDT. As they look to pick him up and deliver a message to him ahead of Sunday, Jimmy Uso comes rushing out again yielding a steel chair and McIntyre and Rhodes decide to scraper out of the ring and away ... As they back way, the raise the titles high and laugh at the intense look on Jimmy’s face, clearly confident about their title match to come.

The camera cuts backstage where Josh Matthews is stood with the self proclaimed co-Womens Champions, Laycool ... Layla and Michelle McCool are admiring each other’s outfits and title belts as Josh begins to talk.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Please welcome the co-Women’s Champions ... Laycool. Ladies, I believe you wanted time to address Melina?

MICHELLE McCOOL
We did Josh, we did ... Last Friday, Melina showed up on our show – Smackdown ...

LAYLA
So rude, so rude ...

MICHELLE McCOOL
- and she decided to try and embarrass us.

LAYLA
At least she wasn’t crying this time, ‘Chelle ...

MICHELLE McCOOL
So tonight, we’re on her show to issue a challenge to Melina.

LAYLA
Because we’re flawless!

MICHELLE McCOOL
If Melina is so desperate for another shot at our Divas Titles, she can have a shot. However, it will be on our terms, won’t it Lay?

LAYLA
We are the champions, ‘Chelle, so we call the shots here. If she wants to win the Divas Title ...

MICHELLE McCOOL
She will have to beat us both!

LAYLA
Yay!

MICHELLE McCOOL
She’ll need to face both me and Layla in two separate matches and if she wins both of them, she’ll be the Divas Champion!

LAYLA
What fantastic champions we are ... We’re giving her a shot – even though she doesn’t really deserve it! And ... errr, what do you want?

Alex Riley moves into shot and ushers the Divas Champions away ...

ALEX RILEY
Ladies, nobody is interested in your petty squabbles about the Divas Title on Sunday. On Sunday, it will be a momentous night for two reasons. First of all, I – Alex Riley – will defeat Daniel Bryan and win the US Championship ... and then ...

The arrogant Miz edges past Laycool as well who look very put out and storm off in a huff. Miz laughs and takes the microphone.

THE MIZ
... and then, maybe, just maybe ... I might pop down to the ring at the end of the match between Sheamus and Randy Orton. Who knows? I might decide the time is right to become the new WWE Champion instead of being Mr. Money In The Bank. Because I’m the Miz ... and I’m ... awesome!

********** COMMERCIAL **********

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, the following contest is set for one fall and is the first match in the ‘Beat the Clock!’ challenge. Whichever superstar out of Randy Orton and Sheamus wins in the quickest time will get to decide the match type for their match for the WWE Title at ‘No Mercy’ ...



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing first, from West Palm Beach Florida, accompanied to the ring by Maryse ... TED DiBIASE!

The ‘Fortunate Son’ heads down to the ring with the stunning Maryse on his arm and the glittering Million Dollar Title slung over his shoulder. He holds the ropes for Maryse to enter the ring and looks determined to make a big splash in tonight’s main event ...



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And making his way to the ring, from Dublin, Ireland, weighing in at 272 pounds ... SHEAMUS!

MICHAEL COLE
This Sunday at ‘No Mercy’ the Irish superstar Sheamus will get his rematch for the WWE Title he lost at ‘Night of Champions’ in our last Pay-Per-View ... Can the first ever Irish born WWE Champion win back his gold at the first attempt – his only attempt – this Sunday?

JERRY LAWLER
This will be Sheamus’ only chance to win the title back after our GM stated earlier tonight that this will be the last match between Orton and Sheamus in 2010 for the WWE Title ...

MICHAEL COLE
He could give himself a great opportunity tonight though if he can win the ‘Beat the Clock’ challenge. Whichever one of Sheamus and Randy Orton can win quickest will be choosing the type of match for the WWE Championship match at ‘No Mercy’ this Sunday.

JERRY LAWLER
That’s assuming that Sheamus and Randy Orton win their matches, Cole ... DiBiase looks intent on spoiling the party and when you’ve got someone like Maryse cheering you on, you can do amazing things!

Ted DiBiase vs. Sheamus
Yet again, a dominant performance from Sheamus as he quickly takes control of the match with DiBiase. After an even opening, Sheamus begins to use his power to hurt DiBiase and has the young star reeling. Out of nowhere, Sheamus – in a hurry to get on with the match – hits a sudden Brogue Kick to DiBiase and covers him for the pin. 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER (3:57): SHEAMUS

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner in a time of 3 minutes and 57 seconds ... SHEAMUS!

Sheamus smiles to himself as he exits the ring and makes his way back to the stage area. He looks confident that his time will not be beaten by Orton in the final match of the night to come ...

The camera heads backstage where John Cena is walking ... The crowd roar at the sight of Cena and cheer his name but then a figure appears behind him and attacks. This is quickly revealed as Nexus member Michael Tarver who is attacking Cena and trying to take him out. Cena looks in trouble at first but then rallies and fights back using various areas backstage to slam and run Tarver into head first ... He leaves the Nexus member prone backstage and carries on his journey out to the arena ...




The usual mixture of cheers and boos greets the arrival of John Cena as he bounds out onto the stage and salutes the crowd. He runs down to the ring and throws his hat into the crowd before taking a microphone.

JOHN CENA
Whatever you think of me, whether you like me or not, I have never ever backed down from adversity. For the last few months, Nexus have been targeting me and attacking me at every opportunity. They want to make a statement and to make a statement in the WWE ... you go after the top guy. In a way, it’s a compliment that they attack me ... I just wish it didn’t involve five of them taking me out when my back is turned! The fact is Barrett and Nexus have been sneak-attacking me for months now and I have had enough. So it’s time to be a man, Wade Barrett ... Me and you, one on one, ‘No Mercy’ – simple as that.

Cena stands and waits looking towards the titantron and stage area ... and very quickly ...



Wade Barrett steps out onto the stage – alone – holding a microphone and looking straight at Cena in the ring. He stops at the top of the ramp, places the microphone down ... and begins to applaud in Cena’s direction.

WADE BARRETT
Thank you, John Cena! You have identified the weakest link in the Nexus – Michael Tarver! From now on, you won’t have to worry about him. I sent him to attack you because I wanted to see how he coped alone. We always say that ‘you’re either Nexus or you’re against us’ ... well, now we know ... Tarver is against us. His pathetic attempt to attack you proves that.

Cena stares back at Barrett, looking around nervously as if expecting an attack any moment ...

WADE BARRETT
Now as for your little speech just then, you’re right. The Nexus identified you as the man that we needed to make an example of to get noticed in the WWE. We went after the top dog, the main man, the face of the WWE ... and we reduced him to a blubbering wreck time after time after time ... You see, Cena, we’re getting rather bored of it now. There are other men to chase now – bigger stars to take out ...

The crowd boo this last comment as Barrett smiles defensively ...

WADE BARRETT
It’s true. There is a new WWE Champion and the Nexus want to switch their attention to him now. But it seems as if we have one last piece of business to deal with with you Cena first ... So, at ‘No Mercy’ on Sunday, I accept your challenge. It will be John Cena against Wade Barrett ...

The crowd cheer Barrett’s comments for a change as he accepts Cena’s challenge and Cena smiles at the news, nodding his head in approval, whilst Barrett pauses for a moment ...

WADE BARRETT
... on one condition.

Now the crowd and Cena are not so happy. Cena starts mouthing towards the Nexus leader and the crowd boo and jeer but Barrett is unfazed and unmoved and holds up his hand for quiet ... Eventually, he gets it.

WADE BARRETT
Cena, I want a shot at the WWE Title and I know that after ‘No Mercy’ this Sunday, either Sheamus or Randy Orton will be champion and will be needing a new challenger. So I propose this to you and the General Manager ... John Cena against Wade Barrett at ‘No Mercy’ ... and the winner gets a shot at the WWE Title!

Cena and the WWE Universe seem happy with this announcement from Wade Barrett and we await the answer from the General Manager ... after a few seconds, the email alert sounds and the lights flash as Michael Cole heads for the laptop again.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... ‘John Cena and Wade Barrett at ‘No Mercy’ with the winner challenging next for the WWE Championship? Confirmed!’

The crowd roar their approval as Barrett and Cena glare at each other, smirking at the idea of a title shot to come ...

WADE BARRETT
One more thing Cena ... At ‘No Mercy’ the winds of change will blow and change your career forever. And remember Cena ... watch your back!

Cena presses against the ropes and glares at Barrett daring him to come to the ring and threaten him. Suddenly, sneaking up behind Cena, we see the Nexus who have crept through the crowd and into the ring. Skip Sheffield crashes into the back of Cena with his forearm and Cena drops to his knees and the Nexus beat-down begins again. Barrett turns and leaves the stage as Sheffield, Justin Gabriel, Heath Slater and David Otunga each aim kicks and punches to the guts and head of the face of the WWE. The Nexus members begin to lift Cena to his feet as Skip Sheffield pulls back to the corner ready to deliver a clothesline to Cena ... However, as he is about to set off for it ...



Randy Orton rushes out and down the ramp, throwing his WWE Title down to the ground just outside the ring, before sliding into the ring. Gabriel and Slater turn their attention to the WWE Champion as Sheffield rushes at Cena but fails to hit the move as Cena escapes Otunga’s clutches. John Cena begins to fight back against Sheffield and Otunga as Orton gains the upper hand over Slater and Gabriel. Orton launches Gabriel over the top rope to the outside and Cena throws Sheffield out. At the same time, Orton hits the RKO to Slater and Cena delivers the Attitude Adjustment to David Otunga and they roll away. Orton and Cena look at each other with a look of respect and gratitude being shown for a moment ... but then Orton pounces and hits the RKO to Cena as well!

MICHAEL COLE
RKO from Orton to Cena! What was that for?

JERRY LAWLER
It’s a message from the champion, Cole, to John Cena. If Cena wins at ‘No Mercy’ then he could well be facing the Viper!

MICHAEL COLE
Randy Orton with a huge impact here tonight already ... and next up, the Viper will face Ezekiel Jackson in the second ‘Beat the Clock!’ challenge. Can he win in a quicker time than Sheamus’ 3 minutes and 57 second victory earlier tonight?

********** COMMERCIAL **********

RAW returns with Randy Orton in the ring with his music, ‘Voices,’ playing in the background. A replay of his save for John Cena airs before showing the RKO to Cena that followed.

MICHAEL COLE
Randy Orton is ready to face Ezekiel Jackson as he aims to win quickly and make sure that he chooses the match type for ‘No Mercy’ as he faces the former champion, Sheamus ...



MICHAEL COLE
Tonight’s Main Event will determine what type of match this will be but we do know that there will be no rematch for the loser for the rest of 2010.

JERRY LAWLER
The Viper won the title at ‘Night of Champions’ but he’ll need to be at his best to hold on to the title on Sunday!



MICHAEL COLE
The World Heavyweight Championship will see Kane and the Undertaker clash again in a Casket Match. The Undertaker’s speciality match but the ‘Devils Favourite Demon’ believes that this is his opportunity to end the legacy of the Undertaker once and for all ...

JERRY LAWLER
If Kane is dominant enough to challenge the Undertaker to a Casket Match, who knows the devastation that he has planned?



MICHAEL COLE
As we just found out here live on Raw, John Cena and Wade Barrett will clash in a Number One Contender match with the winner guaranteed a future shot at the WWE Championship ...

JERRY LAWLER
Cena wants to get his hands on Barrett desperately ... but the Nexus are sure to be around at ‘No Mercy’ as well.



MICHAEL COLE
John Morrison challenged Chris Jericho to a match at ‘No Mercy’ and was beaten up by Chris Jericho for his troubles. Jericho is on a losing streak but has guaranteed a win on Sunday ...

JERRY LAWLER
He has promised that if he loses, he will leave the WWE!



MICHAEL COLE
The Miz let Daniel Bryan become the United States Champion at ‘Night of Champions’ and handed his rematch clause over to his NXT Season 2 rookie, Alex Riley. Can the Miz’s apprentice win the US Title in his first pay-per-view?

JERRY LAWLER
No doubt that the Miz will be doing all he can to make sure of it. And if he fails, we’ll hear another ridiculous excuse from you, his number one fan ...



MICHAEL COLE
Too right you will, King! The Tag Team Titles will be on the line as the Usos challenge the new champions, Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes ...

JERRY LAWLER
McIntyre and Rhodes seem very confident that they will be victorious after they took out Mark Henry and Evan Bourne last week ... Can the Usos pull of a shock on Sunday?



MICHAEL COLE
Alberto Del Rio has made a huge impact on Smackdown since his arrival taking out Rey Mysterio and injuring Christian. The Canadian superstar is determined to take revenge for himself and his injured friend, Mysterio, at ‘No Mercy’ ...

JERRY LAWLER
It’ll also be Del Rio’s first pay-per-view appearance – Christian will need to avoid the Arm Breaker if he is to take any kind of revenge.



MICHAEL COLE
And the challenge was laid down tonight by the Divas Champions, Laycool, on Raw. They were willing to give Melina another title match as long as it was a 2-on-1 Handicap match. We are expecting to hear a positive response from Melina very soon.

JERRY LAWLER
Let’s hope that Melina can be the one to shut up the Laycool twins once and for all!

The camera returns to the ring where Randy Orton is holding his WWE Title up high to the WWE Universe in attendance.

MICHAEL COLE
Sheamus beat Ted DiBiase in 3 minutes and 57 seconds earlier tonight. If Randy Orton wants to choose the match type for ‘No Mercy’ then he will need to win quicker than that now.

JERRY LAWLER
But he is facing a real wildcard!



JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following contest is the second ‘Beat the Clock’ challenge match and Randy Orton needs to win in less than 3 minutes, 57 seconds ... In the ring, the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

The crowd erupts at the introduction of the WWE Champion as Roberts continues to introduce his opponent ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent ... weighing 285 pounds, from Guyana, South America ... EZEKIEL JACKSON!

The muscle bound Jackson poses in the ring with his arms pumped and his muscles bulging. The crowd are indifferent to him and the referee rings the bell to start the match.

Randy Orton vs. Ezekiel Jackson
Orton immediately rushes after his opponent but Jackson catches him coming in and uses his shoulder to take the Viper down. Jackson stomps down on the mid-drift of Orton and then lifts him up to deliver a scoop slam as the clock ticks down on the titantron. He covers the WWE Champion ... 1 ... 2 ... Orton kicks out but Jackson delivers forearm blows to the head of the fallen champion. He lifts Orton again and hits a back-breaker to the champion before cockily posing with his muscles again as the clock ticks down to 2:00 remaining for Orton. As Orton struggles to his feet, Jackson looks for his standing side slam finisher and lifts the champion up but Orton manages to fight out of the move and get some space between him and his opponent. As Jackson looks to grab hold of the champion again, Orton manages to wriggle around and counter with his own patented back breaker. Jackson rolls out of the ring but Orton – glancing up at the clock – goes after him and begins to drag him back. Orton pulls Jackson through the ropes and sets up for the DDT but delivers it much quicker than he usually does. The clock shows 0:43 as Orton looks up again and starts to punch the mat looking for the RKO ... waiting for Jackson to get to his feet ... the clock ticking down ... running out of time ... Jackson finally turns and Orton delivers a perfect RKO that sends his opponent crashing to the ground. Out of nowhere, Sheamus comes rushing down the ramp and up onto the ring apron where the referee is distracted. Sheamus grabs the shirt of the referee but Orton realises and rushes over to send a forearm to the head of Sheamus. Sheamus falls to the ground but the referee is sent spinning round as Orton drops down to cover Jackson pleading with the referee to make the count. Down drops the referee ... 1 ... 2 ... The 3:57 timer sounds through the arena as the referee’s hand comes down to make the 3-count and Orton looks confused as he gets to his feet. Sheamus is laid down in the aisle looking up at the titantron ... waiting for the official verdict ...

WINNER (3:58): RANDY ORTON

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner in a time of 3 minutes and 58 seconds ... RANDY ORTON! However, the winner of the ‘Beat the Clock’ challenge ... SHEAMUS!

A smile spreads across the face of the challenger, Sheamus, as Orton holds his head in his hands, an angry look spreading over his face. He glares at Sheamus and exits the ring stalking the Irish superstar as he backs away ... As Orton looks murderous, he is suddenly smashed from behind by Ezekiel Jackson with the WWE Title belt and falls to the ground clutching the back of his head. Jackson looks down at Orton in disgust and hands the title belt to Sheamus ... before leaving the stage and heading to the back. Sheamus walks around Orton and down to the ring with the title belt.

SHEAMUS
Orton! At ‘No Mercy’ on Sunday, I will end your career like I ended the career of your former mentor, Triple H. And to do that, I will choose a match where I can do whatever I like. Randy, at ‘No Mercy’ I will win back my WWE Championship ... in a Street Fight!

A buzz of excitement spreads around the arena as Sheamus throws the microphone down and glares up the ramp at Randy Orton who is laid on the stage with his head up ... As Orton holds his head, Sheamus grins and lifts Orton’s WWE Title up high sending a clear message to the champion as RAW fades to black ...
 
#11 ·




FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
PREVIEW

WILL THE UNDERTAKER HAVE A MESSAGE FOR THE WORLD CHAMPION AHEAD OF NO MERCY?

After Kane’s win over Kofi Kingston last Friday night, the ‘Devils Favourite Demon’ got the chance to choose the match he would have with his brother, The Undertaker, at ‘No Mercy’ this Sunday. The confident World Heavyweight Champion has chosen a ‘Casket Match’ and is intent on ending the legacy of the Deadman in his speciality match. Will the Undertaker have a message for the Big Red Monster? Or will Kane’s dominance of Smackdown continue heading into the title match on Sunday?

CAN KOFI KINGSTON PUSH HIS WORLD TITLE CLAIMS?

After a valiant effort last Friday, Kofi Kingston failed to beat the World Champion and earn himself a spot in the World Title match this Sunday. However, the Ghanaian superstar is intent on catching the Smackdown General Manager’s eye and earning himself a title opportunity. He faces Jack Swagger this week and will be hoping to impress against the ‘All American American’ and push his claims further.

WILL GALLOWS GET ANOTHER SHOT AT ZIGGLER’S IC TITLE?

After Dolph Ziggler claimed that the Smackdown locker room could not provide anybody worthy of being Intercontinental Champion, it was Luke Gallows who responded and attempted to secure a title shot by beating the champion. Unfortunately, Gallows’ former mentor and the leader of the Straight Edge Society, CM Punk, decided to interfere and cost Gallows a shot at the title. What will Gallows response be this week on Smackdown?

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONS IN ACTION!

Days before they face the Usos at No Mercy, the tag team champions are on Smackdown to face the Hart Dynasty – the former champions looking to get back in the title hunt – with the Usos missing after the attack on them on Monday Night Raw. Can the Harts get back in the title picture or will the impressive run of the new champions continue as they head into No Mercy?

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONS IN ACTION!

Christian is another in action on Smackdown ahead of his No Mercy match with the newest Smackdown sensation, Alberto Del Rio. With Mysterio out for the foreseeable future and Christian nursing an arm injury, Del Rio has made an impact and there must be concern for Christian heading into his match with Kaval on Smackdown. Will the dastardly Mexican allow Christian to recuperate? And will Kaval be able to secure his first win on Smackdown?

Join us on Friday Night Smackdown!

CONFIRMED

Hart Dynasty vs. Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre

Jack Swagger vs. Kofi Kingston

Kaval vs. Christian​
 
#12 ·
Raw feedback

First off, nice 1 for getting rid of the PPV’s named after match types. I really don’t like the names of such PPVS. I thought I’d start at the beginning of your thread so here are my thoughts on your first Raw:

The opening segment was quite good. I think it worked well that you teased an Orton vs Cena match but then revealed that this will not be happening, at least any time soon. The first match was fine and made Sheamus looked strong after he lost the title last night. I would have possibly had this match later on in the show though. Any chance of replacing Justin Roberts with Lillian Garcia? Lol just joking but I prefer her. The Jericho and Morrison segment was solid and Jericho seemed authentic. The only thing I thought could have been better was that an attack like that from Jericho seems to have happened a little too early in this feud. Just my opinion tho.

The tag match was decent and did a good job of making the tag title scene seem competitive. There was a small typo as you missed out Bourne and Henry from the match title. I didn’t really like the Miz promo because it seemed to devalue the US title a bit. The match between Cena and Otunga was good and it was nice that Otunga made some waves in the match because I think he has an interesting character.

I think that the sigur ros remix could work as your entrance theme lol. I have heard the original too many times now after I finally downloaded it ages ago after figuring out what it was called. It is an interesting concept to have yourself show up as the owner of the WWE. I think it possibly could have worked better if you turned out to be the GM but in saying that I obviously don’t know who I am comparing you with in that respect. The main event was good but I didn’t like the way Sheamus left with the belt at the end. Overall, good show and a thread that has a lot of potential.
 
#13 ·
Thanks for the review steamedhams, much appreciated. Hope you enjoy this instalment too!





FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
Live from Bloomington, Illinois.



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

The Smackdown music fades as the pyro ends and the arena falls quiet for a moment before an almighty red explosion rocks through the arena ...



TONY CHIMEL
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

The Big Red Monster comes striding out to the ring with the World Title belt strapped around his waist. As he reaches the ring, he climbs the steps and easily steps over the top rope before raising his hands high. The arms drop and the corners of the ring fire up, the eerie red light filling the arena as the music dies away ... to be replaced by eerie, graveyard style music as Kane stares into the camera, his eyes bulging ...

KANE
Where are you big brother?

The champion laughs maniacally as the crowd jeer him in the background. Kane looks confident as he continues ...

KANE
Once upon a time, the WWE Universe walked in the shadow of their hero, the man who could not be diminuished. The Deadman, the Phenom ... the Undertaker. But where is he now? Where are you big brother?

An air of uncalm is creeping into the arena as the WWE Universe begin to realise that Kane knows something that they don’t ...

KANE
It has been two weeks now since I defeated the Undertaker at ‘Night of Champions’ and nobody ... NOBODY ... nobody has seen or heard from him since. Where are you big brother?

An Un-der-ta-ker chant begins in the background as the WWE Universe rally behind their hero despite Kane’s claims ...

KANE
You can chant for my brother as much as you want ... the fact is that the Undertaker is scared of me. He is scared of what I am willing to do to him, he is scared that I control the creatures of the night, he is scared of the Devil’s Favourite Demon ... and he isn’t here. Where are you big brother?

Kane laughs maniacally again whilst the crowd fall silent. Kane pushes on ...

KANE
My brother is scared of me. He knows that he cannot beat me in his speciality match, a Casket Match at No Mercy ... I have reduced him, your hero, to nothing. The Undertaker is dead, his legacy is over, I have my vengeance!

Kane drops to his knees and basks in the red glow.

KANE
Where are you big brother? Send us a sign ... send me a sign that you don’t fear me no more ...

The crowd wait with baited breath but ... nothing. Kane laughs maniacally yet again, his face glowing with a sick smile.

KANE
He’s not here ... Where is he? Will he be at No Mercy this Sunday? The Undertaker fears me, he knows he cannot destroy me no more ... The Undertaker is finished!

Kane laughs again as his music explodes around the arena again and the eerie red light continues to light up the arena as Kane begins to make his way out of the ring.

TODD GRISHAM
Welcome to Friday Night Smackdown ... what a monstrous start to our evening with the twisted, demented words of our World Heavyweight Champion. He speaks the truth though – nobody has seen or heard anything from the Undertaker now for almost two weeks. And on Sunday, Matt, he faces Kane in a Casket Match for the World Heavyweight Championship!



MATT STRIKER
The Undertaker has been around these parts a long time, he is 18-0 at WrestleMania but this is the biggest threat that there has ever been to his dominance in the WWE. But the question remains – how can he stop Kane right now? Has Kane taken over from the Undertaker as the most dominant force in the WWE?

TODD GRISHAM
Tonight though is the final night before the pay-per-view on Sunday, No Mercy! And our main event tonight sees the former Intercontinental Champion, Kofi Kingston, in action against Jack Swagger with both men looking to push their title claims.



MATT STRIKER
The Smackdown General Manager, Teddy Long, has made the match with the intention of looking for a new challenger for the World Heavyweight Title as we head towards the end of 2010. Will it be Kofi who impresses or will the former champion, Jack Swagger, prove that he deserves a second chance?



TONY CHIMEL
The following tag team contest is set for one fall. If the Hart Dynasty win, they will be entitled to a Tag Team Title match in the next month. Introducing first, accompanied by Natalya, weighing in at 445 pounds ... TYSON KIDD, DAVID HART-SMITH ... THE HART DYNASTY!

The crowd cheer appreciatively for the Raw tag team, the Hary Dynasty, as they make their way to the ring and help their manager, Natalya, into the ring. Tyson Kidd salutes the fans on the middle rope whilst David Hart-Smith acknowledges the fans from the centre of the ring. Both men looked pumped for a very important match for the former Tag Team Champions who lost their belts at Night of Champions.



TONY CHIMEL
Their opponents – introducing first, weighing 223 pounds ... from Charlotte, North Carolina ... he is one half of the Tag Team Champions ... ‘DASHING’ CODY RHODES!



TONY CHIMEL
And his partner, weighing 18 stone from Ayr, Scotland ... he is the other half of the Tag Team Champions ... DREW McINTYRE!

The Tag Team champions enter the ring at the same time and embrace each other as they show off their Tag Team Titles to the WWE Universe ... and to the Hart Dynasty.

TODD GRISHAM
Of course, the Tag Team Champions will be facing another tag team on Sunday at No Mercy as they take on the Usos, Jimmy and Jey, who beat the Hart Dynasty and Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov on Raw last week.

MATT STRIKER
It could be a big few days for the new champions as they look to establish their dominance over the Tag Team division. A win tonight over the Harts and a win against the Usos on Sunday would certainly convince many of the doubters!

TODD GRISHAM
Many would say that they are still running scared of the tag team they took out though, Matt, Evan Bourne and Mark Henry ...

MATT STRIKER
That’s true. But look at these guys. Do they look scared of Bourne and Henry? Or the Usos?

TODD GRISHAM
Considering neither of those tag teams is here on Smackdown tonight, that isn’t saying much. But on Sunday, it will be the Usos challenging for the Tag Team Titles ...

Hart Dynasty vs. Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre (Non Title)
Rhodes and McIntyre start the match looking arrogant and dismissing the Hart Dynasty – big mistake. Tyson Kidd gets to work on Drew McIntyre with his fast pace and high flying and takes Drew down. He tags in his partner, David Hart-Smith, who continues the assault with a more power based move set. However, as he lifts McIntyre up into the vertical suplex, Drew counters and rolls him up for a pinfall, getting a 2-count. McIntyre makes the tag to Rhodes who steams in and clotheslines a confused DHS to take control of the match. Rhodes and McIntyre begin to use quick tags in and out, keeping Smith away from a frustrated Tyson Kidd in the corner. With McIntyre back in the ring, he looks to hit the Futureshock DDT but Smith manages to counter as Drew sets up, rocking the Scotsman back onto his back in perfect place for the Sharpshooter. However, as Smith hooks it in with the crowd screaming, Rhodes distracts the referee and breaks the hold. With Smith and McIntyre both on the canvas, it’s a race to make the tag. McIntyre crawls over and tags in Rhodes but Smith makes the tag to Tyson Kidd who comes in like a ball of fire ... He uses a variety of kicks to take down Cody Rhodes and then goes to work on McIntyre, sending him out of the ring, as the match breaks down.

David Hart Smith gets back to his feet and takes the tag from Kidd before powerslamming Rhodes down to the mat. He makes the tag to Kidd again and he hoists Rhodes up into a bear hug as Tyson Kidd hits the ropes looking for the Hart Attack. As he hits the final rope though, Drew McIntyre pulls down the top rope and Kidd falls out of the ring with the referee missing the interference. Smith complains to the referee giving Rhodes time to take advantage with a kick to the gut followed by the Cross-Rhodes ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER (7:09): Cody Rhodes pins David Hart Smith

TONY CHIMEL

Here are your winners ... CODY RHODES and DREW McINTYRE!

TODD GRISHAM
Another impressive performance from the Tag Team Champions, Matt Striker, but the Hart Dynasty fail to win a title shot.

MATT STRIKER
It’s been a bad few weeks for the Hart Dynasty, losing their Tag Team Titles and now failing to get a rematch for the titles. However, Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes are looking unstoppable right now. How will the Usos cope on Sunday at No Mercy?

TODD GRISHAM
Drew and Cody have both beaten the Usos in singles action in the past week – few would bet against them this Sunday at No Mercy.

********** COMMERCIAL **********

TODD GRISHAM
Welcome back to Friday Night Smackdown, we are two days away from the No Mercy pay-per-view and we are anxiously waiting for the Undertaker to make a re-appearance ... Kane has declared the Deadman to be scared of him and nobody has seen Taker since Night of Champions.

MATT STRIKER
Kane is the World Heavyweight Champion, he’s the most dominant man on Friday Night and he looks to have struck fear into the legendary Undertaker. Will the Undertaker even show up at No Mercy this Sunday for the Casket Match?



TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, she is one half of the self proclaimed Divas Champions ... LAYLA!

Layla and Michelle McCool head out to the ring with Layla looking set for action in her sexy pink number and McCool wearing her skinny jeans and a Laycool top. Both ladies are carrying their Divas Titles which they clink together as they excitedly make their way down the aisle to the ring.



TONY CHIMEL
Her opponent, from Los Angeles, California ... MELINA!

Melina performs her usual unique entrance that sends all the fellas crazy before standing proudly in the ring looking at Layla and Michelle. The Divas Champions make a cry baby action to Melina who smiles and refuses to be drawn into their mind games. The bell rings and Layla hands her title to Michelle.

Layla vs. Melina
An even match that twists in the favour of Layla after mini-interference from Michelle McCool on the outside distracts Melina. Layla uses a snapmare to take Melina down to the mat and follows this with a dropkick to the face of Melina as she sits up. With McCool cheering at ringside, Layla looks to hit a neckbreaker, the Layout, on Melina but as she twists Melina round, Melina escapes and comes off the ropes to layout Layla instead with a clothesline. Melina is now fired up and hits her usual offence – including the Matrix moves – before springboarding off the ropes and hitting Layla with a back elbow. Michelle McCool senses danger for her partner and gets up to the ropes but Melina hits a high kick to the side of McCool’s face that sends her crashing to the floor. As Layla gets up, Melina sets up for the Primal Scream leg drop and hits the move before holding Layla down for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER (2:43): Melina defeats Layla

TONY CHIMEL

Here is your winner ... MELINA!

TODD GRISHAM
Massive momentum boost for Melina as she heads into No Mercy for her Handicap Title Match against Laycool.

MATT STRIKER
A huge win for Melina but do not underestimate the Divas Champions. They will not be happy with this defeat ...

As Laycool back away up the ramp, Melina blows them a kiss and gives them a wave before signalling a title belt around her waist. Laycool shake their heads and point and scream lots but head back towards the locker room. Melina summons for a microphone ...

MELINA
By the way, Laycool, I accept your challenge. I will see you this Sunday at No Mercy when I will become the new Divas Champion!

The camera moves backstage from the annoyed faces of Laycool to the General Manager’s office where Teddy Long is stood. He looks up and looks happy to see somebody ...

TEDDY LONG
Hey there, playa. Come on in, come on in ...

The recognisable face of Kofi Kingston comes into view as he hugs and shakes hands with the General Manager of Smackdown.

TEDDY LONG
What can I do for you, Kofi Kingston?

KOFI KINGSTON
Last week, Teddy, I took Kane to the very limit ... I was this close (signals with thumb and finger) to beating him and winning me a place in the No Mercy title match. I’m ready to move onto the next level, I’m ready to challenge for the World Title!

TEDDY LONG
Respect to you, Kofi, I saw you last week, you almost managed it. But it was Kane who got the 3-count so I can’t change things ...

The crowd boo as Kofi looks disappointed ...

TEDDY LONG
However, playa, I can tell you this. Tonight, you have a match with the All American American, Jack Swagger. And if you win that, Kofi, I will give you a title match before the end of 2010!

Kofi’s face perks up as he realises that he has a chance to secure himself a major future chance in the World Title picture.

KOFI KINGSTON
Thank you, Teddy ... I will beat Jack Swagger tonight, I will get myself a title shot ... Kofi Kingston is going to be the World Heavyweight Champion very soon.

TEDDY LONG
I hear ya, playa!

KOFI KINGSTON
Jack Swagger is going down, man, he’s going to feel the pain of the Boom, Boom, Boom!

Teddy smiles as Kofi disappears with an excited bound in his step. However, that smile disappears as an intense looking Jack Swagger also appears beside him.

JACK SWAGGER
I knew that you couldn’t ignore me forever, Long. I am the All American, American superstar, Jack Swagger, the King of Oklahoma ... I deserve a shot at the World Title and there is no way that Kofi Kingston ... is going to stop me.

Swagger smiles a cocky smile as the camera fades into a break.

********** COMMERCIAL **********



TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Toronto, Canada, weighing 227 pounds ... CHRISTIAN!

Captain Charisma steps out onto the ramp ready for action, surveying the arena for his Peeps, before strutting down to the ring. He shakes hands with the WWE Universe as he enters the ring before awaiting his opponent ...

TODD GRISHAM
This Sunday at No Mercy, it will be Christian and Alberto Del Rio as Christian seeks revenge for the injuries caused by Del Rio to Rey Mysterio ...

MATT STRIKER
And Del Rio attempted to injure Christian as well but Christian had last week had enough and called out the Mexican ... ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez, Alberto’s announcer ...

Rodriguez shakes his head again and ignores Christian as he stands in the ring gazing over to the personal ring announcer of Del Rio making a scissors gesture with his fingers ...

CHRISTIAN
In all seriousness, Alberto Del Rio has made quite an impact recently. He injured my good buddy, Rey Mysterio ...

The crowd pop at the mention of Mysterio who is currently sidelined with an injury to his arm picked up when Del Rio used a steel chair to injure it further after his Arm-Bar submission hold had weakened it previously ...

CHRISTIAN
Now, Rey Mysterio is a good buddy of mine and he is out for weeks, maybe months, because of Del Rio ... And I am not going to sit back and allow Del Rio to get away with that. Do you understand that Rodriguez?

Rodriguez again shakes his head and shrugs his shoulders determined not to get involved with Christian ...

CHRISTIAN
Now, last week, I was set to teach Alberto Del Rio a lesson when you grabbed my leg from behind, Mr Rodriguez. And now I invite you on the ‘Peep Show’ and you don’t want to get involved in my business ... well, tough, you’re involved in my business.

Christian drops the microphone and drops to the mat to roll out of the ring. He stalks after Alberto Del Rio’s personal ring announcer who begins to walk away from the WWE superstar who follows with an evil look in his eye. As Rodriguez begins to make a move up the ramp away from Christian, the music of Smackdown’s newest superstar hits and Christian stops ...



A smiling, arrogant Alberto Del Rio walks out dressed in a suit with his white scarf around his neck and begins to strut down the ramp towards the waiting Christian. Del Rio walks up to Christian and winks at him before walking past him to the ring ... Christian rolls back into the ring as well and picks up his microphone to talk with the Mexican superstar, Del Rio.

ALBERTO DEL RIO
My name ... is Alberto Del Rio. But you ... and all of you ... already know that.

Del Rio winks and holds his arms wide but the WWE Universe begin to boo and jeer him. However, Del Rio just chuckles and laughs unfazed ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO
Christian ... I just heard you insulting my ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez. Why you do this?

CHRISTIAN
I knew that if I insulted him, you wouldn’t be able to resist coming out here and running your mouth off again. I see that I am right?

ALBERTO DEL RIO
If I were you, Christian ... I would think very carefully about what you say. Did you see what I did to that little chihuahua, Rey Mysterio? I would hate for that to happen to you too ...

CHRISTIAN
You think that you can intimidate me, Del Rio? Well think again. Some people might be scared of a Mexican wrestler dressed in Kylie Minogue’s wardrobe ... but not me. I want to challenge you to a match at ‘No Mercy’ next week.

Del Rio smiles and shakes his head at Christian as the crowd pop at the idea of Christian beating down Del Rio at the upcoming PPV.

ALBERTO DEL RIO
Christian, Christian, Christian ... You are not going to make me do anything. I am a noble man and I will face you when I want to and in the way that I choose. You should be worrying about me and staying out of my way. If you don’t believe me, ask you little amigo, Rey Mysterio ...

CHRISTIAN
I am going to ask you one more time, Kylie ... me and you, ‘No Mercy,’ one on one ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO
I would like that Christian ... but on one condition.

CHRISTIAN
And that is ... ?

ALBERTO DEL RIO
It will be a submission match. Then I can break you arm just like I broke the arm of Rey Mysterio ...

CHRISTIAN
You’re on, Hot Pants. And by the way ... here’s a taster for you.

Christian smashes Del Rio in the head with the microphone and begins to take down the Mexican with right and left hands. As Christian looks to have taken down Del Rio, he is dragged away by Ricardo Rodriguez who backs away when Christian turns to face him ... with the ring announcer in the corner, Christian advances towards him until Del Rio picks up a canvas chair and fold it up before hitting Christian in the back with it. Rodriguez slides out of the ring as Del Rio hooks in the Arm-Bar and forces Christian to tap out as Del Rio’s music restarts. As Del Rio poses in the ring and Rodriguez announces him in Spanish, doctors have to tend to Christian at ringside and help him away as he holds him arm ...
As the video from last week ends, Christian has a microphone.

CHRISTIAN
Last week, Alberto Del Rio again tried to put me out of action like he did to Rey Mysterio. He keeps hitting cheap shots and dirty tricks ... but I understand him. He is running scared. At No Mercy, it will be time for me to give Del Rio a taste of his own medicine when I put him of the shelf and we will be spared the sight of a grown Mexican man in Kylie Minogue’s hotpants for a while ...

Christian pauses as the crowd laughs. A sign is shown with a cartoon Alberto Del Rio admiring his tight gold hotpants ...

CHRISTIAN
As for tonight, I am facing a man who I have utmost respect for ... the winner of NXT Season 2 ... Kaval!



A determined looking Kaval makes his way out to small cheers from the crowd as he searches for his first win on Smackdown. This time, he has managed to escape the clutches of Laycool and arrives alone.

TODD GRISHAM
Matt, you are the host of NXT. Tell us about this man, Kaval.

MATT STRIKER
Kaval is a one of a kind wrestler, he has worked for over ten years to reach the top of the business and the WWE. He is a legend around the world, has a huge internet following and if you’ve never seen him before, be prepared for a very different style of wrestling to what you normally see here in the WWE.

TODD GRISHAM
And this week, Kaval is out here without Laycool. Last week, deliberately or not, Laycool’s interference in his match cost him a win in his first match on Smackdown against Joseph Mercury. How will Kaval cope without the Divas Champions to support and mentor him?

MATT STRIKER
I don’t think that missing his two favourite ladies will faze Kaval too much, Todd!

Kaval vs. Christian
The two competitors share a handshake before their match begins and lock up to start. The larger, stronger Christian takes control and whips Kaval around the ring into turnbuckles and clotheslines ... however, Kaval catches Christian out with a sudden barrage of kicks to the hamstring that take Christian down. Kaval’s unique offence continues as he hits a running headbutt to Christian and hits another roundhouse kick to Christian’s skull that sends Christian crashing down to the mat. Kaval climbs to the top rope looking for the Ghetto Stomp, jumping high off the top rope, two footed, down onto the chest of Christian. Christian manages to roll out to the outside of the ring to safety as Kaval looks frustrated. He follows Christian and drags him back into the ring where Christian tries to surprise Kaval with a quick roll up pin that fails at 2. Christian manages to take charge again and sets up for his finishing move, the Killswitch, when Alberto Del Rio appears in the aisle heading towards the ring. Christian pauses for a moment and almost allows Kaval to escape ... but he hangs on and hits the Killswitch as Del Rio stands outside the ring watching. Christian goes for the cover and the referee counts ... 1 ... 2 ... suddenly, Del Rio pulls Kaval out of the ring by his foot and whips him into the barricades to Christian’s annoyance. The referee holds Christian back in the ring but Del Rio has locked in his Arm Bar submission move in the aisle on a defenceless Kaval. The NXT Season 2 winner taps out but Del Rio refuses to let go of the hold and Christian finally escapes to go to Kaval’s need. Del Rio springs up and flees out of trouble as Christian tends to Kaval looking up the ramp at the Mexican.

NO CONTEST: due to interference from Alberto Del Rio.


As Christian helps Kaval up with the medics, Del Rio has a microphone as he stands watching ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO
Christian ... you will be next for Alberto Del Rio. This Sunday, I will take you out!

The cocky Mexican winks at Christian as his music his played through the arena. Kaval is helped out with Christian aiding ...

********** COMMERCIAL **********

Smackdown returns with Luke Gallows stood in the ring with his music playing. The former Straight Edge Society member is holding a microphone as he waits to speak.

LUKE GALLOWS
Last week, Dolph Ziggler issued an open challenge to anybody in the Smackdown locker room to beat him and earn a shot at the Intercontinental Title. I was the only one who would respond ... I had him beat before ... before CM Punk decided to interfere in my business again.

The crowd boo at the sound of Punk’s name ...

LUKE GALLOWS
CM Punk! You listen to me. I have spent the last year following your orders, carrying out your duties and believing in what you told me. You told me that I could be better and I listened. But you didn’t really believe that. You just wanted a protection plan, an insurance policy and that was my role in your precious SES. I have finally realised that the only way I will get anywhere in the WWE is through my own hard work.



The sounds of ‘Perfection’ indicate the arrival of Vickie Guerrero and the Intercontinental Champion, Dolph Ziggler, who is laughing to himself as he makes his way down the aisle with the title around his waist and his girlfriend, Vickie, smiling as she hangs on his arm.

DOLPH ZIGGLER
Are you serious, Gallows? You honestly think that you deserve a chance at the Intercontinental Title? You honestly believe that you might have won without the arrival of CM Punk?

LUKE GALLOWS
Why don’t you get in this ring and we can discuss it properly?

DOLPH ZIGGLER
I am the Intercontinental Champion, you are a nobody. I don’t need to get into any ring with you. You’re a downbeat, clapped out wrestler who is heading straight for a future endeavour ... Tell him Vickie!

VICKIE GUERRERO
Excuse me? Excuse me? ... EXCUSE ME?! Luke Gallows, you are lucky that I haven’t already fired you for having the nerve to suggest that you could face my boyfriend last week. When he issued an open challenge, it was for those deemed worthy of challenging. Not the likes of you.



A smiling CM Punk also comes out carrying a microphone and makes his way down the aisle to the ring. He shakes hands with Dolph and Vickie as he reaches the ring and all three make their way into the ring to confront Luke Gallows.

CM PUNK
Luke, Luke, Luke ... Why are you still here in the WWE? After I kicked you out of the SES, I’d have thought you’d have returned to your corn-fed life, drinking alcohol, taking prescription drugs and maybe having a reunion with your old friend, Jesse ... Face it, you were nothing without me, I rescued you and how did you pay me back? You failed. You showed weaknesses every week. You, Mercury, the bald headed chick ... you failed me. I realised that CM Punk is better on his own.

LUKE GALLOWS
If that was the case Punk, why did you feel the need to interfere in my match with Dolph last week? Are you threatened by me?

CM PUNK
Are you serious? You must be drunk or something, I am the former World Champion and I am not threatened by a failure, a loser, a no mark like you. I attacked you last week as a punishment for all of those things. I was reminding you of the fact that you have never done anything without my help ... Get out of my ring, Luke Gallows, you do not deserve to be anywhere near me.

Ziggler claps and supports Punk as Gallows looks down at his feet ...

CM PUNK
Get out of my ring, Gallows ... now!

Again, Gallows remains stationary, refusing to budge or look at CM Punk. Punk signals to Ziggler and the pair of them begin to advance towards the fallen SES member. As they are about to try and move Gallows out of the ring, more music hits ...



Out strides the Big Show looking determined and intent rather than his usual jovial sense, he quickly heads to the ring as Ziggler and Punk move out quickly ... He looks at Luke Gallows who meets the look with a nod of his head ...

BIG SHOW
You know what I think, CM Punk? Over recent months, I have had many a problem with the Straight Edge Society ... I’ve had many an altercation with this man, Luke Gallows. I don’t agree with some of the things he did but the fact is that out of your group, Luke Gallows was the man who broke my hand, Luke Gallows was the man who did most damage to me. He was the man who was the best wrestler in the SES.

He offers his hand out to Luke Gallows who grasps it and the two shake hands to bury the hatchet. Big Show turns back to Punk and Ziggler who are in the aisle.

BIG SHOW
Now why don’t you two (Show uses air quotes here) champions get into the ring and face us like men?

Vickie Guerrero begins to shepherd Dolph Ziggler away and CM Punk also retreats shaking his head at Big Show with a grin on his face. Just as they reach the stage, more music sounds out ...



Teddy Long comes out and acknowledges the cheers of the crowd. He ignores Vickie Guerrero’s shrieks at him and stands to the side with his microphone ready.

TEDDY LONG
Do you know what I think? I think that’s a great idea, Show. After the break, it will be Big Show and Luke Gallows against Dolph Ziggler ... and CM Punk! Holla!

********** COMMERCIAL **********

Big Show and Luke Gallows vs. CM Punk and Dolph Ziggler
Gallows and Ziggler begin the match with Ziggler taking a bit of a beating from the pumped up former member of the SES, Gallows. Ziggler looks for the tag several times but Punk refuses allowing Gallows to retain control of the match. Ziggler manages to get in control with a sleeper hold that doesn’t win the match but does slow down Luke Gallows and now CM Punk accepts the tag. He goes to work on Gallows with a powerslam followed by a series of well placed kicks. A taunt to Big Show leaves the referee struggling to contain the World’s Largest Athlete and allows Ziggler to put the boot to Gallows on the outside before rolling him back into CM Punk. Punk lifts Gallows up for the Go To Sleep but Gallows aims an elbow at Punk’s head and manages to escape and get the tag to the Big Show.

Show comes in and ploughs into Punk and then Ziggler as he takes charge. He pulls back his fist at one point and scares the life out of Punk who drops to his knees without being touched in order to escape. Vickie consoles both her man and Punk on the outside before Punk re-enters the ring and manages to take down the big man with the Shining Wizard kick. With Show down on one knee, Punk looks for the Anaconda Vice and he manages to get a version of it on the Big Show looking to make him tap out. Show simply powers out though and makes the tag to Gallows who finally gets his hands on CM Punk. Stiff kicks to the mid-section of Punk allow Gallows to take control and he sets up a running knee to the face of Punk in the corner. With Gallows firing up, the crowd rally behind him until a poke in the eye from Ziggler slows him down. Vickie distracts the Big Show with a slap to the face and Big Show’s attention is drawn away to her in the aisle ... this allows Punk time to lift Gallows into the Go To Sleep which he hits. 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER (8:43): CM Punk pins Luke Gallows

TONY CHIMEL

Here are your winners ... CM PUNK and DOLPH ZIGGLER!

Big Show rolls back into the ring as Punk rolls out with a wicked smile on his face. Dolph embraces Punk outside with Vickie and the three make their way out of the arena as Gallows slowly gets to his feet in the ring. Show stands staring at him as he gets to his feet and the tension builds ... what is Big Show going to do? Gallows looks at him fearfully for a moment ... then the Big Show shakes his hand and pats him on the shoulder before leaving the ring.[/B]

TODD GRISHAM
A great match there, Matt, will Luke Gallows get a shot at the Intercontinental Title of Ziggler any time soon?

MATT STRIKER
He deserves one, Todd, there’s no doubt about that. Can Luke Gallows live up to the expectations of the WWE Universe without CM Punk? We’ll have to find out.

The camera goes backstage and shows Kane stood in a small room, full of eerie red light, laughing maniacally ...

KANE
Where are you, Undertaker? Are you scared?

Kane continues to laugh as the camera leaves him and transfers to a split screen shot of Kofi Kingston and Jack Swagger preparing for their upcoming match.

TODD GRISHAM
Next up, our main event. Which man will get the win and earn himself a title shot from Teddy Long before the end of 2010? Jack Swagger or Kofi Kingston? We’ll find out here, next!

********** COMMERCIAL **********

Smackdown returns with an advert for the upcoming No Mercy PPV ...



TODD GRISHAM
Will it be revenge for Christian as he looks to avenge the attacks on himself, Kaval and Rey Mysterio by the Mexican superstar, Alberto Del Rio? Or will Del Rio manage to win in his first PPV appearance and send his stock soaring?



MATT STRIKER
Finally, we get to see John Cena and Wade Barrett one on one. The winner will face Randy Orton or Sheamus, whoever the champion is, at Cyber Sunday. Can Cena end the relentless attacks from Nexus by winning the title shot on Sunday?



TODD GRISHAM
The RAW main event sees Sheamus challenge Randy Orton for the WWE Title in a Street Fight. Sheamus earned the right to choose the match type on RAW this week and it remains to be seen if he can take advantage to win the title.



MATT STRIKER
Nobody has seen the Undertaker since Night of Champions. He has the chance to earn the WWE Title back when he faces his nemesis, the Devil’s Favourite Demon, Kane in a Casket Match this Sunday!

TODD GRISHAM
And speaking of the World Title ... it’s time to find out who will get a guaranteed shot before the end of the year!



TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall with the winner guaranteed a shot at the World Heavyweight Title before the end of 2010! Introducing first, from Perry, Oklahoma, he is the All American American ... JACK SWAGGER!

The cocky jock comes out ready for action with a firework display as he poses in the aisle. The Swagger Soaring Eagle is following him close to the ring as he looks ready to earn the guaranteed title match ...



TONY CHIMEL
And his opponent, from Ghana, West Africa, weighing 221 pounds ... KOFI KINGSTON!

Kofi bounds to the ring, high-fiving the kids in the aisle and hitting the ring running before heading to the corner to signal the Boom, Boom, Boom! The crowd cheer for Kofi but Swagger scowls from across the ring with no appreciation for the African superstar.

Kofi Kingston vs. Jack Swagger
The match starts at a fast pace as Kingston tries to get out of the blocks quickly whilst Swagger tries, and fails, to drag Kofi down to the mat. The match begins to get serious when Kingston flies off the top rope, flyinh high, to hit a cross body to Swagger that gets him a pinfall ... 1 ... 2 ... Swagger kicks out looking annoyed. Kingston begins to hit axe handles to the chest of Swagger, punishing the All American, before hitting a clothesline and a drop kick to send Swagger crashing to the mat. Swagger swats Kofi away as he attempts to kick him again moments later and forces Kofi into the ropes. Kofi goes for Trouble in Paradise but Swagger ducks and avoids before pouncing on the ankle of Kofi. With the WWE Universe expecting the ankle lock attempt, Swagger looks to weaken it as he delivers an elbow drop right onto the lower leg and ankle area before stomping on it over and over despite Kofi’s attempts to cover up. Kofi gets gingerly to his feet but is immediately chop-blocked by Swagger as he softens the ankle more causing Kofi Kingston to limp as he takes control.

Finally, Swagger goes for the Ankle Lock for the first time and locks it in but Kingston is too close to the ropes and the ref calls for a break. Swagger keeps the ankle lock on until the last second to further punish Kofi. Kingston rolls out of the ring and Swagger follows him, smashing him into the announce table spine first ... He then whips Kingston into the steel steps and Kofi collapses in a crumpled heap. Swagger stalks Kingston and lifts him up to drop him down on his weakened ankle on the ring steps. With Kofi clutching his ankle, Swagger rolls back into the ring and allows the referee to start counting out Kingston.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... 9 ... With Swagger looking confident, Kofi manages one last push to get under the rope and into the ring. Swagger looks angry and goes to deliver punishment with kicks to the injured ankle. Swagger goes for a low dropkick to the ankle next but Kingston manages to move out of the way and Swagger is down for a moment. As he gets to his feet, Kofi comes off the ropes and hits a Lou Thesz press before delivering his version of fists of fury before rolling off and clutching his ankle again. Both men slowly get to their feet but Swagger is in the corner and Kingston manages to leap up onto his shoulders in the corner and hits him several times ... however, Swagger regains his composure and turns it into a Powerbomb that sees Kingston sprawled on the mat beaten ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Somehow, Kofi kicks out to the dismay of Swagger! Swagger gets to his feet in fury and begins stomping on Kingston’s ankle again with the referee trying to restrain him due to the injury that Kofi has picked up. Swagger finally drops to his knees and locks in the Ankle Lock on Kofi in the centre of the ring ... Kofi tries to twist and kick his way out but Swagger tightens his grip and threatens to break Kingston’s ankle. Kofi refuses to submit and writhes on the mat in pain ... Kofi slowly edges across the ring, can he reach the ropes or will he have to tap out first? A stretch, not yet, Swagger desperately tries to hold Kofi by grapevining the legs and Kofi’s pain doubles as he stretches one more time ... still millimetres away and Kofi looks set to tap out now. One last attempt from Kofi as the referee asks him if he gives up, Kofi stretches and ... reaches the ropes! The referee breaks the hold and Kofi is laid in the corner clutching his ankle as a furious Swagger remonstrates with the official.

Swagger looks frustrated but charges over the ring, jumping over Kofi and onto the middle rope before crashing down on Kingston. He goes for the pinfall ... 1 ... 2 ... No! What does Swagger need to do? He goes for the corner splash again but this time Kofi gets his feet up and kicks Swagger under the jaw to deny him. Both men are on the mat and in trouble now! Swagger gets to his feet groggily but suddenly Kingston spins round and hits the Trouble in Paradise for the pin. 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Swagger! Kofi staggers to his feet in the corner and looks bewildered now as a KOFI! chant begins to echo through the arena. Kofi signals his Boom, Boom, Boom! taunt and prepares for one more Trouble in Paradise. He winds up in the corner waiting for Swagger to get to his feet. Up he get, Kofi spins ... and hits it again, sending Swagger crashing down to the mat. 1 ... 2 ... 3! Kofi Kingston wins and will challenge for the World Title before 2010 ends!

WINNER (14:12): Kofi Kingston pins Jack Swagger

TONY CHIMEL

Here is your winner ... KOFI KINGSTON!

MATT STRIKER
What an effort from both these young stars, Todd, but it will be Kofi Kingston who will receive a title match in the coming weeks and months. A five star match though, the future of Smackdown is burning bright!

TODD GRISHAM
It sure is, Matt! Kofi Kingston will be given a title match by Teddy Long in the next few months before 2010 ends, what a chance for Kingston!

Swagger staggers out of the ring and up the aisle as Kofi, wounded and dazed, kneels in the ring clutching his ankle when all of a sudden, the lights flicker a few times before blackness ensues ... The crowd go wild as they anticipate the arrival of the Undertaker! The lights remain out for ten seconds and then ... a massive explosion of red light thunders round the arena and Kane is in the ring behind Kofi Kingston as Jack Swagger watches on before leaving him to it ...

Kane clutches Kofi Kingston by the throat and raises him high for the chokeslam ... Kofi is helpless and can do nothing to prevent it as he crashes down onto the mat. Kane then picks him up again and sets up for a tombstone ... smiling and laughing, he drops Kofi on his head and then stands over him laughing some more. He raises his arms and signals another explosion as the crowd boo. Kane takes a microphone ...


KANE
Where are you, Big Brother? Where are you?

Kane laughs again as Smackdown fades away to the sound of Kane’s music through the arena.
 
#14 ·



RESULTS

Tyson Kidd beats Zack Ryder (Submission – 4:56)

Zack Ryder ‘s losing streak continues with another quick loss, this time to the high flying Tyson Kidd. The Hart Dynasty member makes quick work of Ryder and defeats him with the Sharpshooter.

Gail Kim defeats Jillian (Pin – 3:04)
The Canadian diva defeats Jillian and spares the WWE Universe from a celebration song from the tone-deaf Jillian. A quick roll up pin secures the victory for Gail Kim.

The Usos beat Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov (Pin – 7:43)
A morale-boosting win for the Usos after their singles defeats to the Tag Team Champions in the last week. A victory over the Europeans gives them valuable momentum heading into No Mercy after Tamina’s distraction of Santino lead to a diving headbutt from Jey Uso to secure the win.

Percy Watson and Husky Harris beat Cryme Tyme (Pin – 6:34)
A massive reception as JTG and Shad re-unite to form Cryme Tyme as they seek out that elusive Tag Team Championship that they missed out on before. After poor singles outings, the two got back together to face NXT Season 2 stars, Watson and Harris. However, things didn’t start well for Cryme Tyme as Harris pinned JTG to give the newcomers on Smackdown a second straight win on Superstars.

MAIN EVENT
Jack Swagger defeats Matt Hardy (Submission – 9:32)

Another week, another defeat for Matt Hardy at the hands of Jack Swagger. As last week, Hardy was defeated with the Ankle Lock, forced to tap out to the All American American, Swagger. After the match, Hardy announced that he was taking some time off from WWE and that he didn’t know when, or even if, he’d be back. He thanked the fans for their support and left but was brutally attacked by Swagger again in the aisle and forced to tap out to the Ankle Lock one more time.

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


RUMOURS AND NEWS

The No Mercy PPV this weekend is expected to be a good one with several high profile matches featured on the card. The match between Sheamus and Randy Orton is not expected to see a title change with Sheamus thought to be a leading contender for the Royal Rumble in January.

Rumours are still suggesting that there could be either an announcement regarding the Raw General Manager or a returning superstar at the No Mercy PPV on Sunday. Some are even suggesting that the two things could be linked.

Matt Hardy, as we told you last week, has taken a break from the WWE for an ‘undisclosed amount of time.’ His interview on Superstars gave a clear indication of his frustration at his role on Smackdown and his increasing desperation to be involved in a World Title program. Rumours are still suggesting that we could see Matt move to TNA to join Jeff in the future.

Chris Jericho faces John Morrison this weekend in a match where Jericho will ‘retire’ if he is beaten by Morrison. This is expected to be the beginning of a major storyline for Jericho.

FINAL NO MERCY CARD

WWE TITLE: Randy Orton* vs. Sheamus (Street Fight)

WORLD TITLE: Kane* vs. Undertaker (Casket Match)

US TITLE: Daniel Bryan* vs. Alex Riley

TAG TEAM TITLE: Cody Rhodes/Drew McIntyre* vs. The Usos

DIVAS TITLE: Michelle McCool/Layla* vs. Melina (2 vs. 1)

#1 CONTENDER MATCH FOR WWE TITLE: John Cena vs. Wade Barrett

Christian vs. Alberto Del Rio

Chris Jericho vs. John Morrison (If Jericho loses, he retires)​
 
#15 ·




NO MERCY
Live from Chicago, Illinois

*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

The camera pans around the arena showing the cheering, wild WWE Universe, pumped up for the No Mercy pay-per-view, signs held aloft as Chicago goes mad for the WWE!

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome to Chicago, Illinois, tonight we are in the Windy City for a night of drama, intensity, championships and, most of all, No Mercy. Hello again, everybody, I’m Michael Cole, sitting with me is my Raw broadcast colleague, Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler and from Smackdown, Matt Striker.

MATT STRIKER
And what a night it is going to be, Michael, five titles, a number one contender spot and an entire career all on the line in a mixture of street fighting, caskets and no doubt, laptops!

JERRY LAWLER
In our main event tonight, the Viper Randy Orton will defend his WWE Title for the first time against the former champion, Sheamus, in a Street Fight. Oh my word, Cole, can you imagine the damage that Sheamus is capable of in a Street Fight?

MICHAEL COLE
It’s sure to be an interesting night, King, feuds filled with bad blood and animosity. Let’s head to the ring to get the night started.

The noise level in the arena drops a moment before ...



JERRY LAWLER
What is he doing here tonight? He hasn’t got a match, has he Cole?

MICHAEL COLE
He hasn’t as far as I’m aware!

MATT STRIKER
He’s the nine-time World Champion, guys, he has the right to turn up on any WWE programme he wants, whenever he wants! Surely he deserves that right by now?

Edge marches to the ring, dressed ready for action, climbs into the ring and takes a microphone from the time keepers. He stands centre of the ring and prepares to address the WWE Universe.

EDGE
You’re probably wondering why I’m here? I’m here for my match. I am the Rated ‘R’ Superstar, I am the nine-time World Champion ... no WWE event is complete without me. So, Mr. Anonymous GM ... send out my opponent for tonight.

Edge turns to the stage expectantly waiting for someone to appear ... but nothing happens. He waits and waits ... Then the lights flicker and the e-mail alert sounds through the arena.

MICHAEL COLE
May I have your attention please? I have just received an email from the anonymous Raw General Manager ...

The crowd boo at Michael Cole, intense heat that seems specially reserved just for him! He stands up at the GM laptop ready to speak.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Edge. Get out of the ring. You have no match tonight. You may be the nine-time champion, the Rated ‘R’ Superstar and all that but ... I just don’t like ya. You have got no match tonight because you have not earned one. If you don’t leave the ring immediately, I will suspend you indefinitely. If you don’t believe me ... try me!”

Edge grabs at his hair and looks ready to explode. He stares a hole right through Michael Cole and drops to his knees, rolling out of the ring towards the laptop. Edge circles the GM Laptop stand and looks as if he is ready to smash the laptop into pieces ... but he slowly starts to back away and heads back towards the back, looking intense and angry ...

The camera switches backstage where Josh Matthews is waiting.


JOSH MATTHEWS
Ladies and Gentlemen, I am Josh Matthews and I am stood here at the backstage entrance of the arena here in Chicago. I am awaiting the arrival of the Undertaker ... but I haven’t seen him yet. I will let you know as soon as the Undertaker arrives here for his World Title match against his brother, the World Heavyweight Champion, Kane.

The camera heads back into the arena where Justin Roberts is stood in the ring waiting to announce the first match of the evening.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, the following contest is for the US Championship! And it will be a ‘2 out of 3 Falls Match’ ...

MICHAEL COLE
What?!! Who made that decision? That’s completely unfair on the Miz and Alex Riley, King!

JERRY LAWLER
Why is it unfair, Cole? It’s the same for both men, isn’t it?



MICHAEL COLE
Here he comes, here he comes!

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... THE MIZ!

The Miz walks out with his smart suit on and carrying his battered, red Money In The Bank briefcase in his hand as he saunters out onto the stage. He smirks as he twirls a microphone in his hand before his music quietens and he can be heard.

THE MIZ
I am the only man in NXT history to mentor a rookie who has become a champion here in the WWE! I was Daniel Bryan’s mentor in NXT Season 1 and – because I am kind-hearted and generous – I decided to allow Daniel Bryan to beat me at Night of Champions and win the US Championship. And now ... I am going to become the first mentor in NXT history to mentor two rookies to titles here in the WWE! Because I’m the Miz .... and I’m AWWWEEEESSSSSOOOMMMMEEEE!!!!

The music restarts and the Miz surveys the arena before waving to the backstage area, beckoning someone out. Out comes Alex Riley, the Miz’ NXT Season 2 rookie, ready for action as he looks to win his first title in the WWE.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing first, the challenger. Weighing 240 pounds, from Georgetown, Virginia ... ALEX RILEY!

Riley and the Miz enter the ring with Miz telling Riley some last minute instructions. As Riley jumps up and down in determination, Miz leaves the ring and joins the announce team at ringside.

MICHAEL COLE
And the Miz is going to join us for commentary here at ringside, what an honour this is!

MATT STRIKER
Welcome to the announce table, Miz ...

Miz ignores Striker and Lawler but shakes hands with Michael Cole and sits down with his headset on ready ...

THE MIZ
Thanks for the welcome, Michael, are you ready to see Daniel Bryan destroyed by Alex Riley?

MICHAEL COLE
I sure am, it’s about time somebody taught this idiot a lesson in respect. Alex Riley is going to do that and become the US Champion right now!

THE MIZ
I’ve said it from the start – Alex Riley is a much better rookie than Daniel Bryan. He has the attitude, the star quality to make it here in the WWE ... unlike this goof!



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And his opponent, from Aberdeen, Washington, weighing 190 pounds ... he is the US Champion, DANIEL BRYAN!

Daniel Bryan makes his way to the ring with the US Title belt around his waist as he pats it coming down the ramp. He salutes the crowd as he bounces into the ring.

THE MIZ
How can a guy like this exist here in the WWE alongside the likes of me?

JERRY LAWLER
Look, Miz and Cole, this kid has got an awful lot of talent, just because you don’t ...

THE MIZ
... Who the hell are you, Old Man? Times have changed since the 80’s and 90’s and this guy is a complete goof, he wears trunks that an old lady would wear as pants, he doesn’t eat meat, he doesn’t own a TV, he thinks that Star Wars is cool ... He’s not entertaining in the slightest, he is awful. You shut your mouth too, Striker!

MATT STRIKER
Hey, I was just going to suggest that we all calm down a little.

MICHAEL COLE
The Miz is so right as usual and tonight, Alex is going to prove it. Let’s go, A-Ri!

UNITED STATES CHAMPIONSHIP – 2 out of 3 Falls
US Champion Daniel Bryan vs. Alex Riley


Both men circle each other at first, threatening to tie up, before Bryan surprises Riley with a series of quick kicks to the hamstring area. Riley stands in the ropes as Bryan backs off, jumping up and down, waiting for Riley to come back out. Alex Riley recovers and then approaches Daniel Bryan again looking to hit a cheap shot. Bryan ducks out of the way of Riley’s attempted grapple and then hits him with several more kicks to the back of the leg before backing away, a big smile on his face.

Riley looks annoyed and talks to the referee about the kicks. As Bryan approaches to suggest all is fair, Riley takes another cheap shot and this time connects as he sends Bryan to the mat with a clothesline. Riley begins to take advantage with several stomps to Daniel Bryans chest before he lifts the Vegan wrestler to his feet and whips him into the turnbuckle. Riley runs after Bryan and shoulder charges him into the corner before hitting a bulldog. He covers Bryan for the pin, 1 ... 2 ... kick out from Daniel Bryan. Riley lifts up Bryan and powerslams him back to the mat before heading for the corner himself. He looks to drop his knee onto the chest of Bryan but the US Champion moves out of the way and Riley’s knee connects with the mat instead. As Riley gets to his feet gingerly, Bryan delivers a kick to the back of his head that leaves Riley face down on the mat. He rolls him over and goes for the cover, 1 ... 2 ... Alex Riley is not done yet and kicks out. Daniel Bryan steps back and allows Riley to get up slowly ... as he does, Bryan slides behind Riley and lifts him up and back for a perfect German Suplex. He hangs on and repeats the German Suplex twice more, holding into a pin the third time. 1 ... 2 ... Riley just kicks out but it’s looking bleak for the Varsity Villain. Bryan scrambles to the top rope as the crowd cheer him and launches himself off the top rope, a perfect diving headbutt to Alex Riley who is prone on the mat. 1 ... 2 ... 3!

JUSTIN ROBERTS

The winner of the first fall ... DANIEL BRYAN! Both men will now have 30 seconds to recover.

As the 30 seconds is allowed, The Miz throws down his headset and distracts Daniel Bryan by climbing onto the mat. The referee gets between Miz and Daniel Bryan on the ring apron as the two tussle to get to each other. The Miz suddenly drops down as Alex Riley pounces and hits a forearm into the back of Daniel Bryan, taking out the referee as well.

With the referee down on the mat, struggling to clear his head, Alex Riley goes to work on Daniel Bryan with forearms to the back of his head and shoulders. The Miz urges him on from ringside and then slides the Money In The Bank briefcase into the ring ... Riley picks up the briefcase and stands back away from US Champion as he groggily steps up. As Bryan turns around, Riley smashes the briefcase into Bryan’s head and sends him smashing down to the mat. The Miz calmly removes the briefcase and returns to his commentary position as Riley makes the cover. The referee slowly realises that Riley had made the pin and crawls over ... 1 ... ... 2 ... ... Daniel Bryan gets his shoulder up!

THE MIZ

How has he kicked out of that?

MICHAEL COLE
Come on referee, do your job and count to three!

MATT STRIKER
Daniel Bryan is not going to go down without a fight here!

JERRY LAWLER
No way, he is made of tougher stuff than either Alex Riley or you, Miz, realised. He has got the heart of a lion and there is no way that Alex Riley can beat him here tonight!

THE MIZ
Oh yeah, old timer?

Riley grabs Daniel Bryan and launches him into the corner so that his shoulder connects with the steel ringpost. Seething at the referee, Riley complains over and over before going back to work on Bryan. Alex Riley whips Daniel Bryan into the corner and hits him with a high boot that sends Bryan down again. Pinfall attempt ... 1 ... 2 ... Bryan kicks out again. What does Riley have to do to beat this guy? Riley looks confused as he holds Bryan’s head to lift him up a little. Suddenly, Bryan rolls Riley up into a schoolboy pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner and still United States Champion ... DANIEL BRYAN!

Alex Riley slides out of the ring where he is met by a furious looking Miz who looks annoyed with his NXT Season 2 rookie. The Miz is clearly heard to yell at Riley, ‘Let me show you’ and he slides into the ring with the briefcase again. He stands in the corner waiting for Bryan to get up as the referee tells the Miz to leave ... Daniel Bryan gets to his feet slowly in the corner as the Miz looks to rush him and knock him cold, he swings ... and Jerry Lawler pulls Daniel Bryan out of harm’s way. The Miz stands there looking furiously at King as he holds up Daniel Bryan on the outside of the ring. Michael Cole leaves his seat and goes to confront King with Bryan.

MICHAEL COLE
King, what are you doing? What do you think you are playing at? That’s the Miz you know? You can’t inter ...

Lawler swings and levels Michael Cole with one punch and the crowd roars it’s approval as the Miz makes his way out to the ramp with Alex Riley ... Daniel Bryan has come to and is shaking the hand of Jerry Lawler before summoning for a microphone.

DANIEL BRYAN
Unlucky, guys, I’m still the United States Champion. But I’ll tell you what. I came out here tonight to wrestle three falls ... and that’s what I’m going to do. Either one of you, come back to the ring and face me now for the third fall. Whoever wins the fall will be the United States Champion. What do ya say?

The Miz looks at Riley who stares into the ring. Miz orders him to go for it and fair pushes him into the ring to face Bryan for a third fall. Jerry Lawler stands in the corner of Daniel Bryan leaving Matt Striker who is the only commentator who is both conscious and wearing a headset right now.

MATT STRIKER
Daniel Bryan is putting the US Title on the line again for a third fall. And if Alex Riley wins, he will win the match and be the new champion despite losing the first two falls.

Alex Riley and Daniel Bryan lock up again and Riley tries to take Bryan down with a suplex of his own that connects. With Bryan down, Riley stomps away and the Miz urges him on from the outside. Riley decides to go for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Daniel Bryan kicks out and manoeuvres into the LeBell lock! Bryan pulls back the head of Alex Riley as if to snap him in two with his hands locked and no chance for Riley to reach the ropes. With Riley about to tap, Miz slides back into the ring and goes to smash Bryan with the briefcase again. However, Bryan sees him coming and Miz loses control of the case which bounces away. Miz turns to face Bryan who kicks him in the chest, spinning Miz round ... where Jerry Lawler is waiting with the briefcase. Wham! Miz is down and out ... Bryan resumes the LeBell lock on Alex Riley who taps immediately!

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... the United States Champion, DANIEL BRYAN!

Bryan and King celebrate in the ring with King raising the hand of the US Champion who is holding his title in the other hand. The camera pans round to show Matt Striker sat on his own and Michael Cole groggy at the side of the announce table holding his mouth in pain. The camera then transfers backstage to Todd Grisham who is standing with Kofi Kingston.

TODD GRISHAM
Kofi, last Friday night on Smackdown, you beat Jack Swagger to earn yourself a guaranteed World Title match before the end of 2010. Congratulations. How are you feeling?

KOFI KINGSTON
I’m on top of the world, Todd, I’m absolutely loving life. I have a title match to come, I won hard match on Friday – take nothing away from Jack Swagger, he put up a great fight. And before the end of the year, I will be the new World Heavyweight Champion!

TODD GRISHAM
To do that though, Kofi, you will need to beat either the World Champion, Kane, or his legendary brother, the Undertaker. How can you be so confident that you’ll be champion?

KOFI KINGSTON
I have a huge amount of respect for both those guys, Todd, and it would be an honour to step into the ring with and defeat the Undertaker. I’m just feeling that the time is now mine, I have been working hard for this moment ... It’s time for Kofi Kingston to take off in the WWE! Boom, boom, boom!

The camera returns to the ringside area where Jerry Lawler is sat down beside Matt Striker with Michael Cole looking mutinous beside him. Lawler shrugs his shoulders and smiles but Cole shakes his head.

MICHAEL COLE
I cannot believe what you just did, King, I cannot believe it. Do you know who I am? I am the voice of the WWE, I am the voice of Monday Night Raw. I did not deserve that.

JERRY LAWLER
Michael Cole, sometimes in life, you need to show someone tough love. For the past few months, you have spouted nothing but rubbish about the Miz and Alex Riley and it was time for someone to show you how things really are. I’m sorry I had to resort to that but did you notice how your buddy, Miz, didn’t come to help you?

MICHAEL COLE
You’ll pay for that, Lawler, you’ll pay, mark my words ...

MATT STRIKER
Anyway ... it’s time for some Smackdown action!



The sounds of a car horn can be heard throughout the arena as a Black Rolls Royce slowly moves through the curtains at the side of the stage signalling the arrival of the rich Mexican royalty and Smackdown’s newest superstar, Alberto Del Rio, grinning in the front seat.

RICARDO RODRIGUEZ
Damas y Caballeros ... Es mi honor de introducir a usted, un hombre de la realeza, un hombre con una inteligencia superior, es invicto y es el orgullo de México ... Es ALBERTO DEL RRRRIO!

Del Rio gets out of the car wearing his gold trunks and his white scarf, he makes his way onto the ramps where fire-drops rain from the air, a gold backdrop to the arrival of Del Rio as he enters the ring. His ring announcer takes his scarf and leaves the ring.

MATT STRIKER
Here he is, the man who took out Rey Mysterio on his first night on Smackdown, Alberto Del Rio.

JERRY LAWLER
His ring announcer looks like he has a pudding on his head, what is that haircut?

MICHAEL COLE
Maybe you should punch him out for it, King?



TONY CHIMEL
Alberto Del Rio’s opponent, weighing 227 pounds, from Toronto, Canada ... CHRISTIAN!

Christian surveys the arena for his peeps before heading down to the ring and rolling under the bottom rope. He looks at Del Rio and laughs – possibly at his gold shorts – before lifting himself up onto the turnbuckle to acknowledge the Peeps in the crowd.

Christian vs. Alberto Del Rio

Del Rio starts the match by winking in his customary way at Christian and talking to him about what he did to that ‘little chihuahua’ Rey Mysterio. Christian circles Del Rio and the pair lock up centre of the ring. Del Rio takes advantage and whips Christian into the corner before posing in front of the former Intercontinental Champion. The pair grapple again and Del Rio gets Christian into a headlock which he uses to flip Christian up and over onto the mat. Again, Del Rio lets Christian go to pose instead of following it up. Christian gets to his feet and the two lock up again, this time Christian uses the Fireman’s Carry to flip Del Rio onto his back and then stands back posing much to the disgust of Del Rio.

A ‘Christian!’ chant begins in the arena as Captain Charisma goes to work on Del Rio. He whips the Mexican into the ropes and uses the momentum of Del Rio to lift him up and fall back into the Flapjack. Del Rio quickly moves out of the ring and gets his ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez, to check him over. Del Rio slowly re-enters the ring and locks up with Christian again; however, this time he goes for a cheap shot and kicks Christian’s knee from underneath him. With Christian on the mat, Del Rio takes advantage and starts to hit forearm smashes to the back of Christian. He slips on a rear-choke hold that the referee allows despite it looking a little close to a choke. Del Rio takes Christian down to the mat and takes full advantage of the match. Christian reaches out and takes the bottom rope to force the break which Del Rio does immediately before stomping away on Christian’s back again. With Christian unsteady in the corner, Del Rio runs towards him and hits an Enzuguiri to Christian’s skull in the corner that sends Christian crashing down to the mat. Del Rio covers ... 1 ... 2 ... a weak kickout from Christian.

Del Rio lifts Christian and goes for a gut-wrench suplex but Christian blocks and manages to free himself from Del Rio’s grasp. A quick dropkick gives Christian time to breathe as Del Rio recovers from the first shock of the match to his system. Del Rio goes for another Enzuguiri in the corner but this time, Christian ducks and Del Rio misses. With Del Rio down, Christian drop kicks him again as he staggers up and sends Del Rio sprawling over the middle rope. He baseball slides out of the ring and slaps Del Rio in the face which infuriates the Mexican. Christian climbs the ropes and goes for another dropkick – this time from the top buckle – but misses and Del Rio pounces. He drags his arm out and works at it, looking to weaken it for the Arm Bar submission hold later, by ripping it out of the socket almost and delivering kicks and knees to elbow. Christian begins to favour his left arm as Del Rio cruelly punishes it over and over, before signalling that it is time for the Arm Bar by twirling his hand in the air. However, Christian fights back by countering into a Tornado DDT that has Del Rio down and Christian struggling with his arm. Christian slowly gets to his feet and lifts Del Rio up into an inverted suplex slam as the crowd begin to cheer him on. Christian stands back and signals for the Killswitch, waiting for Del Rio to get up, waiting as the Mexican gets to his knees, then his feet, turning around ... Ricardo Rodriguez grabs onto Christian’s foot to stop him and Christian kicks out at him to get him off. As he turns back to face Del Rio though, another kick to the head catches him off guard and Del Rio smiles as he drags Christian back up before twisting him into the Arm Bar, rolling over him and extending his elbow ... Christian tries to fight out but can only wriggle aimlessly in pain and is forced to tap out.

TONY CHIMEL

Here is your winner, via a submission ... ALBERTO DEL RIO!

Del Rio releases the hold and stands to acclaim the crowd who rain jeers down on him for his interference victory.

MICHAEL COLE
Another impressive win for Alberto Del Rio, Striker, he’s beaten one of the WWE veterans there ...

MATT STRIKER
Very impressive, another win for Alberto and he looks like he is here to make a big impact on Friday Nights. But what next for Christian? Will he accept that he was beaten or will he be after some revenge for the way he lost?

MICHAEL COLE
Ricardo Rodriguez played quite a significant part in that victory wouldn’t you say?

The camera switches to the backstage area where John Cena is stood with Josh Matthews; on seeing Cena, the usual mixed reception bursts out of the arena with boos and cheers in evidence. Cena smiles as he faces Matthews.

JOSH MATTHEWS
At this time, allow me to introduce ... John Cena! Tonight, John, you have a chance to deliver a lasting blow to the Nexus group that has made your life a misery in recent weeks.

JOHN CENA
A win tonight won’t make up for all the beatings that I’ve received, Josh, that’s for sure. But it will show the Nexus that John Cena is exactly what he says he is. A man who never gives up, a man who believes in the WWE and believes in respect. Tonight, I go into a Number One Contender match with Wade Barrett with revenge in mind, with those beatings in mind ... but most of all, I go into tonight with the WWE Championship in mind. After I beat Wade Barrett tonight, I am going to take my title shot at Cyber Sunday in three weeks time, I am going to beat Randy Orton for the WWE Title ... and I am going to show Nexus exactly who they are ...

Cena pauses as something catches his eye to the side. The camera zooms out a little and we see Sheamus come into the scene. He looks confused.

SHEAMUS
Aren’t you forgetting summat, fella? Aren’t you forgetting that Randy Orton has a match with me tonoyt? If you win your match with Barrett, Cena, it won’ be Orton you need t’ worry about at Cyber Sunday. It’ll be me.

JOHN CENA
Trust me, Sheamus, there is no way I’m ever going to forget about you. How can I forget that fiery red hair or that mayonnaise white body? I haven’t forgotten you, Sheamus, I’ve just decided that Randy Orton will beat you tonight.

SHEAMUS
Is that so, Cena? Well, you’d better hope you’re royt. Because, if you’re not, you’re going to be in a helluva lot a trouble at Cyber Sunday, fella.

Sheamus barges past Cena and walks away to his locker room leaving Cena to shake his head as the camera heads back into the arena.



TONY CHIMEL
The following contest is a 2 on 1 Handicap Match and is for the Divas Championship. Heading to the ring, the self-proclaimed co-Divas Champions ... LAYLA and MICHELLE McCOOL!

Layla and Michelle McCool come out both wearing Laycool hoodies and holding their Divas Title belts up, looking confident. They ‘kiss’ their belts together and walk to the ring ignoring the hands of the WWE Universe in the aisle before entering the ring in their usual, sexy fashion.



TONY CHIMEL
And the challenger ... from Los Angeles, California ... MELINA!

The red carpet is rolled out and the paparazzi click their cameras as Melina poses on the stage before strutting down the aisle to the ring, a huge smile on her face, her eyes fixed on Laycool in the ring. She stands on the ring apron whilst Laycool mock her before jumping into the splits and sliding under the rope. She removes her furry coat and turns to face the champions ...

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP – 2 vs. 1 Handicap Match
Champions Layla and Michelle McCool vs. Melina


Layla starts the match for the self proclaimed champions with Michelle in the corner for the tag when needed; Melina, of course, does not have that luxury – she is on her own. It is Melina who takes early control with a quick suplex that leaves Layla shocked on the mat. Melina stares her down and signals a belt on her waist to show her intentions to the champion. As Melina moves towards Layla, the British diva kicks out and catches Melina in the gut, winding her a little, and allowing Layla chance to get into the match. She pushes Melina back into the corner with some well placed kicks before deliberately pacing back. She rushes towards Melina in the corner but Melina avoids her and Layla smashes into the turnbuckle allowing Melina to spring up from the bottom rope and kick her in the face. Layla stumbles over to McCool and makes the tag as Melina takes in the acclaim of the fans.

Michelle McCool paces round the ring and the two come together in a lock up. McCool overpowers Melina and uses European uppercuts to knock Melina back before a perfect belly-to-belly suplex plants Melina down on the mat. McCool goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... kick out from Melina. With Melina recovering on the mat, McCool lifts her up and hits more uppercuts before whipping Melina into the ropes. On her way back, McCool looks for the Big Boot to Melina but she ducks and hits the opposite ropes instead to perform a handspring back elbow smash to send McCool down and scrambling over to Layla for the tag. Twice in quick succession, Melina has now countered and sent Laycool scrambling for cover and the champions look a little worried for the first time.

McCool tags in Layla who starts talking smack to Melina, accusing her of being a cry-baby again, circling the ring. As Melina walks a little too close to Laycool’s corner, Michelle hits a clothesline and puts Melina down on the mat. Layla pounces and starts delivering wild punches to Melina who covers up as best she can. Layla climbs to the middle rope and waits for Melina to rise before hitting a bulldog to her opponent. With Melina down, Layla tags in Michelle again and they proceed to double team Melina with kicks whilst the referee forces Layla away. McCool stands over Melina and looks round at the WWE Universe before standing on the small of Melina’s back on one foot, twisting the ball of her foot into it. Melina looks in pain on the mat as Michelle steps away and claps her hands together waiting for Melina to try and rise up. As Melina gets to her knees, McCool hits a low dropkick to the side of her head before rolling her onto her front and setting in the Camel Clutch. With Melina in agony, McCool pulls back and looks set for the submission victory as Melina is close to tapping out. However, Melina makes one big effort and manages to wrap her foot around the bottom rope to make the referee break the hold. Michelle argues with the referee, as does Layla, foolishly allowing Melina time to recover. Melina staggers to her feet as McCool turns round and Melina rushes at her and grabs her by the side of the head, maybe the hair, and pulls her down to the mat ... both women get up and Melina repeats the move before letting out a piercing scream.

Layla enters the ring and Melina dodges her before clotheslining her to the mat. As both members of Laycool get to their feet, Melina hits the ropes and delivers a high roundhouse kick that catches both members of Laycool and sends them to the mat. McCool rolls out of the ring and Melina goes after Layla in the corner, scissoring her head with her legs and taking her down in the headscissors. Layla looks spent on the mat and Melina sets up for the Primal Scream – an inverted leg bulldog. With Layla down, Melina – in the splits – pins Layla down for the pinfall. However, the referee is waving to Melina and shaking his head. Layla is not legal and Melina screws up her face and jumps up ... just in time to receive Michelle’s big boot to the side of the face. Michelle lifts Melina up from behind, hooking her arms tight, whilst the referee removes Layla. McCool drops Melina into a facebuster – the ‘Wings of Love’ finisher – and covers Melina. 1 ... 2 ... 3! Laycool retain the Divas Title!

TONY CHIMEL

Here are your winners and still Divas Champions ... LAYCOOL!

A still stunned Layla rolls into the ring to celebrate with Michelle McCool and the referee hands over the Divas Title belts before raising their hands in victory. Michelle McCool pulls away and signals to Layla to lift Melina up to her feet before heading out of the ring to get a steel chair. Layla holds Melina up and Michelle swings the chair but Melina escapes ... and Layla is smashed in the face by the chair to Michelle’s dismay. While Michelle looks shocked, Melina hits her finishing move – the Primal Scream – one more time and, covering McCool in the splits, counts three with her fingers.

MATT STRIKER
A fabulous effort from Melina there guys, she was so close to victory. If she’d have gone for the right member of Laycool, we’d have a new Divas Champion!

MICHAEL COLE
That’s rubbish, Striker, she went after the wrong person, Layla wasn’t legal. In the WWE, you have to keep track better than that!

JERRY LAWLER
Melina got payback in the end though, proving that she is the Divas Champion in waiting.

The camera follows Melina up the ramp as she waves to the WWE Universe before cutting backstage to the interview area where Josh Matthews is waiting with Nexus leader, Wade Barrett.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Ladies and Gentlemen, I can confirm that there is still no sign back here of the Deadman, the Undertaker. However, I do have here as my guest right now, the leader of the Nexus, Wade Barrett.

WADE BARRETT
That’s right, Josh Matthews, the Undertaker is not important tonight. He is finished, past it, the winds of change are blowing – just like I said they would – Nexus is the new story here in the WWE.

JOSH MATTHEWS
That being said, Wade, what are your chances of victory tonight over John Cena?

WADE BARRETT
What are my chances of victory tonight? Are you mad? The chances of victory for Wade Barrett tonight are 100%, it’s what we call a racing certainty. After all the agony of the various beatings that Cena has received from the Nexus recently, his body will be broken down, he will have nothing left. John Cena couldn’t beat me on his very best day and he certainly won’t beat me tonight. That is a guarantee, Josh.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Will there be any interference from Nexus in tonight’s match?

WADE BARRETT
Are you trying to suggest that I need Nexus to help me beat John Cena? Let’s get this straight, Josh, I am the leader of Nexus but I was also the winner of NXT Season 1. That makes me the very best of the best. Even without Nexus, I would dominate John Cena and make him wish he’d never heard my name. Tonight, Wade Barrett will beat John Cena – whether he has any help or not. And then I will go on to Cyber Sunday and cash in my opportunity at the WWE Title. You’d better get used to seeing me on top of the WWE!

????
Wade, wait up. Wade ...

Barrett turns to face the opposite way and looks surprised to see ... Michael Tarver!

WADE BARRETT
Michael Tarver? I thought you’d disappeared after we banished you from the Nexus last week?

MICHAEL TARVER
Wade, I’m sorry ... My attack on John Cena was – like you said – pathetic. I’m still Nexus, Wade, don’t kick me out. I can prove my worth.

WADE BARRETT
I don’t think you can, Michael Tarver, I don’t think you can. Get out of my way.

Barrett walks past Tarver who looks shocked that Barrett does not appreciate him no more. The camera returns to the arena where there is a lull in the audience before ...



JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall and is a Number 1 contenders match for the right to challenge for the WWE Championship at Cyber Sunday. Introducing first, from West Newbury, Massachusetts, weighting 240 pounds ... JOHN CENA!

The crowd comes alive for the arrival of John Cena with cheers all around but a pocket of boos still clearly audible. Cena comes out of the backstage area and stops on the ramp to salute the crowd. He then runs down to the ring where he throws his hat away to the crowd before raising his arms aloft to the fans. He removes his purple ‘Never Give Up’ t-shirt and throws it out into the crowd before handing over his chain to the referee as the crowd chant ‘Cena!’ loudly as they wait on the arrival of his opponent.



The cheers for Cena turns to jeers for Nexus as all members of Nexus – Slater, Gabriel, Otunga and Sheffield – accompany their leader, Wade Barrett, to the ring. Barrett leads the way, cockily strutting down the aisle slowly as Cena eyeballs him from the ring.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent ... accompanied to the ring by Nexus ... from Manchester, England, weighing 265 pounds ... WADE BARRETT!

The leader of Nexus climbs into the ring whilst the other members of Nexus circle the ring, one on each side, climbing the apron and standing outside the ropes. Barrett laughs at Cena as he turns his head different ways to keep an eye on the four surrounding members of Nexus whilst the referee tries to tell them to get down.

#1 CONTENDERS MATCH FOR WWE TITLE
Wade Barrett vs. John Cena


Cena and Barrett stare across the ring at each other as the Nexus members step down from the mat although they retain their positions on the four sides of the ring. The bell rings and Barrett talks to Cena who looks focused as the pair butt heads. It is Barrett that backs away first, turning away before trying to catch Cena un-aware with a right hand. Cena ducks and launches himself at Barrett to the roars from the crowd, smashing Barrett over and over with right and left hands and forcing him back into the corner. Barrett attempts to cover up in the corner but Cena continues his assault while the referee pulls Cena back. With a bit of room to breathe, Barrett drops down and slides out of the ring, to Cena’s disgust, where he is consoled by the other Nexus members. John Cena has had enough though and slides out of the ring on the adjacent side to attack Barrett from behind with a forearm that sends Barrett smashing into the barricades. With Nexus scattered, Cena mounts Barrett and delivers wild punches to the head of the Nexus leader before he is finally pulled back by Skip Sheffield and David Otunga and Cena backs up to the ring with four Nexus members facing up to him. The referee slides out and stands between Cena and Nexus, warning them to stay away from him. Cena is encouraged to get back in the ring whilst Nexus pull Barrett back to his feet and into the ring.

With Barrett back in the ring, Cena goes back on the attack and whips Barrett into the corner before hip-tossing him over as he comes back. Cena is in control as long as the match stays in the ring. Cena waits for Barrett to get up and then hits a bulldog on him as he begins to build momentum. He climbs to the top rope and looks set for a dropkick to his nemesis. He flies over, feet first, but Barrett moves and Cena dropkicks the referee in the chest sending him out of the ring. That is the opening that Nexus have been waiting for and they jump into the ring and attack Cena like a pack of rabied dogs, fists and feet raining down on the ‘face of the WWE’ as he tries desperately to cover up. Skip Sheffield orders Cena to be lifted to his feet before he delivers a vicious clothesline to Cena that crumples the former WWE champion in a heap. The beat down continues and Cena is set up in the corner so that Justin Gabriel can climb to the top rope and hit the 450o splash. John Cena looks beaten and, with Barrett now recovered, it is time for the Nexus leader to finish it. Barrett lifts Cena up onto his shoulder and savagely smashes Cena back down, the ‘Wastelands’ finisher the final point of the match it seems.

Nexus begin to push and shove the referee back into the ring where Barrett is stood over a beaten former champ. The referee looks groggy as he begins to crawl and lifts his head to see that Barrett has Cena laid out. Barrett hooks Cena’s legs in a pinfall and yells at the referee to hurry up but he is still struggling as he finally reaches to make the count ... 1 ... ... 2 ... ... NO! Cena kicks out unbelievably! Wade Barrett goes mad with the referee and David Otunga pulls the referee out of the ring before Skip Sheffield hits him with a clothesline. With the referee down, concern spreads around the arena about how far Nexus will go to win this match. Suddenly, a gang of officials pour out of the back and head down to their fallen comrade and one referee makes his way round to Justin Roberts.

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Ladies and Gentlemen, I have just been informed by the new referee for this match that Heath Slater, Justin Gabriel, Skip Sheffield and David Otunga have been banned from ringside!

The Nexus team argue and shout at the officials but start to retreat to the aisle whilst the new referee argues with Wade Barrett. On the outside of the ring, in front of the announcers table, Cena begins to recover as WWE security begin to file out and shepherd Nexus away. Paramedics come out to help the referee who was beaten by Nexus and he is gingerly carried away. Barrett turns around from watching his team-mates ordered out and sees a staggering Cena on his feet opposite him. Shocked, Barrett stares at Cena and mouths at him but Cena holds his hand in front of his face and waves it as the crowd chant ‘You can’t see me!’ to Barrett. Incensed, Barrett rushes at Cena and begins to offload on him again but this time Cena manages to cover up and escape before hitting the ropes and shoulder blocking the Nexus leader. Two more running shoulder blocks send Barrett down to the mat where Cena waves his hand in front of his face again before hitting the ‘5 Knuckle Shuffle’ to the delight of most of the crowd. Cena climbs to the top rope and drops the leg on Barrett before lifting his hand to the crowd to signal that it is time for the ‘Attitude Adjustment’ ... the crowd go wild as Cena waits to pounce ... patiently waiting ... he lifts Barrett up onto his shoulders before flipping him up and over and crashing to the mat! Cena covers Barrett for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3, no! Barrett has kicked out of the AA!

Cena sits back in shock as Barrett writhes on the ground. The crowd rally behind Cena again and he looks around determined. Barrett is laid on his back, centre of the ring, and Cena makes his move. Quick as a flash, Cena has Barrett locked in the STF, pulling back as hard as he can, desperate to make Barrett tap, desperate to secure a shot at the WWE Championship ... Barrett starts to fight but he is nowhere near the ropes, he starts to fade, his hand his out to the side ready to tap ... Nexus appear in the aisle again, racing down to the aid of their leader but the referee spots them coming and stands at the ropes, ordering them to turn round and go back but while his back is turned, Wade Barrett starts to tap out, surrendering to John Cena’s STF ... but the referee hasn’t seen it so Cena holds on, stretching Barrett further and further ... willing the referee to turn round and signal for the bell ... Barrett keeps tapping when all of a sudden, Cena releases the hold, rolling in agony, clutching his neck, beside Barrett ... Michael Tarver is stood in the ring with a steel chair and quickly escapes as Nexus begin to retreat. The referee turns round to see both men on the mat. Barrett forces himself up, lifts Cena onto his shoulders and hits ‘Wasteland’ for a second time to Cena. He covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Wade Barrett is the number 1 contender for the WWE Championship!

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... WADE BARRETT!

Nexus return to the ring to help out an exhausted, battered Wade Barrett who lifts his arm in celebration as he is helped up the ramp and away. Michael Tarver has disappeared into the crowd and replays show that he made his way through the crowd, picked up a steel chair and jabbed it right into Cena’s throat just in time to save Barrett. John Cena is sat in the ring, still holding his throat, shaking with rage ... The camera focuses on Cena as the announcers discuss the losing effort.

JERRY LAWLER
What an amazing effort from John Cena to come back from such a beating by Nexus to have Barrett beaten. No man can beat six men on his own though, no man can.

MICHAEL COLE
A terrific effort but ultimately it is Wade Barrett who walks out of here looking forward to a match with Sheamus or Randy Orton for the WWE Title in the near future. Is there any way to stop the Nexus?

MATT STRIKER
Some credit though for Wade Barrett, guys, he fought an amazing fight to hang in as long as he did in that STF. And he kicked out of the Attitude Adjustment as well. You might not like the man or his methods but there is no doubt that we have got a new superstar in the WWE in Wade Barrett.

JERRY LAWLER
That might be so, Matt Striker, but he hasn’t proven he can beat anybody on his own yet!

MICHAEL COLE
He will be getting an opportunity to win the WWE Title very soon though!

The camera cuts to the backstage area where Daniel Bryan is packing his gear into his bad after his victory over Alex Riley earlier tonight. His United States title is hanging up beside him. Todd Grisham walks in and interrupts him.

TODD GRISHAM
Congratulations on your win tonight, Daniel. Can I get your thoughts on the situation that developed between Jerry Lawler, yourself, Michael Cole and the Miz?

DANIEL BRYAN
Sure, Todd, thanks. Ever since I arrived here in the WWE, way back in NXT Season 1 when I went 0 and 10, Michael Cole has been on my case, talking me down, insulting my beliefs and values. And look at me now ... I’m here in the WWE, I’m the United States Champion and I just beat Alex Riley three to zero in a 2 out of 3 falls match. Michael Cole is starting to annoy many other people and I believe that the King was the first person to say, you know what, I’m sick of hearing it. And if the Miz gets involved, he can be assured that I will take him out. So I’d like to say thank you, right now, to Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler, a man of class and dignity.

TODD GRISHAM
Thanks Daniel, have a good evening.

Bryan zips up his bag, lifts his title belt off the shelf and heads out of the locker room heading for home after a good evening’s work. The camera returns to a tense announce table where Matt Striker is sat between Cole and Lawler with a grin on his face.

MATT STRIKER
Well, gentlemen, your thoughts?!

MICHAEL COLE
What a nerd! If you believe all that rubbish, King, you’re a bigger idiot than I ever imagined. Is that how Daniel Bryan works? Kissing ass until he reaches the top of the company? Not here, Daniel Bryan, not here!

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, shut up, Michael Cole. Like Daniel just said, it’s not only him and me who are sick of hearing you. Haven’t you heard the boos that you’re getting from the WWE Universe? If you want to be the Miz’ biggest cheerleader, that’s fine, but don’t expect everybody else to agree with you, OK?



TONY CHIMEL
The following tag team contest is set for one fall and is for the WWE Undisputed Tag Team Championships. Introducing first, the challengers, from San Francisco, California, weighing in at a combined weight of 480 pounds ... JIMMY and JEY, THE USOS!

The Usos head towards the ring to a muted reaction with the daughter of Superfly Jimmy Snuka besides them, heading for the ring looking for their first taste of Tag Team gold in the WWE.

MICHAEL COLE
Well, we’d better concentrate on this match now. The Usos are here after they beat the Hart Dynasty and Vladimir Kozlov and Santino Marella on RAW two weeks ago to earn a shot at the Tag Team titles. However, since then, they’ve lost some momentum after suffering singles defeats individually to the champions, Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre.

MATT STRIKER
But are the minds of the champions completely focused on the challengers? They’ve been distracted by the claims by others that they are living in fear of Evan Bourne and Mark Henry who they attacked to take out of the Number 1 contenders match on RAW that the Usos won.

MICHAEL COLE
Excuse me, gentlemen, I have a phone call to take ...

Cole can be heard talking on his phone in the background, though not clearly, as the champions begin their entrance ...



First out for the champions is Drew McIntyre who saunters down to the ring with his Tag Team title belt round his waist. He holds his arms up high as he reaches the bottom of the ramp and points with two fingers to the sky before his music is replaced by ...



... the music of his partner, Cody Rhodes. Cody admires himself in the mirror before walking down the aisle to meet Drew at the foot of the ramp. They embrace before entering the ring to boos.

TONY CHIMEL
And their opponents ... weighing a combined total of 479 pounds, they are the Undisputed WWE Tag Team Champions ... CODY RHODES and DREW McINTYRE!

TAG TEAM TITLE
Champions Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes vs. The Usos


The Usos look to attack from the very first bell and have the champions reeling in a furious opening exchange as Jimmy Uso goes after Drew McIntyre. A combination of right hands, clubbing forearms and a squash in the corner has Drew struggling for air and Jimmy goes for a quick pinfall attempt. 1 ... 2 ... kick out from Drew McIntyre. He manages to kick out at Jimmy and tags in Cody Rhodes who comes in with a smile on his face. He looks out around at the crowd posing whilst Jimmy looks at him mockingly ... Jimmy strikes Cody in the face, causing the Dashing one to throw a minor tantrum as he argues with the referee about Jimmy’s actions. Jimmy tags in Jey who rushes over towards Cody Rhodes and looks to continue what Jimmy started but the referee tries to hold him up as Cody is technically in the ropes. With the referee distracted with Jey, Cody takes his opportunity to poke the Samoan in the eye and the referee misses this. Cody begins to take his time and set the pace, while Drew encourages him from the corner, sending Jey down with a dropkick. Cody, without knee pads, follows this up with a knee drop before tagging in Drew to carry it on.

McIntyre comes in and immediately sets up for a snap suplex but Jey manages to fight out of it and looks for the tag to Jimmy. Drew realises and decides to take Jimmy out and rushes into him to send him flying off the mat and onto the barricade with Jey tagging thin air instead. This time, McIntyre is able to hit the snap suplex that has Jey laid out on the mat. He tags in Cody Rhodes and the champions look in control ...




Mark Henry and Evan Bourne come marching out into the arena and head towards the ring with the champions in their sights. They stop at the bottom of the ramp and watch as Rhodes goes after Jey Uso looking for the Cross-Rhodes finisher. However, a distracted Rhodes lets Jey go and stands at the ropes arguing with Henry and Bourne. As Rhodes turns round to focus back on the match, Jey Uso hits a superkick that catches Rhodes right under the chin and leaves him flat on his back. Jey tags in Jimmy who climbs to the top rope looking for the Samoan Splash. He leaps off the ropes, arms and legs out, crashing all of his 240 pounds down onto the chest of Cody Rhodes who looks beaten. 1 ... 2 ... Drew McIntyre saves Rhodes from the pinfall with a kick to the head of Jimmy Uso and then hits the Futureshock DDT on the Samoan to leave him on his back next to Rhodes. Jey Uso crashes into Drew McIntyre with a clothesline that sends them both up and over the ropes. Back in the ring, Cody manages to get one arm across the chest of Jimmy and the referee counts the fall ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre retain their titles!

TONY CHIMEL

Here are your winners and still the Undisputed WWE Tag Team Champions ... DREW McINTYRE and CODY RHODES!

As the referee hands the belts to Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre in the ring, they hold them aloft as they look down into the eyes of Evan Bourne and Mark Henry. Bourne and Henry decide that the time has come for some revenge for the brutal attack on them on RAW two weeks ago and slide under the ropes to get to the champions. However, Rhodes and McIntyre quickly escape and rush off down the aisle and out of reach. Henry and Bourne stand in the ring laughing at the champions who defiantly hold up their title belts before leaving the arena.

JERRY LAWLER
So much for not being scared of Mark Henry and Evan Bourne, hey?

MATT STRIKER
Come on King, that’s the world’s strongest man and Evan ‘Air’ Bourne – why would anybody want to face them after being involved in a tough match?

MICHAEL COLE
The champions retain their titles ... but it looks as if they might have some bigger issues to deal with very soon!

JERRY LAWLER
Are you back with us, Michael? Who was on the phone?

Cole refuses to answer and shakes his head at Lawler as the camera cuts backstage again. The camera picks up the sounds of a commotion and some crashing and banging. The cameraman rushes down a corridor and round a corner and focuses on a wrestler curled up in pain on the concrete floor. The crowd realise that it is John Cena who has been attacked and that stood next to Cena is the angry looking figure of Michael Tarver. Tarver reaches down and drags Cena to his feet, stares him in the eyes before throwing a knockout right hand at Cena’s face that collapses Cena out cold. Security rush to the scene and Tarver disappears into the night outside as the paramedics begin to work on Cena. The camera stays with Cena as he is loaded onto a stretcher and taken away to a medical room.

As Cena is wheeled away on the stretcher, a smiling Wade Barrett walks into shot and looks over at the stretcher as it leaves. He laughs to himself before muttering ‘Nice job, Tarver, nice job!’ and walking away with a cocky strut.



CYBER SUNDAY
3 WEEKS

Your chance to vote and shape the WWE!

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please?

Cole stands up and takes the microphone that he usually uses when he has an email from the General Manager into the ring. The crowd boo and jeer Cole as he enters the ring.

MICHAEL COLE
I have not received an email from the General Manager but I have something that I have to get off my chest right now. Earlier tonight, during the match between Alex Riley and the goof, Daniel Bryan, my broadcast colleague Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler got involved in the match. He committed the biggest sin that a wrestling announcer can commit; instead of calling the match, he got involved in the match and denied Alex Riley the chance to become United States Champion as well as denying the Miz the chance to be the only NXT mentor to lead two of their rookies to WWE gold. When I attempted to stop King, he decided to punch me in the face. So I’d like to invite King up here now ...

Jerry Lawler leaves his position at the announce table and enters the ring with a microphone as well leaving just Matt Striker at the table.

MICHAEL COLE
Now you listen to me, King, and listen real well. I am the ‘Voice of the WWE’ and I do not get treated in that way by anybody, do you hear me? Nobody! Now you better apologise to me right now ...

JERRY LAWLER
Michael, I have already apologised to you for punching you in the mouth. You wound me up and I snapped, emotions run high here in the WWE. However, I refuse to apologise for my actions in the US Championship match earlier. Yes, I am an announcer and I shouldn’t be interfering ... but The Miz was here to mentor Alex Riley and shouldn’t have got involved either. I was standing up for what I believe in ... Daniel Bryan is a good kid who deserves a chance to shine here in the WWE regardless of what you or the Miz think about that!

MICHAEL COLE
You will apologise for your actions, King, you will apologise now ... or you will be forced to apologise.

JERRY LAWLER
Meaning what exactly, Cole? You know what? I won’t be apologising so whatever stunt you want to try and pull, you go ahead and try it ... Go on ...



Alex Riley and The Miz come down looking annoyed with Lawler’s comments and they head straight to the ring with the bright red briefcase in the hands of the Miz as he walks. They get in the ring and stand with Michael Cole and face the Hall of Famer ...

MICHAEL COLE
You know what, King? I think you’re going to apologise!

JERRY LAWLER
I don’t think so, Michael Cole, you can’t intimidate me.

MICHAEL COLE
Lawler, you’re a disgrace to the WWE! You’ve been here since the mid-nineties, all you’ve ever done is embarrass yourself in pointless feuds that you always lose ... the thing you’ll be most remembered for is shouting ‘Puppies!’ every time you see a Diva. You’re just jealous of the Miz and Alex Riley and me, three men who are the future WWE Hall of Fame, a Money In The Bank winner and future WWE Champion, a young superstar with more charisma in his finger than you have in your body, and an announcer, the ‘Voice of the WWE’ and the man who retired your good friend, Jim Ross, good ol’ JR! You should have left when he left and saved us all from your embarrassing comments and actions. Now apologise for earlier or you are going to pay ...

The Miz takes the microphone away from Michael Cole and looks straight into the eyes of the King ...

THE MIZ
Do what he said, King, apologise to Alex Riley for costing him the United States Title.

JERRY LAWLER
No chance, Miz. I might not have accomplished much here in the WWE but I have accomplished more than you three, I know that much. Miz, you’re not WWE Champion yet, you’ve still got to grow a pair and beat the WWE Champion before you can call yourself that. One lucky win in a ladder match doesn’t change that. Riley, a man who I haven’t seen win a match since facing the NXT rookies who finished 6th, 7th and 8th in Series 2. And Michael Cole, a poor alternative to Jim Ross, the greatest wrestling commentator there ever was. Apologise? No chance!

Lawler throws down the microphone and goes on the attack with a right hand to the Miz before he can react and then starting to beat Alex Riley as Michael Cole runs for his life out of the ring. King forces Riley into the corner with a barrage of right hands until he is suddenly smashed in the back by the Miz and his Money In The Bank briefcase. Lawler crumples and this gives Riley the chance to hit his finisher, ‘You’re Dismissed!’ to leave Lawler helpless on the mat. The Miz sets up the briefcase on the floor before lifting up Lawler and hitting the Skull Crushing Finale onto the case, battering it and squashing it even more, leaving Lawler flat out on the mat. The Miz’ music kicks in and he leads Riley back out of the ring where they high five Michael Cole before heading to the back.

MICHAEL COLE
Let that be a lesson to you as well, Matt Striker, do not mess with Michael Cole – or else you’ll be in very deep trouble. Thanks, Miz!

MATT STRIKER
I’m shocked, Cole, I’m honestly shocked that you could do that to the King. I thought he was your friend?

MICHAEL COLE
Well, so did I, until he decided to punch me in the face earlier tonight. He got what he deserved and the Coalminers in the place are loving it!

The camera cuts to the dressing room where Randy Orton is sat getting ready for his WWE Title defence against Sheamus later tonight. Wade Barrett walks into the room and Orton stands up ...

RANDY ORTON
What do you want, Wade?

WADE BARRETT
I’m just here to wish you luck for your match tonight, Orton. That’s all. Good luck. I’ll be waiting for you after you’ve won tonight too ...

RANDY ORTON
You going to give me the same treatment as John Cena are you? I’m not afraid of the Nexus, Wade Barrett, it’s the Nexus that should be fearing me. When I win tonight, I will set focus on you and your Nexus pack with five punts in the head coming to them ... and an RKO for you when I beat you.

Barrett and Orton stare at each other for a moment and then Barrett backs away and leaves the dressing room. The camera cuts back to the announce table where it is just Michael Cole and Matt Striker now with Jerry Lawler helped out of the arena after the attack by the Miz and Alex Riley.

TONY CHIMEL
The following contest is a Casket Match ... and it is for the World Heavyweight Championship!



TONY CHIMEL
Introducing first, weighing 328 pounds ... he is the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

Kane walks defiantly down to the ring with his World Title belt wrapped around his waist. As he reaches the ring, he steps over the top rope and stands centre of the ring, raising his hands and dropping them for the explosion of red light. The lights come back on and we see that Kane is laughing again ... He stands and waits for the arrival of the Deadman, his brother ...



The chilling music and effects are met with an explosion of cheers for the iconic Phenom of the WWE, the man who is 18 and 0 at WrestleMania. However, there is no sign of a casket or the Undertaker as the music plays. After a while, the music stops and the lights return and the crowd boo as Kane laughs more ... Josh Matthews appears on the titantron.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Ladies and Gentlemen, I’m afraid that there is no sign of the Undertaker, he has not arrived tonight. Please welcome the General Manager of Smackdown ... TEDDY LONG!



TEDDY LONG
Cut my music, please, playas. Kane ... there is no sign of the Undertaker so it is my misfortune to inform everybody here tonight that there will not be a World Heavyweight Championship Casket match. It seems that Kane has destroyed the Undertaker ...

Kane nods his head and continues to smile maniacally as Teddy Long continues ...

TEDDY LONG
However, hold on there, playa ... Smackdown does have a man who I have guaranteed a World Title shot before the end of 2010. So tonight, it will be Kane, defending the World Heavyweight Championship, against ... KOFI KINGSTON!



Kofi Kingston bounds out into the arena with his usual ‘Boom!’ pose as he heads for his first World Title match. Kane looks annoyed that he has been given no preparation time but eyes Kingston as he enters the ring and stands up on the turnbuckle. Something inside Kane snaps and he throws the title down and drags Kofi back off the turnbuckle onto his back.

WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion Kane vs. Kofi Kingston


The referee signals for the bell as Kane puts the boot to Kofi Kingston with Kofi still wearing his t-shirt that he usually removes for action. Kane stands Kofi up in the corner and begins throwing choke thrusts at Kofi who cannot fall due to Kane holding him up. Kane finally allows Kofi out of the corner and takes a step back before clotheslining the Ghanaian over the top rope to the outside. Kane demands a microphone and stands facing Teddy Long who is still stood on the stage ...

KANE

Teddy Long, you are kidding me aren’t you? I am the World Champion, I am supposed to be facing the Undertaker tonight in a Casket Match. Kofi Kingston does not deserve to be in this ring with me! I demand that you stop this match ... now!

TEDDY LONG
Playa, Kofi has earned a shot at the title. The title must be defended tonight so I am giving Kofi Kingston his chance right now.

KANE
You seem to be misunderstanding me, Teddy. Cancel this match now ... or else you will suffer the consequences of your decisions. I am prepared for a title match, a casket match, with the Undertaker.

TEDDY LONG
Kane, I am not going to change my mind ... Defend your title.

KANE
I earned the right to choose the match I wanted, Teddy, I chose a Casket Match. Where is the casket?

TEDDY LONG
You want to face Kofi Kingston in a Casket Match?

KANE
Send out the casket, Teddy. I am going to punish Kofi Kingston for ever believing that he could face me, the Devil’s Favourite Demon, for the World Heavyweight Championship.

A set of six druids slowly approach the ring pushing a casket down the ramp. Kane stands and watches as they move the casket closer to the ring, straightening it up at the side of the ring, before leaving so the match can continue.

TEDDY LONG
There you go, Kane, a casket. This match is now a Casket Match. And playa ... I think you’d better turn round now!

Kane turns round and is dropkicked by Kofi Kingston who has now got back into the ring. Kane staggers back into the ropes and Kofi delivers kicks to the legs and chest of Kane as he looks to weaken the champion enough to fasten him into the casket. Kane has his back to the ropes with the casket behind him as Kofi hits the opposite ropes before running towards Kane ... however, Kane catches Kofi by the throat and lifts him up for a chokeslam that Kingston manages to fight out of, escaping to the outside of the ring.

Whilst out of the ring, Kingston heads around to the casket and checks it over whilst keeping half an eye on Kane at all times. Kane laughs in the ring, believing Kofi to be scared of the casket, and beckons him to return to the ring. Kingston smiles and slides back into the ring where he faces up to the Big Red Monster, his bravery unquestionable now. Kane grabs him by the throat again and forces him into the corner with Kofi struggling to get out of the hold. He tries to beat Kane off but Kane holds strong before whipping him across the ring to the opposite corner. Kane rushes in for a shoulder charge to Kingston but Kofi, quick as a flash, moves out of the ropes and kicks Kane in the head sending Kane crashing down to the mat holding his head. Kingston goes for the Boom drop and the crowd chant for him as he delivers the drop to Kane’s chest, his legs landing perfectly to make Kane wince. Kofi heads for the top rope and waits for the Monster to get to his feet before launching himself towards him for a high crossbody from the top. However, Kane manages to catch Kingston and counters into a powerslam that leaves Kofi down on the mat and gives Kane time to recover.

A ‘Kofi!’ chant echoes around the arena as the WWE Universe implore him to recover quickly. Kane grabs him by the hair and pulls him to his feet before sending him crashing back down with another choke thrust. With Kofi dazed on the mat, Kane comes off the ropes and delivers a drop kick to the head of Kingston to leave him even more dazed than before. He picks Kofi up and lifts him up onto his shoulder for a running powerslam and it seems that the power moves of Kane are going to be too much for Kingston. Kane stands back and signals for the chokeslam, holding his right arm aloft, waiting for Kofi to get to his feet ... as he does, Kane grabs his throat, lifts him high and crashes him down to leave Kofi lifeless on the mat. Kane rolls Kingston towards the casket and signals for it to be opened by the waiting referees ... once open, Kane pushes Kofi under the bottom rope and into the casket. Kofi looks beaten as Kane gets out of the ring to close the lid. However, as he grabs the lid, the lights in the arena flicker on and off several times and Kane freezes as he looks around ...

MICHAEL COLE

What is that? Could it be, Matt?

MATT STRIKER
Is it a sign from the Phenom? Is he here in the arena?

The crowd erupt at the flickering of the lights as Kane begins to shout out desperately, forgetting to close the lid of Kofi to win the match. Looking round nervously, Kane returns to the casket as the flickering stops and goes to close the lid. As he does so though, Kofi Kingston begins to fight back out with desperation punches that stagger Kane and allow Kingston to exit the casket. Kane rushes at Kingston who dodges Kane and he hits the casket with a thud followed by Trouble in Paradise to the head that sends Kane crashing to the ground beside the casket. The fans are going wild now as Kingston looks down at Kane wondering how the hell he is going to lift him into the casket for the win. Kingston begins to lift Kane’s weight up but it proves to be extremely slow progress and eventually, Kane manages to fight clear of Kingston and staggers back into the ring. Kofi looks frustrated but heads back into the ring to continue the fight.

Kofi ducks underneath a clothesline from Kane but on his bounce back from the ropes, Kane lifts him up and over for a back body drop that sees Kofi land hard. Kane lifts Kofi up and hits a one-armed sidewalk slam that has Kofi’s eyes glazing over as he lies besides the World Heavyweight Champion. Kane starts to roll Kofi towards the casket again but this time Kofi is conscious and holds the ropes so that Kane can only get his legs into the box. Kofi fights back up on the apron, teetering above the open casket, but manages to force Kane back with a series of forearm smashes before leaping up onto the top rope and springing off to hit a flying forearm that sends Kane down again. With the crowd fully behind him, Kofi begins to stalk Kane as he groggily gets to his feet ... Trouble in Paradise connects a second time and this time Kane is down on the mat, feet away from the casket ... Kofi rolls Kane over twice and into the casket before sliding under the ropes to try and close the lid on the champion. With the World Title almost in his grasp, Kofi goes for the title ... when suddenly the lights go out and the sound of a gong is heard to echo through the arena. Some fans cheer, yet some fans can be heard complaining that Kofi was so close to victory before the lights come back on with another gong sounding. Amazingly, Kane is out of the casket and sat in the corner of the ring with Kofi laid out cold at the side of the casket on the mat – just one roll from the casket. Kane looks round shocked before making his way over to Kofi and shoving him into the casket with his foot. Kane exits the ring, looking nervously around him, lifts the lid and closes Kofi inside to secure his World Championship reign for now.

TONY CHIMEL

Here is your winner and still World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

The referee hands the World Title to Kane as he staggers back into the ring looking bewildered at the turn of events. He eyes the casket, where Kofi Kingston is closed inside, before looking around again ... However, the maniacal laughing has now stopped. Kane is worried and suddenly ... the light go off again, a gong sounds ... a few seconds later, there is a bolt of lightning that hits the casket with an explosion before the lights return ...

... and sat on the top of the casket is a small, gold, shiny urn. The crowd cheer and a chant of ‘Undertaker!’ starts as Kane exits the ring, escaping as quickly as he can past the casket and up the ramp where he falls over clutching his title.


MATT STRIKER
Another amazing effort from Kofi Kingston and it seems like ... dare I say it? The Undertaker cost Kofi the World Heavyweight Title and saved Kane from defeat? Why would he do that?

MICHAEL COLE
It’s been an astonishing night so far. Is it about to get even more astonishing as we could possibly be about to witness the end of the career of one of the greatest superstars in wrestling history, Chris Jericho.

VIDEO CLIP
A clip showing the highlights of Chris Jericho’s career in WCW, ECW and the WWE are shown:
- Winning the ECW World Television Title in 1996
- The Man of 1004 holds in WCW during a feud with Dean Malenko
- Winning the WCW World Television Title in 1998
- Debut on WWE in 1999 as he interrupted the Rock on RAW
- Royal Rumble 2001 Ladder Match with Chris Benoit
- Retaining the Intercontinental Title at WrestleMania X7 beating William Regal
- Becoming the first ever Undisputed Champion in 2001 beating the Rock and Stone Cold
- Match with Shawn Michaels at WrestleMania 19
- Return to WWE in 2007
- Winning the World Heavyweight Title in 2008 with a win at the Championship Scramble
- Defeating Edge for the World Title at WrestleMania 26

After the video clip, Josh Matthews is shown ready to interview another superstar.


JOSH MATTHEWS
Please welcome my guest at this time ... John Morrison!

JOHN MORRISON
Thanks, Josh.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Tonight you have a chance, John, to retire one of the greatest wrestlers in WWE history. Are you confident that this is the last night of Chris Jericho in WWE?

JOHN MORRISON
There is no doubt that Chris Jericho is one of the greats in the WWE but recently he’s been on a slide. In a wrestling career, a WWE superstar reaches that point when they’re finished. Jericho has reached that point and it is time for him to be retired so that new, younger superstars, people like me, can step up to the challenge of challenging for the top titles here in the WWE. Jericho likes to say that he is the best in the world at what he does. Well I say that tonight, Jericho will be the best retired star not in the Hall of Fame. I’ll even induct him myself if he wants ... But tonight is the night that John Morrison rises up to challenge here in the WWE. Thanks, Josh.

The camera returns to the ring where Justin Roberts is waiting in the ring.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This next match is set for one fall. If Chris Jericho loses the match, he will retire from the WWE indefinitely.



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing first, from Winnipeg, Manatoba, Canada, weighing 227 pounds ... CHRIS JERICHO!

MICHAEL COLE
Here is a man, Matt, that desperately needs a win tonight. We’ve heard Jericho threaten to quit WWE on numerous occasions but tonight it has been made official. The RAW General Manager emailed me earlier today and told me that it was in the match contract that if Chris Jericho failed to win, he would be forced to leave the WWE.

MATT STRIKER
That would be a shame for such a great superstar to end that way but you know what they say: times change. If John Morrison can beat Jericho tonight, maybe it is time for Jericho to pass the torch on to Morrison as they say in the business?



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Inroducing his opponent, weighing 223 pounds from Los Angeles, California ... JOHN MORRISON!

MICHAEL COLE
Chris Jericho stole the final place in the Six Pack Challenge at Night of Champions after a debatable win over John Morrison. Morrison did not like that one little bit and confronted Jericho about it two weeks ago on RAW and got a real beating for his troubles.

MATT STRIKER
This man, in my opinion, is a future WWE Champion and this will be an extremely interesting match. John Morrison has a unique hardcore style whilst Jericho, the wily veteran, will do whatever it takes to get the win.

Morrison removes his jacket and sunglasses, handing the glasses over to a kid at ringside, before sliding into the ring to salute the fans. He then turns to face Jericho who looks determined and focused as he talks smack to the young superstar, Morrison.

Chris Jericho vs. John Morrison

The match begins with Jericho and Morrison trading mat grappling moves as Morrison shows Jericho that he is just as accomplished on the mat as he is flying around in the air. However, Jericho takes control when he holds a sleeper on Morrison that grounds him. Jericho uses his experience to keep Morrison down but the crowd gets behind Morrison and he manages to fight out of the hold before hitting the ropes. However, Jericho meets him coming back with a flying forearm smash that sends Morrison down and Jericho resumes his mat grapples, confidence beginning to ooze out of him again ... Jericho lifts Morrison up in a headlock and delivers a vertical suplex that leaves Morrison on the mat as Jericho wipes his hands off in triumph, a big grin spreading across his face. ‘I’m the best in the world’ Jericho shouts out to the WWE Universe before he bounces off the ropes and delivers a one-handed bulldog to Morrison that leaves him face down on the mat. ‘He cannot live with me!’ Jericho calls out and he begins to receive jeers from several areas of the crowd.

As Jericho takes too long to get back to work on Morrison, the Monday Night Delight suddenly springs up and aims a well placed kick to Jericho’s chest that sends him reeling back. Morrison looks to take advantage and uses forearms to send Jericho back to the corner before he steps back, runs at Jericho in the corner and connects with a high kick to the head of Jericho. A Russian leg-sweep takes Jericho down to the mat and the crowd sense an opportunity for Morrison’s signature move, Starship Pain, before Jericho senses it too and rolls to the outside. Morrison follows Jericho – bad mistake. Jericho lulls Morrison into a false sense of security and suddenly pounces with a right hand before whipping Morrison into the steel steps to the groans of the crowd. With Morrison sat against the steps, Jericho rushes towards him and hits a knee to the face that leaves Morrison crumpled up. Jericho returns to the ring and orders the referee to count out John Morrison.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... Morrison rolls back into the ring and Jericho pounces immediately, stomping to the back, weakening it for a possible Walls of Jericho attempt later. Jericho then picks up Morrison and tucks his head between his leg before lifting him up into a powerbomb ... but Jericho doesn’t let go after one. He lifts him up again and delivers a second. And one more time, Jericho struggles to lift Morrison up before letting him hit the mat one more time. Three powerbombs and a cover from Jericho ... 1 ... 2 ... weak kick out from Morrison and Jericho looks annoyed and frustrated now. He argues with the referee as Morrison gets to his feet, taking too much time. Morrison goes for an attack but Jericho ducks and then hits the Codebreaker, surely the match is over now! Pin from Jericho, hooks the leg ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Wait a minute though, Morrison’s hand is on the ropes!

MICHAEL COLE

So close to saving himself there was Jericho, so close.

MATT STRIKER
Great ring presence from John Morrison though, a great escape from the Codebreaker. Not many manage that!

A frustrated Jericho goes back on the offensive, delivering a well timed scoop slam to take Morrison down again. As Morrison slowly gets back up, Jericho sets up on the top rope, waiting for Morrison to turn round ... Jericho looks for a missile drop kick but Morrison moves and Jericho crashes to the mat. Morrison has escaped that one, dodged a bullet and now has chance to take advantage. He positions himself beside Jericho and hits a shooting star press from a standing position. Cover by Morrison, is this the end of Jericho? ... 1 ... 2 ... no, Jericho escapes again. Morrison hits a spinning wheel kick and leaves Jericho floundering near the corner again before running into Jericho with a high knee that leaves Jericho down in the corner. Morrison looks down at Jericho and decides the time has come. He jumps up onto the ropes at the turnbuckle, bouncing back and corkscrewing ... Starship Pain! Jericho lifts the knees though and Morrison has not got him beat yet. An angry Jericho slides out of the ring and kneels down besides the steel steps as he recovers. Morrison looks in pain but knows he has to keep going, keep trying to find the win that would catapult him up the WWE roster. Jericho slides back in and Morrison goes to meet him and Jericho swings a right hand at Morrison that seems to catch Morrison perfect ... cover from Jericho ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Jericho has won the match and has avoided retirement!

TONY CHIMEL

Here is your winner ... CHRIS JERICHO!

As Jericho exits the ring with his arm aloft, he holds one hand behind his back but the WWE cameramen are too quick for him. On Jericho’s right hand was a set of brass knucks that the referee never saw. Chris Jericho has saved himself from retirement using a set of illegal brass knucks!

MATT STRIKER
Hey, it’s the WWE, you’ve gotta’ do what you’ve gotta’ do, Michael, Jericho couldn’t afford to lose the match. Desperate men do desperate things!

MICHAEL COLE
John Morrison doesn’t look like he knows what hit him! He’s going to be majorly angry when he finds out later.

The cameras switch backstage and show Sheamus and Randy Orton on a split screen, both preparing to come out for the main event, a Street Fight for the WWE Title.

MICHAEL COLE
Our main event sees Randy Orton defend his WWE Championship against the man he beat for it, Sheamus, in a Street Fight. With this the last time that these men will meet until next year, it is imperative for both men that they win the WWE Title tonight. Can Sheamus cause another shock and become the 3-time WWE Champion? Or will Randy Orton hit another RKO to retain the title?

The camera switches to a door with a sign on it saying ‘WWE Owner: Chip Butty’ which is ajar. At a desk, Chip Butty is sat talking to somebody and shaking their hand ...

CHIP BUTTY
It’s great to have you here, tonight, welcome back!

????
It’s great to be back, Mr Butty. I can’t wait to get started!

Butty spots the camera outside the door and smiles before clicking the door closed. Who was the stranger inside his office?

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall and is a Street Fight for the WWE Championship. In this match, there will be no disqualification, no count-out and falls will count anywhere in the building. The winner will be declared the WWE Champion!



The Irish born WWE superstar heads out towards the ring looking confident and pumped up despite the heat he receives on the way out. He enters the ring and throws his t-shirt off revealing his untanned white skin. He scowls out at the crowd as they continue to jeer him, thumping his chest and throwing out his arms, until ...



The crowd erupt at the sound of Orton’s music and turn their attention towards the stage where the WWE Champion appears, slowly walking down the aisle towards the ring and carrying the WWE Championship in his right hand. He enters the ring and heads for the corner of the ring to pose with his title held high. Thousands of camera flashes follow him round as Sheamus chuckles to himself, clearly thinking that the title will soon be his ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing first, the challenger ... From Dublin, Ireland, weighing 272 pounds, the Celtic Warrior ... SHEAMUS!

Sheamus pounds his chest and poses with his arms stretched wide again drawing jeers and boos from the crowd ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And his opponent, weighing 245 pounds, from St. Louis, Missouri ... he is the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

Orton lifts the title up high with his right hand, eyes fixed on his opponent Sheamus, a smug smile on his face ... The referee takes the WWE Title and hands it to the timekeeper before checking both men and signalling for the bell.

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP – Street Fight
Champion Randy Orton vs. Sheamus


The two competitors stand nose to nose in the centre of the ring, staring each other dead in the eyes, focused on the prize of the WWE Championship. It is Sheamus that breaks first with a right hand that Orton blocks before going after Sheamus with forearms that push the Irish man back. Sheamus hits a stiff kick to the knee of Orton to force him to back off and then hits a clothesline that sends Orton to the mat. The WWE Champion gets up as Sheamus smiles at him, slowly, calculating, menacing ... Orton and Sheamus tie up in a grapple that Sheamus gets the better of and forces Orton back into the corner, the referee asking Sheamus to break although he has no power to enforce it. Sheamus uses fists to the stomach of Orton and begins to take control before he rams Orton shoulder first through the turnbuckle and into the steel ring post. Orton crumples to the mat and Sheamus comes off the rope and delivers a kick to the side of Orton’s face that pushes the champion through the ropes and down to the floor.

Sheamus steps out of the ring carefully and grabs Orton’s arm and holds it behind his back. With his hurt shoulder exposed, Sheamus again guides Orton into the steel post, a second shoulder smash into the post in a minute. With Orton looking in pain, Sheamus whips him into the ring apron, his back taking the brunt of the pain, before powerslamming him down onto the padded area around the ring. Orton clutches his shoulder as Sheamus mocks him, stomping at his legs and arms in the same way as Orton has done in the past. Sheamus drags Orton over to the steel ring steps and sits him up against them before crashing his knee over and over into the side of Orton’s head and onto his shoulder. Orton writhes in agony and Sheamus taunts the fans, thumping his chest, clearly now confident that he will soon be the WWE Champion once again. Sheamus begins to drag Orton down the aisle and Orton tries a few half-hearted punches with his good arm but Sheamus swats him away and powerslams him a second time, this time on the metal ramp. With Orton now struggling big time, Sheamus decides to go for the first cover of the match. 1 ... 2 ... Randy Orton kicks out. Sheamus picks his opponent up and whips him into the barricade at the side of the aisle, Orton sprawled against the wall with the WWE Universe urging him on immediately behind him.

Sheamus looks up and decides to drag Orton to the stage area. Sheamus exposes Orton’s bad shoulder one more time and sends Orton crashing shoulder first into the screens, one panel blacking out at the force of Orton’s body. Orton falls to the ground and Sheamus looks for the 3-count again ... 1 ... 2 ... Randy Orton will not give up! Sheamus picks up Orton and holds him by the head, calculating his next move ... he decides to throw Orton off the stage area, four feet to the hard, unpadded floor, Orton landing on his side and writhing in agony on the floor as Sheamus thumps his chest and signals a title belt around his waist. He jumps down and covers Orton again ... 1 ... 2 ... Orton kicks out again! Sheamus now looks frustrated but backs away several yards, waiting for Orton to stagger up, ready to end the match and win back the WWE Championship. He waits and waits and then dashes over, lift his big right boot and looks for a Brogue Kick to the head of Orton. However, Orton ducks and hits a quick drop kick that staggers Sheamus back into the wall around the arena.

MICHAEL COLE

Orton with the dropkick, can he make an astonishing comeback here?

MATT STRIKER
What has Sheamus got to do to beat this guy, Randy Orton?

Sheamus looks shocked as he shakes his head and goes back onto the offensive. However, Orton now looks fired up and he starts to offload on the Celtic Warrior and they tumble over a barricade together into the fans. Orton uses forearms and well placed kicks to force Sheamus back through the crowd before whipping him onto a set of stairs back first that leaves Sheamus in trouble. Orton covers and the referee counts ... 1 ... 2 ... Sheamus kicks out angrily and tries to escape from Orton, heading back through the crowd towards the ring. Orton holds him up near an exit from the arena and slams Sheamus into the wall and a set of doors before hitting a knee high underneath the chin of Sheamus. As Orton continues the assault, Sheamus begins to crawl and stagger towards the barricade around the ring area. As Orton approaches him, Sheamus suddenly hits a quick low blow to Orton to stop the champion’s momentum before throwing him into and over the barricade to the outside of the ring.

With Orton near the announce table, Sheamus picks up several wires and looks to choke Orton with them. However, Orton pushes Sheamus away into the ring post as he looks to put some distance between them. Sheamus counters with a punch to the face and the two start trading blows outside the ring ... the crowd cheers for Orton’s punches and boos for Sheamus’ but it is the Irish superstar that gets the better of the situation. Sheamus plants Orton’s head into the announce table and with the champion down on the floor, Sheamus looks under the ring apron for a weapon that he can legally use in the match. He pulls out a sledgehammer and holds it up laughing out loud before casting it away to the side of the announce table. He then pulls out a Kendo Stick and proceeds to set up to use it on Orton.

MICHAEL COLE

All legal here in this Street Fight for the WWE Championship. Sheamus with the Kendo Stick!

Sheamus whacks the Kendo stick across the bare, exposed back of Randy Orton and the sound echoes around the arena as do the moans of the crowd and the cry of pain from the WWE Champion. Two more Kendo stick shots to the back of Orton follow and he stumbles into the ring to escape from Sheamus. The Celtic Warrior follows and looks for the pin, hooking Orton’s leg ... 1 ... 2 ...barely a kick out from Orton who looks in desperate trouble now. Sheamus confronts the referee for a moment before running at Orton who is starting to get to his feet ... suddenly, Orton lifts up Sheamus and hits a powerslam before sinking to his knees in agony again. The referee signals that he cannot count either man out in a Street Fight and both men start to come round and get to their feet. Sheamus is up first and looks across at Orton before running to him looking for the Brogue Kick for the second time tonight. However, bad luck for Sheamus, Orton avoid the boot again and catches Sheamus with Orton’s version of the backbreaker instead, using his own back to punish Sheamus. With Sheamus down, Orton exacts revenge as he stomps the limbs of his opponent, taking his time and stomping ankles, knees, elbows whilst continuing to clutch at his own shoulder. Big marks show on the back of the WWE Champion as he falls to the mat and starts punching the canvas ... setting himself, waiting, watching as the fans cheer and shout with anticipation ... RKO from Orton! No! Sheamus escapes and falls into the ropes, straddling the middle rope ...

Orton looks frustrated but determined and goes after Sheamus, dragging him back through the ropes setting up his patented DDT off the middle rope. Sheamus fights but Orton holds tight and falls to the mat, smashing Sheamus face first as the crowd go wild. With Sheamus down and out, Orton looks around at the WWE Universe as they chant ‘RKO!’ but Orton looks strange and seems to have a different idea. He pulls back into the corner of the ring as Sheamus gets to his hands and knees and it becomes clear. Randy Orton is going to punt Sheamus in the skull! Sheamus’ head is exposed and Orton runs across, swinging his foot like a footballer ... Sheamus moves out at the last second, gets quickly to his feet and hits the ropes. Brogue Kick! Sheamus levels Orton with a boot to the head and covers the champion. Is it going to be a new WWE Champion? 1 ... 2 ... No! Randy Orton kicks out of Sheamus’ Brogue Kick and the Celtic Warrior cannot believe it!

Sheamus stamps his feet and kicks out at the ropes as he looks devastated. He regains his composure though and places Orton’s head between his legs. The High Cross! Sheamus grabs Orton round the waist and lifts him up over his head and onto his back. Sheamus readjusts his hands and Orton takes his chance to fight out of the hold, sliding down Sheamus’ back and out of the ring. Sheamus follows but Orton has found the Kendo stick and waffles Sheamus across the chest and then his back to the cheers of the crowd. Sheamus writhes in pain on the floor with red marks on his pale white skin and Orton drags him and tosses him back into the ring before sliding in himself and setting himself for the RKO again. Orton waits and waits and then pounces ... RKO! Sheamus is down! Orton with the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No, Sheamus kicks out! Unbelievable! What fight the Irish star is showing here!

Orton sits in the corner disbelieving as Sheamus lies flat on his stomach, trying to force himself up ... As both men get to their feet, Sheamus staggering, Orton goes after him again. Right hands from Orton force Sheamus back into the corner where he smashes his forehead into the turnbuckle pad. Orton lifts Sheamus onto the top rope and gets to the middle rope himself ... can he suplex Sheamus here? Orton struggles to lift Sheamus but gets him up and drops back ... suplex from the top rope to Sheamus! However, both men are down on the mat now. Who will get up first? It’s Orton who gets to his knees and sets himself for another RKO! Surely this time it will win him the match ... Randy Orton leaps and goes for his finishing move ... Sheamus swats him aside and hits the Brogue Kick again instead! Sheamus drags a prone Orton up and lifts him again for the High Cross when all of a sudden ...




MICHAEL COLE
Wait a minute!

MATT STRIKER
Oh my goodness, it’s Triple H! The Game is back!

MICHAEL COLE
And no doubt he is back for Sheamus!

Triple H rushes out dressed in jeans and a Triple H shirt and Sheamus looks at him in despair with Orton sliding off his back. Sheamus stares out at Triple H who reaches the ring and stops, staring at Sheamus with a wild look in his eyes ... Hunter raises his hand and points behind Sheamus who turns around ... RKO! Orton hits the RKO perfectly! Goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Randy Orton is still the WWE Champion!

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner and still the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

As Orton is handed the WWE Title and has his arm raised by the referee, Triple H slides into the ring and stands over Sheamus looking down on him. Orton looks across at Hunter and his face is unreadable as he walks slowly towards the Game and Sheamus. Triple H points down at Sheamus and says something to Orton who nods his head and leaves the ring leaving Triple H with Sheamus in the ring. Orton pauses though and then walks to the announcers table where he picks up the sledgehammer ... he slides it under the ropes and across the ring to Triple H with a knowing look in his eye. As Orton leaves, Triple H picks up the hammer and sets himself as Sheamus begins to get to his feet ... WHAM! Triple H launches the hammer head into the stomach of Sheamus and leaves him down on the mat in agony. Triple H then lifts up Sheamus and sets up for the Pedigree ... which he delivers to leave Sheamus a broken down mess in the centre of the ring. Triple H stands over the body of Sheamus and stares up the ramp to Orton who is stood on the stage with the WWE Title held high.

MICHAEL COLE
What a night here at No Mercy! Randy Orton retains the WWE Title and Triple H returns from injury!

MATT STRIKER
And for Sheamus, this is only the beginning! It is time for Sheamus to play the Game!

MICHAEL COLE
Goodnight everybody!

The camera fades away with Triple H still stood over Sheamus and Orton looking on in the background. The No Mercy logo shows in the corner of the screen and the pay-per-view goes off air ...
 
#16 ·




MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
PREVIEW

TIME TO PLAY THE GAME!

After over six months away from the WWE, Triple H returned at No Mercy and cost the Celtic Warrior, Sheamus, the WWE Championship! After Sheamus’ attempt to end the career of the Game just after WrestleMania 26, what lies ahead for these two superstars who both have reason to want to destroy the other?

RANDY ORTON AND WADE BARRETT TO MEET AT CYBER SUNDAY?

One thing is certain: Randy Orton remains the WWE Champion! And at No Mercy, it was Wade Barrett – with a little help from Michael Tarver – who defeated John Cena to earn the next shot at the Viper for the title? Can Barrett and the Nexus tread the path that leads to the WWE Title? And will John Cena have anything to say on the situation?

JERICHO – STILL ALIVE ON MONDAY NIGHT RAW!

After a controversial victory over John Morrison at No Mercy, Chris Jericho survived potential retirement and the ‘best in the world at what he does’ remains an integral part of WWE! However, Morrison is guaranteed to be unhappy about the way Jericho secured the victory – what will the Monday Night Delight have to say to Jericho tonight?

MICHAEL COLE AND JERRY LAWLER – CO-COMMENTATORS?

After Jerry Lawler’s punch to the face of Michael Cole last night and the subsequent beating of Lawler by the Miz, there could be fireworks at the announce table tonight. Will Cole have the guts to stand up to Lawler? Or will the Miz be appearing to protect his favourite announcer?

Join us on Monday Night Raw!

CONFIRMED

Melina vs. Alicia Fox

Edge vs. R-Truth​
 
#17 ·




MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from Manchester, England

RAW begins with a clip from last night’s No Mercy pay-per-view WWE Championship match between Randy Orton and Sheamus ...

... both men are down on the mat now. Who will get up first? It’s Orton who gets to his knees and sets himself for another RKO! Surely this time it will win him the match ... Randy Orton leaps and goes for his finishing move ... Sheamus swats him aside and hits the Brogue Kick again instead! Sheamus drags a prone Orton up and lifts him again for the High Cross when all of a sudden ...



MICHAEL COLE
Wait a minute!

MATT STRIKER
Oh my goodness, it’s Triple H! The Game is back!

MICHAEL COLE
And no doubt he is back for Sheamus!

Triple H rushes out dressed in jeans and a Triple H shirt and Sheamus looks at him in despair with Orton sliding off his back. Sheamus stares out at Triple H who reaches the ring and stops, staring at Sheamus with a wild look in his eyes ... Hunter raises his hand and points behind Sheamus who turns around ... RKO! Orton hits the RKO perfectly! Goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Randy Orton is still the WWE Champion!

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner and still the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

As Orton is handed the WWE Title and has his arm raised by the referee, Triple H slides into the ring and stands over Sheamus looking down on him. Orton looks across at Hunter and his face is unreadable as he walks slowly towards the Game and Sheamus. Triple H points down at Sheamus and says something to Orton who nods his head and leaves the ring leaving Triple H with Sheamus in the ring. Orton pauses though and then walks to the announcers table where he picks up the sledgehammer ... he slides it under the ropes and across the ring to Triple H with a knowing look in his eye. As Orton leaves, Triple H picks up the hammer and sets himself as Sheamus begins to get to his feet ... WHAM! Triple H launches the hammer head into the stomach of Sheamus and leaves him down on the mat in agony. Triple H then lifts up Sheamus and sets up for the Pedigree ... which he delivers to leave Sheamus a broken down mess in the centre of the ring. Triple H stands over the body of Sheamus and stares up the ramp to Orton who is stood on the stage with the WWE Title held high.


*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

MICHAEL COLE

Hello, everybody, welcome to Monday Night Raw, one night on from an exciting No Mercy where we witnessed the return of the Cerebral Assassin, the Game, Triple H!

JOSH MATTHEWS
And we also witnessed a shocking attack on your broadcast colleague, didn’t we, Michael Cole?

MICHAEL COLE
Ladies and Gentlemen, my broadcast colleague tonight is Josh Matthews due to injuries suffered by Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler last night at the hands of the Miz. And, Josh, Lawler got what he deserved for interfering in the business of the greatest superstar on Raw, the future WWE Champion, the awesome Miz.

JOSH MATTHEWS
All I know is that tonight I won’t be disagreeing with you, Michael, as I don’t want to end up in the same situation as the King!



The crowd inside the Manchester Evening News Arena explode at the sound of the Game’s music and the lights dip with flashing green lights flooding the arena. Into a spotlight on the stage steps the figure of Triple H, the 13-time World Champion, dressed in his street gear and carrying a sledgehammer. He makes his way to the ring, steps inside and stands on the middle rope in the corner posing as thousands of flashlights snap away in the crowd. Triple H takes a microphone and stands centre of the ring as the lights come up and the WWE Universe give a massive cheer and ovation to him ... Eventually, they quieten down and allow Triple H to begin.

TRIPLE H
Do you remember me? I am ... THE GAME!

The crowd roar and cheer for the returning Triple H who stands and surveys the crowd with a grin on his face. A ‘Triple H’ chant starts and Hunter waits for a moment before continuing ...

TRIPLE H
Last night at the No Mercy pay-per-view, I returned to interfere in the WWE Championship match. I helped Randy Orton to retain the title and I showed that I am here for one man and one man only ... Sheamus.

The word Sheamus is greeted with a tirade of boos and jeers from the WWE Universe and Triple H shakes his head.

TRIPLE H
Don’t get me wrong. Sheamus is a fine competitor, I was very impressed with his first year. And at WrestleMania last year, I told him that he needed to beat me to show he belonged in the big time. We had a great match but he couldn’t beat me, I was too damn good!

The crowd cheer and Hunter pauses for a moment to take in the crowd’s reaction.

TRIPLE H
On that same night, my good friend Shawn Michaels ...

More cheers from the crowd as HBK’s name is mentioned causing Triple H to pause again ...

TRIPLE H
... Shawn Michaels lost to the Undertaker and retired from the WWE. The following night, battered and bruised, I wanted to go out and tell everybody how much Shawn meant to me.

Triple H lowers the microphone and looks up at the titantron ...



The crowd boo as the clip ends and Triple H stands in the ring with an intense look on his face. He looks around before resuming his speech ...

TRIPLE H
Hey, I’m not saint. I’ve done my share of attacking people from behind in my time, I’ve done my share of despicable acts. But whenever I have done, I’ve always faced up to it and – sometimes – I’ve ended up paying for my troubles. Sheamus ... you attacked me from behind with a steel pipe. Your attack cost me eight months of my career. Be a man, Sheamus, come and face me right now ...

Triple H flings the microphone down and waits ... and waits ... and waits ... then the e-mail alert sound bleeps and the lights flash and Hunter turns to face Michael Cole, a look of disgust on his face.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have just received an email from the anonymous Raw General Manager ... And I quote. “Triple H. Welcome back to Monday Night Raw. It’s good to see you back in the ring again. I understand fully why you want to see Sheamus this evening. However, he is not here tonight. Sheamus was injured last night at No Mercy and has not been cleared by the doctors to wrestle this evening.”

The crowd boo as Triple H picks the microphone back up and stands looking towards Michael Cole ... Just as Triple H is ready to speak, Michael Cole interrupts him.

MICHAEL COLE
I haven’t finished yet. There is more. And I quote. “Seeing as you are back here on Monday Night Raw, I think that it only fair that you have a match tonight. I know that you are ready to compete. So tonight, it will be Triple H ... against Mr. Money In The Bank, The Miz!”

TRIPLE H
That’s fine, Mr. GM, that’s fine. I can cope with a match against the Miz tonight. But remember one thing, Mr. General Manager. I’m married to one of the McMahons and I know a lot of things. And I know who you are! Don’t give me any reason to ... let your name slip.

The crowd cheer as Triple H’s music sounds out again and Hunter leaves the ring to prepare for his match later tonight against the Miz.

JOSH MATTHEWS
A huge announcement from the RAW General Manager – The Miz goes one on one with Triple H later tonight.

MICHAEL COLE
What did Triple H mean there at the end? He knows who the General Manager is?

JOSH MATTHEWS
Of course, that’s what he said. I hope he lets the world know tonight!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with an advertisement for the upcoming pay-per-view, Cyber Sunday.


CYBER SUNDAY
3 WEEKS

Your chance to vote and shape the WWE!


MICHAEL COLE
Welcome back to Monday Night Raw where we just found out that tonight, Triple H will go one on one with The Miz, the future of the WWE! What a match that promises to be, Josh!

JOSH MATTHEWS
Why’s that? Because it involves the Miz?

Cole ignores Matthews and the music of R-Truth begins to a roar from the crowd who join in enthusiastically with the song as Truth raps it.



Truth dances his way to the ring before charming the crowd with his usual words about Manchester, England. The arena quietens before ...



JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Already in the ring, from Atlanta, Georgia ... R-TRUTH! ... And his opponent, from Toronto, Ontario, Canada, he is the ‘Rated R Su-perstar’ ... EDGE!

Edge enters the ring and removes his shirt, looking determined and ready for action after his problems with the Raw General Manager in recent weeks.

MICHAEL COLE
Last night at No Mercy, Edge came out and demanded a match on the pay-per-view. However, one more time, the General Manager refused Edge’s request and belittled the 9-time champion in front of the WWE Universe.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Edge needs to show the WWE Universe that he deserves to wrestle at pay-per-views and in title matches. You don’t get them by whining and moaning all the time.

EDGE vs. R-TRUTH
Truth and Edge lock up and have an even opening few minutes where both men get their usual, signature moves in. Truth looks to have the edge when he dodges Edge’s attempt at a spear and helps the Rated R Superstar into the turnbuckle head first. Edge looks to be struggling when Truth lifts him up and hits him with a powerslam before Truth celebrates with a little jig in the middle of the ring. R-Truth waits for Edge to get to his feet before hitting the ropes and hitting a flying forearm with a twist – the Lie Detector – before standing waiting for his finishing move. Edge slowly gets to his feet whilst R-Truth waits to hit the Corkscrew Scissors Kick ... as he goes for it, Edge manages to avoid the move and steps back as Truth gets back to his feet ... SPEAR! Edge with the spear, hooks the leg ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Edge wins!

WINNER (5:12): EDGE

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... EDGE!

As his music plays and R-Truth leaves the ring, Edge heads out and takes a microphone, casting an evil glance over at the General Manager’s laptop. He gets in the ring and signals for his music to be faded off.

EDGE
In the last few weeks, me and the Raw General Manager have not really seen eye to eye. I’ve said some things that I maybe shouldn’t have, the General Manager has put me in some matches that he maybe shouldn’t have ... I think it’s time that we agreed to stop all this nonsense.

The crowd jeer Edge as he is looking for an easy route out of the problems he has caused himself ...

EDGE
Let’s face it ... Triple H already knows who the General Manager is. It’s only a matter of time before the whole world knows. The General Manager might as well just come out and announce who he is right now.

The email alert sounds and Michael Cole gets up to read the email.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Or who she is, Edge.”

The crowd look puzzled and Edge looks annoyed again.

EDGE
Isn’t it time that you stopped playing all these games, General Manager? Why don’t you just come out and say who you are. Tell the world. It’s going to become public knowledge sooner or later.

Silence for a moment, then the email sounds again.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Edge, you’re right. It is almost time to reveal myself. After all, Triple H knows who I am. It’s time to reveal myself ... at Cyber Sunday. However, I’ve had enough of you recently. Questioning my decisions, trying to tell me what to do. I can tell you one thing, Edge, I am NOT Vickie Guerrero! You cannot convince me to help you in your career! You will be competing at Cyber Sunday ... but I haven’t decided how or where or why yet. I’ll let you know. In the meantime, I am banning you from discussions about who I am here on Monday Night Raw – no backstage interviews, no in-ring promos. We’ve heard enough Edge and you will not waste all our time no more. And if you wanna’ break my rules, go ahead ... I’ll fire your ass without any hesitation.”

Edge looks annoyed again and slowly backs out of the ring and away shaking his head. As he leaves, the audience near the aisle tell him what they think of him.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Whoever the new General Manager is, he – or she – is not going to take no rubbish from Edge!

MICHAEL COLE
What an interesting email that was. Edge banned from talking about the General Manager until after his match at Cyber Sunday – whoever it is he is facing there.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Let’s hope that whoever the General Manager is, he – or she – comes up with a great opponent that Edge can face at Cyber Sunday in three weeks!



JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following contest is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Los Angeles, California ... MELINA!

Melina struts down whilst the paparazzi click away with their cameras. The former Divas Champion looks melancholy as she gets into the ring before posing for the crowd.

MICHAEL COLE
Last night, Melina was just not able to win the Divas Titles from Laycool after she went for a pinfall on Layla when she was not the legal woman in the match. However, she proved that she could beat Laycool and that she deserves another shot at the title.

JOSH MATTHEWS
I agree completely, Michael Cole. Melina deserves to be the Divas Champion but she just couldn’t get the right 3-count in the end.



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And her opponent ... from Ponte Vedra Beach, Florida ... ALICIA FOXXXX!

Alicia Fox comes out shaking her ass side to side, shaking her tail as her song is called. She gets to the ring and points at Melina and clearly is showing her that she should be the number one contender for the Divas Title, not Melina.

ALICIA FOX vs. MELINA
In a good Divas match, the advantage swings one way, then the other as the two Divas battle to take control of the match. Alicia Fox manages to hit her unique scissors kick to Melina with her long legs but Melina rolls out of the ring to safety to the frustration of her opponent. Once Melina returns to the ring, she gains control with her Matrix moves and hits the ‘Primal Scream’ before pinning Fox with the split legged pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER (2:27): MELINA

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... MELINA!

Melina takes a microphone and stands in the ring ...

MELINA
Hey ... Hey, Laycool. Where are you? I’ve got a message for you.



Out come the self proclaimed co-Divas Champions dressed to kill and looking confused as they get close to the ring. They make a crying taunt to Melina who smiles and ignores them before speaking again as the champions get into the ring.

MELINA
Last night, at No Mercy, I had you both down and beaten for a 3-count. Unfortunately, I got the wrong person at the right time and the right person at the wrong time. I proved that I can beat either one of you and I think I have a right to another shot at the Divas Title.

MICHELLE McCOOL
Oh, you do, do you? Let me tell you what I think, Lay, I think that Melina is kidding herself. We are the Divas Champions because we won the titles, we defend the titles, we have never been beaten for these titles. And you wanna know why that is, Melina?

LAYCOOL
We’re flawless!

LAYLA
Oh, look at her, ‘Chelle, she looks upset again. Are you going to cry, Melina? Like you did when we beat you and took the title from you?

MICHELLE McCOOL
She is, you know. Wa-wa-wa-wah!

LAYLA
Melina, you are so lame ... you think that you can ...

Melina has heard enough and attacks Layla with her microphone. She drags Layla down to the mat with her hair and begins bashing her head up and down before McCool manages to drag Melina away and Laycool begin their beatdown on Melina. Michelle holds Melina as Layla slaps her in the face over and over and over before the Bella Twins come racing down to the ring and break the attack up. Melina and the Bellas stand together in the ring while Laycool escape and head back up to the stage.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with Todd Grisham stood backstage holding a microphone.

TODD GRISHAM
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time ... John Morrison!

The crowd in the arena cheer as Morrison comes into view with a smile on his face and his custom made shades covering his eyes.

JOHN MORRISON
How you doing, Todd?

TODD GRISHAM
I’m great, thanks. John, last night at No Mercy, Chris Jericho was caught on camera wearing steel knucks after your match ...

Stills of Jericho by the side of the ring, punching Morrison, the pinfall and Jericho trying to hide the knucks afterwards are shown before the camera returns to Grisham and Morrison.

TODD GRISHAM
... Jericho managed to pin you and ensure that his retirement was cancelled. What are your thoughts about this?

JOHN MORRISON
I understand that here in the WWE, some competitors will do whatever it takes to win a match. Desperate men really do desperate things. In all my years of watching or participating in the WWE, I can’t remember Chris Jericho, the best in the world at what he does, resorting to the use of the brass knucks. But that was a desperate act ... I can only assume that Chris Jericho is a desperate man, Todd.

TODD GRISHAM
I understand that you made contact with the Anonymous RAW General Manager earlier today?

JOHN MORRISON
I sure did, Todd, and he told me that tonight, it will be a re-match ... John Morrison, one on one, against Chris Jericho. I’m not interested in retiring Jericho no more though, I’m interested in embarrassing him.

TODD GRISHAM
Thanks for your time, John.

The camera returns to the ring where Justin Roberts is stood waiting patiently.



JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, weighing 223 pounds from Los Angeles, California ... JOHN MORRISON!

The crowd cheer for Morrison as he heads out in slow motion (on camera) and the pyrotechnics explode behind him as he makes his way off the stage. He passes his sunglasses to a fan at ringside before heading into the ring and posing at the turnbuckle.

MICHAEL COLE
Last night, John Morrison was so close to defeating – and retiring – Chris Jericho, Josh, but the wily veteran pulled out all the stops to deny him.

JOSH MATTHEWS
You mean he cheated?

MICHAEL COLE
Well, yeah, if you like ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
I know one thing, Michael, Jericho was beaten, Jericho was about to be retired when he resorted to the brass knucks. Jericho is a lucky man to still be here tonight on RAW.

MICHAEL COLE
Tonight is not about Jericho’s retirement, it’s about redemption for John Morrison. Will Jericho be able to stop him again?

JOSH MATTHEWS
I have a feeling that tonight is the night for John Morrison!



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing his opponent, from Winnipeg, Manatoba, Canada, weighing 227 pounds ... CHRIS JERICHO!

Jericho comes slowly down to the ring with a smirk on his face, tapping his forehead with his finger. He enters the ring and points at Morrison before again tapping his head. The implication is clear. The match official goes over to Jericho and insists on checking Jericho out for the brass knucks much to Jericho’s dismay. As the official checks Jericho’s boots, he stops and pulls out a set of brass knucks before reprimanding the superstar. Morrison grins at Jericho who is clearly annoyed with the official’s discovery.

CHRIS JERICHO vs. JOHN MORRISON
The match starts technical and slow as Jericho seeks to contain Morrison’s high flying, fast paced style. Every time Morrison speeds the match up, Jericho counters and slows the match down on the mat again to the frustration of Morrison and the crowd. Several times, Jericho taps his head again to signal his cleverness. Jericho is in control of the match and he wrestles Morrison down to the mat over and over again before hitting the Lionsault and going for the pin. He gets a 2-count but argues with the referee allowing Morrison time to recover. As Jericho switches his attention back to Jo-Mo, the younger star hits a ‘Chuck Kick’ that staggers Jericho back and allows Morrison to start his offence. Morrison eventually has Jericho down near the corner and goes for Starship Pain, twisting around and down ... but Jericho has rolled out of the ring and Morrison crashes onto the mat. As the referee checks on Morrison, Jericho crouches by the side of the steel steps and the crowd near him begin to protest ... the camera man shows that Jericho has a second set of brass knucks but the referee and Morrison don’t realise this. Jericho stuffs the knucks into his tights and regains control before hitting the Codebreaker to Morrison. It looks as if Jericho doesn’t need the knucks as he pins Morrison ... 1 ... 2 ... Morrison kicks out to the frustration of Jericho. Jericho stands back and begins to allow Morrison time to get to his feet. With Morrison just about up, Jericho pretends to bump into the referee and knocks him into the ropes before he swings with the right hand, the knucks on his hand, aiming for Morrison’s face ... however, Morrison ducks and aims more kicks to Jericho’s head before connecting at the second attempt at Starship Pain. He goes for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Huge win for John Morrison!

WINNER (7:59): JOHN MORRISON

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... JOHN MORRISON!

Morrison poses in the ring whilst a disbelieving Jericho goes mad in the corner of the ring. The referee has spotted the brass knucks again and is reprimanding Jericho but the veteran has something in mind now. He rushes at Morrison again to hit him with the knucks ... but Morrison ducks again and clotheslines Jericho up over the rope and out of the ring. He then stands in the ring tapping his head as Jericho staggers back up the ramp, holding his head and muttering madly at Morrison.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with footage of Jericho storming out of the arena and yelling at any WWE official he lays his eyes on. He is complaining that he has been wronged and does not deserve this before he gets into a waiting car, still in his ring gear, and speeds off into the night. The camera returns to Michael Cole and Josh Matthews at the announce table.

MICHAEL COLE
Our former World Champion seems a little bit upset at the moment, Josh!

JOSH MATTHEWS
How long has it been since Jericho won a match legitimately, Michael? Maybe he knows better than us? Desperate men might do desperate things but they get angry easily too ...



The crowd erupt at the sound of the music of John Cena as the purple and yellow clad superstar bounces out onto the stage area. He salutes at the top of the ramp before charging down to the ring where he slides in and acknowledges his fans, the Cenation, before taking a microphone.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... JOHN CENA!

Cena holds his hand up for a hush but a ‘Cena!’ chant fills the arena whilst he waits with a smile on his face.

JOHN CENA
Allright guys, thank you ... In three weeks time, the WWE’s next pay-per-view will arrive and will be the Cyber Sunday event. Now, if you’ve not heard of this before, Cyber Sunday is where the WWE Universe, you guys at home, you guys here in Manchester ...

The Manchester crowd pops at the sound of their cities name before Cena continues ...

JOHN CENA
... where the WWE Universe gets to decide what happens, they call the shots, they make the decisions. Last night at No Mercy ...

Cena’s face turns serious ...

JOHN CENA
... Nexus beat me and became the number one contender for the WWE Championship. Nexus. Not Wade Barrett, not one man, a whole group, Nexus. At the start of the match, I had to put up with the Nexus group interfering, beating down on me, every minute. And I came through that. Nexus was kicked out of the arena and I had to face Wade Barrett, battered and shaken, Wade Barrett. And I had him beat ... but then another Nexus member arrived on the scene ... Michael Tarver. He hit me in the throat with a steel chair. I don’t make excuses, I admit when I’ve been beaten by a better man but I had to face not one, not two, not three, not four, not five but six, count ‘em, six men last night.

The crowd boo and Cena shakes his head in anger.

JOHN CENA
Wade, what do you expect me to do? You’re taking shortcut after shortcut after shortcut, always at my expense ... Nobody respects you for this, nobody thinks you deserve to be the number one contender for the WWE Championship ... but you are.

The crowd boo again and Cena pauses, collecting himself ...

JOHN CENA
Nexus, I have to say that I kind of see what you’re doing here. I can see what you are trying to do and it might just work. But I am going to do everything I can to make sure it doesn’t. In three weeks time at Cyber Sunday, it will be Wade Barrett, and his Nexus men no doubt, against the WWE Champion, Randy Orton. I won’t let you be the WWE Champion this way, Wade, not this way.

Another ‘Cena!’ chant starts and the former WWE Champion nods to the WWE Universe in appreciation.

JOHN CENA
So, we have two options as far as I can tell. Either I can be in Randy Orton’s corner and I can make sure that you don’t win the title, Wade ... or you can admit that you were wrong, you can gain some respect, you can tell the world that you should not be number one contender ... and we can have a Triple Threat match for the WWE Title at Cyber Sunday.

The crowd cheer and Cena nods to them, getting worked up now ...

JOHN CENA
But it is Cyber Sunday, the night where the WWE Universe decide ... What do you think, Manchester? Triple Threat? Randy Orton, Wade Barrett and John Cena at Cyber Sunday?

The crowd cheer and shout again and Cena motions to the stage for Nexus to come out and accept the plan he has suggested. However, the email alert sounds again and the lights flicker as Michael Cole gets to his feet at the GM Stand.

MICHAEL COLE
Excuse me, John, I have an email from the General Manager. And I quote ... “John ... You make a valid point. You were not beaten fairly last night in your match with Wade Barrett at No Mercy. But you were beaten. As it stands, Wade Barrett is the number one contender ...”

The crowd boo the General Manager as Cena stands disbelieving in the ring ...

MICHAEL COLE
“However, John, you make a good point. It is Cyber Sunday in three weeks time. Randy Orton will defend the WWE title against Wade Barrett ... and maybe you. You see, John, I want you to earn your place in the title match. I’m going to give you that chance tonight. Tonight, we will have a potential Cyber Sunday match as our main event. It will be WWE Champion, Randy Orton ... against Nexus leader, Wade Barrett ... against John Cena ... in a Triple Threat match. And John ... if you win the match, I’ll add you to the Cyber Sunday title match as well.”

The crowd cheer and Cena celebrates the announcement by throwing his hat into the crowd and his shirt follows as well. The camera heads backstage where Triple H is getting ready for action ...

MICHAEL COLE
There he is, King, the ‘Cerebral Assassin,’ the ‘King of Kings,’ the ‘Game,’ Triple H. He is ready for his return to the WWE ring ... he faces the future of the WWE, Mr. Money In The Bank, The Miz, next ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following contest is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Greenwich, Connecticut ...

The crowd in Manchester roar in anticipation as the introduction is completed.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Weighing 255 pounds ... He is ‘The Game’ ... TRIPLE H!



Triple H completes his long overdue return to the WWE with his famous ring entrance, spotlights, water, bottles and flashing lights galore. He bows to the WWE Universe in the corner of the ring before straightening up ready to face his opponent ...

???
Really?

The crowd boo at the sound of the voice and out steps the Miz from the entrance with Alex Riley accompanying him holding the Miz’ Money In The Bank briefcase.

THE MIZ
Really? Really?!

MICHAEL COLE
This guy cracks me up!

THE MIZ
Triple H. The Game. Woopy-doo-doo! All hail the King of Kings!

The crowd jeer Miz and cheer the Game as Triple H stares at the advancing Miz as he nears the ring ...

THE MIZ
In all seriousness, Hunter ... What are you doing back here in the WWE? Your time has past, old man. You ... are ... finished. You were the King of Kings, you were the Cerebral Assassin, you were the Game, you were the most feared WWE superstar of all time. You WERE all those things, Hunter ... But now, well, there is a new star on the show. Last night, he handed a beating to one WWE Hall of Famer ... He is the future of the WWE and he is not scared ... of you. Because he’s the Miz ... and he’s AWWWWEEEEEESSSSSSSSSOOOOMMMMMMMMEEEEE!!!!



The Miz and Alex Riley enter the ring and Miz whispers in the ear of his apprentice as he prepares for the match ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent ...from Cleveland, Ohio, weighing 231 pounds ... THE MIZZZZZZ!

THE MIZ vs. TRIPLE H
The match begins with the two men circling each other and Alex Riley threatening to get involved causing a distraction to Triple H. Eventually, he is distracted enough for Miz to attack and begin beating him down at the ropes. The Miz forces Hunter down to the mat before turning to celebrate and allowing Hunter back up. As Miz turns back round, Triple H hits a clothesline to the delight of the fans and takes control of the match. With a ‘Triple H’ chant echoing around the arena, Triple H begins to work on the Miz hitting his best offense, each signature move receiving a pop from the crowd who haven’t seen them for eight months. A high lift knee sends Miz spinning around and out of the ring where he is consoled by Alex Riley ... Triple H follows and attacks Riley for good measure before turning back to the Miz who has recovered a little and gets a kick to the gut allowing him time to ram Hunter head first into the barricades to jeers from the crowd. Miz returns to the ring and the referee tries to keep Miz there ... allowing Alex Riley to work on Triple H out of the ring behind the referee’s back. Eventually, the Miz allows the referee to begin a count-out of Triple H as Riley backs away. With the referee at 7, Triple H gets to his feet and rolls back into the ring. Miz begins to work on Triple H before he goes for the Skull-Crushing Finale ... Triple H fights out once but Alex Riley hits him in the back with the briefcase when the referee isn’t looking to stop Hunter’s momentum. Miz goes for the SCF again and this time hits it. He goes for the pin ... and Triple H escapes at the count of 2. Suddenly, the crowd erupt and the camera pans to show that Daniel Bryan and Jerry Lawler are heading to the ring ... Miz is distracted and mouths off at the two before turning round ... Triple H is waiting with a stiff kick followed by a perfect Pedigree. 1 ... 2 ... 3! Triple H wins on his return to the WWE!

WINNER (6:46): TRIPLE H

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... TRIPLE H!

Daniel Bryan stays in the aisle and jeers the Miz as he staggers past while Triple H celebrates in the ring. However, Jerry Lawler walks determinedly around the ring towards Michael Cole ... Cole springs up and rushes away from Lawler into the ring where he orders the King to calm down. However, Lawler has already stopped and is laughing. Cole turns to face Triple H who grabs hold of him and holds him as Lawler gets into the ring. Jerry pulls down the strap and walks over to Michael Cole, pulls back and prepares to smash Cole in the face ... when all of a sudden, Alex Riley rushes Lawler to the ground and Cole rushes out of the ring to the Miz on the stage. Triple H drags Alex Riley up from Jerry Lawler and looks up at the Miz as he prepares ... and hits the Pedigree to the Miz’ assistant.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Pedigree to Alex Riley! The Game has well and truly returned to the WWE tonight!

Jerry Lawler and Triple H stand together in the centre of the ring as Alex Riley lies on the mat at their feet. Daniel Bryan joins them in the ring and the three of them look out to the Miz on the stage who looks majorly fed up before disappearing to the back.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Michael Cole is back at the announce table and looks very upset about his treatment from Jerry Lawler tonight. Josh Matthews is sat beside him with a look of amusement on his face ...

MICHAEL COLE
I don’t know who King thinks he is ... I don’t deserve this treatment, Josh, I’m the voice of the WWE and I deserve respect from Lawler.

The email alert sounds and the lights flicker ... Michael Cole gets back up irritably and heads for the laptop one more time.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ...

Cole’s face seems to drain of colour as he looks at the laptop, a look of terror on his face. He throws the microphone down and sits back at the announce table shaking his head. Josh Matthews decides to get up and go and read the email to the cheers of some of the WWE Universe ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
For Michael Cole, I quote ... “Michael Cole ... Jerry Lawler ... It’s time to end this feud. I cannot have my two announcers unable to sit together. So next week, bring your wrestling boots. It will be a six man tag match ... The Miz, Alex Riley and ... Michael Cole ... against Triple H ...

Loud cheers for the announcement of Triple H possibly getting his hands on Michael Cole!

JOSH MATTHEWS
... Daniel Bryan and ... Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler!

Loud cheers from the crowd for the announcement as Cole slumps further down in his chair, clearly dreading the fact that he may come face to face with his announce colleague, the man he has insulted over and over since NXT Season 1 and the former thirteen time World Champion ...

The camera heads backstage leaving Cole scratching his head in fear and shows Wade Barrett stood with the rest of the Nexus group ...


WADE BARRETT
For weeks, we have been telling the world ... “You’re either Nexus – or you’re against us.” We’ve told the WWE Universe and the WWE locker room that the “winds of change are blowing through the WWE.” And now ... now, I, Wade Barrett, am the number one contender for the WWE Championship. Tonight, there will be no interference from Nexus ... there will be no shortcuts as Cena calls them ... it will simply be Wade Barrett beating John Cena and Randy Orton.

The Nexus members nod their heads in agreement as Wade turns to face them all ...

WADE BARRETT
I thank you all for your efforts in establishing Nexus as the dominant force in the WWE but tonight I have to ask one more thing ... stay out of this match tonight. Tonight, I am wrestling in Manchester, my home town. It’s time for Wade Barrett to make believers out of the WWE Universe. Tonight, I go into the match – on my own – and I win the match – on my own – and I ensure that John Cena will not get a chance at winning the WWE Championship at Cyber Sunday.

The Nexus group nod their heads again and slap Barrett’s back as he focuses for the match ... However, somebody walks in off camera and catches the attention of the group.

WADE BARRETT
I’ve been wondering when you would show up ...

The camera pans around and Michael Tarver comes into shot. He is wearing a Nexus t-shirt despite being kicked out a couple of weeks ago.

WADE BARRETT
What do you want, Tarver?

MICHAEL TARVER
I proved my worth to you last night, Wade. I hit John Cena in the throat with a steel chair, it was me that cost him the victory ...

WADE BARRETT
Are you telling me that without your help, I wouldn’t have won the match?

Tarver shakes his head and mutters something about not meaning it that way ... Barrett walks over to the former NXT star and prods a finger into his chest.

WADE BARRETT
Listen to me, Tarver. I am in charge of the Nexus and what I say goes. The Nexus does not need you. I didn’t ask you to get involved in my match with Cena last night, I didn’t need your help. I would have beaten John Cena without you. Now get yourself out of here before the Nexus shows you what happens to those that are against us ...

Tarver glares at Barrett for a moment and then, as the other members of Nexus take a step forward, he turns away and leaves with Barrett left with a smirk on his face ... The camera returns to the ring.



The crowd erupt as Orton walks out with the WWE Title still in his right hand and he raises it high above his head. He then confidently struts towards the ring with the title over his shoulder.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first ... weighing 245 pounds, from St. Louis, Missouri ... he is the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

Orton gets to the ring and poses with the title in the corner of the ring whilst thousands of camera flashlights go off in the background ... the arena lights then turn yellow though as the music changes ...



JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent ... accompanied to the ring by Nexus ... from Manchester, England, weighing 265 pounds ... WADE BARRETT!

Out comes Wade Barrett, alone and without any member of Nexus in sight, wearing the now familiar Nexus t-shirt. There are many cheers from his home town members of the WWE Universe but he seems oblivious to them. He walks to the ring with his eyes fixed on Randy Orton and the WWE Championship. As he enters the ring, Barrett points at the belt and then to himself and he and Orton have to be held apart by the referee as they try to square up ...



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And finally, from West Newbury, Massachusetts, weighting 240 pounds ... JOHN CENA!

Cena comes out for the second time tonight, salutes at the top of the ramp and bounces into the ring where he throws his hat and t-shirt into the ring before he takes in the two opponents that he is facing. Orton raise the WWE Title high above his head and Cena nods at Orton whilst clearly mouthing that he is ready to challenge for the title again.

MICHAEL COLE
Remember, if Cena wins this match, the Cyber Sunday title match will involve him as well as Orton and Barrett. However, if he doesn’t win, it will be a one on one match between the champion and the Nexus leader instead.

JOSH MATTHEWS
A lot at stake here for John Cena but also for Orton and Barrett as well. You have to think that neither of them want the added presence of John Cena in their title match, particularly Randy Orton who would lose his championship advantage in a Triple Threat match.

JOHN CENA vs. RANDY ORTON vs. WADE BARRETT
The three competitors look at each other in a triangle shape in the ring ... Barrett is talking big to both Cena and Orton and the two decide that they have had enough and join together in pummelling the Nexus man. They back off and allow Barrett to stagger up before they double clothesline him over the top rope and out of the ring before turning their attentions on each other with the WWE Universe split as they chant ‘Orton!’ or ‘Cena!’ ... The two lock up and Cena gets the advantage, whipping Orton into the corner. However, as Cena rushes in after him, Orton explodes with a clothesline and Cena crashes down to the delight of the Orton fans. Orton and Cena continue to work with each other for a minute before turning their attentions back to Wade Barrett as he attempts to re-enter the ring. Whilst on the ring apron, the two more experienced stars grab Barrett and drag him through the ropes. Orton unloads on Barrett who staggers towards Cena who also smashes him hard in the face. Barrett stumbles between Orton and Cena for a while before stumbling to the floor and rolling out of the ring again ... as Orton watches him exit the ring, Cena launches himself on Orton again and the brief team are split apart again. With Orton dazed, Cena hits the ropes before hitting a bulldog to Orton and taking the champion down. With Orton down, Cena looks around to a half split of jeers and cheers and looks down on Orton to tell him ‘You can’t see me!’ before dropping the Five Knuckle Shuffle to Orton’s face. Cena sets himself as Orton begins to get back to his feet but from behind, Barrett – back in the ring – hits a high knee into Cena’s back that sends Cena head first into the corner where he hits his shoulder on the ring post. Barrett grabs Cena and launches him into the post, shoulder first, a second time before shoving him aggressively out of the ring.

As Barrett turns to focus on Orton though, the WWE Champion is recovered and is waiting. He stares straight into Barrett’s eyes and the number one contender double takes giving Orton the opportunity to catch him out. Orton scoops Barrett up and powerslams him to the mat before beginning his trademark stomps to the exposed limbs of Wade Barrett, focusing on the joints. Barrett has his knees, ankles, elbows and wrists stomped by the Viper who takes his time – maybe unwisely with Cena recovering – before going for the pinfall. 1 ... 2 ... Barrett kicks out and rolls away as Cena re-enters the ring. Orton catches him coming through the ropes though and grabs Cena in a reverse headlock with Cena’s feet balanced precariously on the middle ropes ...

MICHAEL COLE

Here we go, this is vintage Randy Orton here!

JOSH MATTHEWS
Cena in a lot of trouble here!

Orton drops and Cena’s head smashes into the mat before Orton goes for the cover. 1 ... 2 ... Cena kicks out. Orton locks in a wrenching chinlock and increases the pressure on Cena with each twist ... but there is no way that Cena will tap out to this. Barrett slides back into the ring on the offside of Orton and creeps up behind the champ before kicking him hard in the back of the head. Orton releases Cena and turns around to face Barrett who hits him hard with several European uppercuts that rock the champion and allow Barrett to hit the ropes and deliver a high boot to the side of Orton’s head. With the champ down, Barrett picks up Cena and sets up for his Wastelands finishing move but Cena fights out and kicks Barrett in the gut before hitting a belly to belly suplex that leaves all three men down on the mat. The referee begins to count all three men out but Cena is up at the count of five and goes to work on Barrett, lifting him up before hitting a drop kick and sending the contender down. However, Orton is now also up and he catches Cena unaware with his newest move, the Olympic Slam that was made famous by some other wrestler that used to be in WWE and had gold medals ... Orton goes for the pin on Cena ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Cena! Orton gets to his feet and begins to set up for an RKO to Cena ... pounding the mat, he waits but then Barrett re-appears and goes for a kick to Orton’s gut while he is down. Orton rolls away and then pounces with an RKO to Wade Barrett! He goes for the pin on Barrett ... 1 ... 2 ... Cena breaks up the pinfall and Orton and Cena stand staring at each other. Orton furiously goes to work on Cena again and pummels him into the corner but Cena counters and suddenly hits the shoulder block to Orton. Another running shoulder block follows and Cena is on a roll. He goes to the top rope and hits the leg drop to Orton as he slowly gets to his feet ... Orton is face down on the mat, Cena with the pin, hooks the leg ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Orton kicks out!

Cena stands back waiting for Orton to get to his feet ... he lifts Orton up into the Attitude Adjustment as the crowd rise to their feet. Orton fights out with well placed elbows though and suddenly he hits Cena with an RKO! Orton looks to go for the cover but suddenly Nexus appear running down to the ring to distract Orton ... however, before they can reach the ring, Barrett blocks their path outside the ring and orders them to stay out of the match. Orton goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Barrett breaks it up by dragging Orton out of the ring by his feet. The two go at it on the outside now and Orton gets the better of his opponent when he scoop slams Barrett on the floor outside the ring. Randy returns to the ring where Cena is just starting to recover and get to his feet after the earlier RKO ... Randy Orton sets once more, thumping the ring apron, slithering around on the mat, waiting to pounce ... Cena wobbles to his feet and Orton attacks but Cena manages to counter and pushes Orton away. As Orton stumbles round, Cena lifts him up to his shoulder and delivers a perfect Attitude Adjustment to the WWE Champion! He goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No! The WWE Champion has kicked out! Cena is in shock but rolls Orton over and goes for the STF submission instead. Orton tries to fight out of it but is struggling when Barrett suddenly leaps into the ring again and drags Cena off Orton.

Barrett drags Cena out of the ring and runs him shoulder first into the steel steps where Cena clutches his shoulder that he hurt earlier in the match. Barrett returns to the ring with Cena down and lifts a beleaguered Orton to his feet and sets up for Wastelands ... this time, Orton cannot escape and Barrett slams his prone body down on the mat. Barrett goes for the cover, hooks the leg of the champion ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Wade Barrett has pinned the WWE Champion!

WINNER (13:42): WADE BARRETT

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... WADE BARRETT!

MICHAEL COLE
Oh my word! Wade Barrett has pinned Randy Orton here tonight and has won the match ... that means that there will be no John Cena in the Cyber Sunday WWE Title match!

JOSH MATTHEWS
And what a message Barrett has just sent to the champion, Cole! Even without his Nexus buddies, Barrett has just cleanly pinned the champion! That is going to play on Orton’s mind in the coming weeks as we head towards Cyber Sunday!

Randy Orton sits up in the ring, staring at Wade Barrett who is now in the aisle with the rest of the members of Nexus ... Barrett is grinning wide and is pointing to Orton and telling him “I beat you!” to make the point to Orton. The champion shakes his head and turns around where he comes face to face with John Cena. The two of them stare at each other and seem to size each other up before Cena walks past Orton and leaves the ring. RAW ends with a shot of the jubilant Nexus group and their leader Wade Barrett on the stage.

MICHAEL COLE
A huge victory for Wade Barrett – what will Orton and Cena’s reaction to that be next week? Goodnight everybody!

********** END OF SHOW **********
 
#18 ·




LATEST NEWS

The new management at WWE have recently taken stock of the roster available to the RAW and SMACKDOWN brands and have spent the last weeks debating the futures of several superstars. The board have decided that the following superstars’ contracts will not be renewed and as a result these wrestlers have been released from the WWE.

GOLDUST
YOSHI TATSU
PRIMO
TAMINA
CHRIS MASTERS
FINLAY
HORNSWOGGLE
TRENT BARRETA
CAYLEN CROFT
ROSA MENDES
TIFFANY

We wish them well in their future endeavours.​
 
#19 ·




FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
PREVIEW

UNDERTAKER TO RETURN TO FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!

General Manager Teddy Long has confirmed that The Undertaker will make his return tonight on Smackdown. After the World Champion Kane felt the presence of the Deadman at No Mercy, what will be the first order of business for the Phenom? Will Kofi Kingston have anything he wants to say after many speculated that he would be the new World Champion if not for the Undertaker? We will find out tonight!

INTERCONTINENTAL TITLE CONTENDERS TO START TO BE DECIDED TONIGHT!

With Cyber Sunday on the horizon, General Manager Teddy Long has some decisions to make as he determines the final choices for the WWE Universe to vote on. The General Manager has confirmed that there will be a match tonight to begin to determine the new Number 1 contender for the title currently held by Dolph Ziggler ...

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP ON THE LINE!

It has also been confirmed that Dolph Ziggler will tonight defend the Intercontinental Championship against Luke Gallows. Two weeks ago, Gallows challenged the Intercontinental Championship but was denied a chance of victory by his former SES leader, CM Punk. Can Luke Gallows win his first title in the WWE tonight and prove to CM Punk that he doesn’t need the SES or it’s leader?

Join us on Friday Night Smackdown!

CONFIRMED

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
Dolph Ziggler vs. Luke Gallows

Jack Swagger vs. Big Show

MVP vs. Kane​
 
#20 ·
How long are you waiting between posts to receive some feedback from viewers such as myself? It's great you have enthusiasm and want to post as much as possible, but in the BtB feedback is key for you to know how people are enjoying you thread, what they felt could be done better, what needs to be continued, etc.

I enjoy your thread so more in the show aspects, where you even include youtube titantrons to really make it feel like the wrestlers are coming out as they appear. HHH returning was a good moment especially when Sheamus was just about to win, so kudos on that.

Just like I said give some time between posts for people to enjoy reading a show and give you their thoughts on it. If you have waited some time between and nothing has happened then its ok to post as you have, but in all seriousness too much too soon often makes a thread with potential such as this one become easily forgotten because it makes it really to hard follow it as you would a thread that updates weekly, rather daily or every 2-3 days IMO. Hope this helps.
 
#21 ·




FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
Live from Manchester, England



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

Smackdown is live on the air with Todd Grisham and Matt Striker at the announce table as the camera pans around the arena showing the WWE Universe in Manchester on their feet ready for the action!

TODD GRISHAM
Welcome to Friday Night Smackdown with Todd Grisham and Matt Striker at ringside. We’re one week removed from the No Mercy pay-per-view where Kane managed to retain his World Heavyweight Championship, Matt.

MATT STRIKER
That’s right, Todd, but only just. Kane’s challenger, Kofi Kingston, looked to be on his way to defeating Kane when the lights went out and the Deadman, the Phenom of the WWE, the Undertaker’s presence was felt in the arena. This allowed Kane to win the match but something tells me that Kofi Kingston will not be too impressed ...

TODD GRISHAM
Kingston was within seconds of winning his first big title here in the WWE – I’m guessing that we will see a fired up Kofi Kingston here tonight.

A hush falls over the arena before ...

*** SLOW CHEMICAL ***



TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, weighing 323 pounds ... he is the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

Kane walks out to the ring with a nervous, almost frightened, look on his face. He looks around frantically as he makes his way up the steel ring steps with the World Title strapped around his waist ... He stands central in the ring and lifts his arms to set off the pyro in the corner of the ring ... but nothing happens. The crowd cheer as Kane looks all around him ...

TODD GRISHAM
Someone appears to be a little nervous, Matt Striker?

MATT STRIKER
Who can blame him? He knows that the Undertaker is here tonight, he knows that he is coming for him. If it was me, I’m not sure I’d even be out here for the match!

*** I’M COMIN’ ***



TONY CHIMEL
And his opponent ... from Miami, Florida, weighing 259 pounds ... Montel Vontavious Porter ... M.V.P!

TODD GRISHAM
A massive opportunity for MVP here, Matt. A win tonight over the World Champion could catapult MVP into the title picture couldn’t it?

MATT STRIKER
It definitely could, MVP has to get on a roll and make people take notice of him again. He’s become the forgotten man of the WWE recently and a win tonight would be huge for the Ballin’ superstar!

MVP gets into the ring and sets off with his usual ring performance of tossing the basketball towards the hoop when suddenly Kane rushes him and smashes him in the side of the head and begins to pummel him in the corner. The official tries to pull Kane away but he can’t and in the end he begins to give Kane a count of five to release MVP or forfeit the match. Kane eventually backs away and the official checks on MVP ...

TODD GRISHAM
Will MVP be able to compete? We’ll find out in a moment!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns and a groggy MVP is stood up and is ready for action against the Big Red Monster, the World Champion, Kane who now looks a little happier after his pre-match attack on his opponent.

TODD GRISHAM
Welcome back to Smackdown, the match between MVP and Kane is all set to go.

KANE vs. MVP

Kane starts off like a possessed demon as he looks to take advantage of MVP’s fragile state. MVP covers up and backs away as Kane launches right hand after right hand and the referee again utilises his 5-count to stop Kane. Now laughing out loud, Kane catches MVP as he tries to rush at him and twirls him into a backbreaker across his knee that gets a large gasp from the WWE Universe. Kane drags MVP up and whips him into the ropes before following in with a vicious clothesline in the corner and a wobbly MVP staggers away. Kane hits the ropes and delivers a high boot to the face that sends MVP through the ropes to the outside. Kane goes after MVP and hits choke thrusts as MVP leans back against the ring post ... Then, Kane gets an evil look in his eyes with MVP down and he begins to move the top part of the steel steps. With the bottom steps still in place and exposed, he waits for MVP to get to his feet, arm stretched out looking for a choke slam onto the steel steps. Kane grasps MVP by the throat and prepares for the choke slam when suddenly, the arena lights flicker and go out, followed by the sound that Kane dreads ... the Undertaker’s gong. The crowd go wild as the lights stay out for a few seconds ... then they return and Kane is stood outside the ring still but MVP has escaped somehow and is sat against the turnbuckle in the corner of the ring.

TODD GRISHAM
That can only mean one thing, Matt ... The Undertaker is here on Friday Night Smackdown!

MATT STRIKER
How else do you explain the escape by MVP? When the lights went out, MVP was out on his feet and Kane was about to crush him!

Kane looks around nervously again and slides under the bottom rope to continue the match. Now MVP has an opportunity to catch Kane and he hits the baseball slide that sends Kane back out of the ring and into the barricade. Kane tries once more, this time climbing to the apron and stepping over the top rope, but MVP again rushes him and sends him down to the floor with a thud. The crowd are getting behind MVP now and Kane is forced to drag MVP out by the legs to stop his momentum. As the two fight on the outside, Kane backs away and into the ring. As MVP follows, Kane hits a dropkick low to the side of MVP’s head and takes control again. He lifts MVP up for a second time, ready for the chokeslam again ... this time, he gets it right and MVP crashes down on the mat. Kane covers MVP ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Kane (5:54)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner ... KANE!

Kane’s music sounds out around the arena and he raises his hands and brings them down to start the red fire burning in the corner of the ring. This time, they light at once and Kane laughs his maniacal laugh as MVP is helped out of the arena. The camera heads backstage where Josh Matthews is waiting with the Laycool ladies either side of him.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guests at this time ... Laycool!

LAYLA
You forgot to call us the ‘Divas Champions’ Josh ...

MICHELLE McCOOL
... Show us some respect, Josh, after all we are flawless!

JOSH MATTHEWS
Apologies, ladies. On Monday night, Melina challenged you to another match for the Divas Title. Are you planning to face Melina again soon?

LAYLA
Err ... Should we be?

MICHELLE McCOOL
Err, no Lay, we shouldn’t. Melina has had her chance, she is not worthy of another match against Laycool for the Divas Championship. She’ll only lose and cry her eyes out, again, if we accept her challenge.

LAYLA
That’s right, ‘Chelle. Melina, you need to forget all about Laycool and concentrate on ... on ... well, concentrate on finding yourself an identical twin!

JOSH MATTHEWS
An identical twin? Are you talking about the Bellas now?

MICHELLE McCOOL
The Bellas! Those two freaks of nature? I don’t know why they thought that they could get involved in our business on Monday Night ... they’re anything but Divas Championship material!

LAYLA
It’s a real shame for them ... Fancy having an identical twin that is ugly?!!

MICHELLE McCOOL
Ouch! Unlucky! We’ve got news for the Bella Freaks though ... You don’t get involved in Laycool’s business. We’ll be coming to Monday Night Raw next week and we’ll be coming after you.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Thanks for your time, ladies, back to you guys at ringside.

The camera returns to the ring where the ring is clear and Tony Chimel is waiting to introduce the next match of the night.

*** GET ON YOUR KNEES ***



TONY CHIMEL
The following contest is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Perry, Oklahoma, weighing 263 pounds ... he is the All American American ... JACK SWAGGER!

Swagger comes out with a cocky arrogant strut as usual before performing his trademark press ups in the aisle. He jumps up and heads into the ring where he talks smack to the crowd who are giving him grief at ringside until his opponent heads out ...

*** CRANK IT UP ***



TONY CHIMEL
And his opponent, standing at 7 feet tall, weighing 485 pounds ... the BIG SHOW!

Big Show comes out smiling and waving to the WWE Universe as he heads to the ring to face Swagger. The happy-go-lucky Big Show doesn’t impress Swagger though who stands in the ring shaking his head at the Giant who gives him a wave as he steps over the top rope and into the ring.

BIG SHOW vs. JACK SWAGGER

The match starts with Swagger hitting and running as he tries to catch Big Show out early. The Giant keeps swatting Swagger away but begins to get annoyed when Swagger catches him with a slap to the face and he begins to stalk Swagger with his cool lost. Swagger takes advantage and goads Show into a big swing that allows him to duck and use a drop-toe hold to take Big Show down into the ropes. Big Show gets to his feet but Swagger is on him, forearm smashing him in the back and forcing Big Show down onto the rope again and again. Swagger stands on Big Show’s back and chokes him on the middle rope, pulling on the top rope for leverage, until the referee administers a 5-count and Swagger is forced to break. He mouths off at the official before hitting the opposite rope and jumping onto the Big Show again with his leg across the back. Big Show collapse down from the rope to the mat breathing hard and Swagger taunts the crowd in complete control. He begins to stomp on the back of Big Show’s calf, setting up for an Ankle Lock but Big Show manages to shove Swagger away onto his rear to break the stomps. Swagger goes straight back to the Big Show but this time he has a second or two to recover and he grabs Swagger’s singlet and forces him back into the corner. Swagger looks petrified but manages to hit another kick to the right knee of Big Show which forces Show to let the All American loose. Swagger jumps up onto the middle rope and drops an axe-handle onto Show’s ample back.

MATT STRIKER
Brilliant thinking from Jack Swagger, he is one step in front of the Big Show here tonight.

TODD GRISHAM
We all know that all it takes is one right hand though for Show to turn the match around! We’l see if he can after this break.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Swagger kicks the back of Big Show’s knee as he tries to force the Giant back down to the mat and he succeeds as Show falls in stages. Swagger looks around in triumph and he steps around Show and moves quickly to the opposite corner. He runs and jumps over Show, onto the middle rope before splashing the Big Show from the middle rope ... Big Show is down and Swagger goes for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Big Show powers out and Swagger looks frustrated. The All American gets to his feet again and waits for Show to start to get up before hitting a low dropkick to the injured knee and now Show is holding that knee from the intense hammering it has taken. Swagger hits a knee lift to Big Show who is on his knees and takes the Giant down to the mat again. Swagger looks around before deciding the time has come ... he grabs the Big Show’s right leg and attempts to apply the Ankle Lock submission hold.

Big Show is too close to the ropes though and the official forces Swagger to break the hold which he does at the count of 4. Swagger gets to his feet, looking cocky as the referee tells him off and then shoves past the referee as he looks to hit the recovering Big Show once more. However, Show is ready for him and hits three right hands to the mid section of Swagger before pushing him violently into the corner of the ring. Show lifts him up and stands in front of Swagger in the corner before using his large backside to ram Swagger into the corner, not once, not twice but three times. The crowd cheer Show and he smiles wide before lifting Swagger again. Big Show locks in the Bear Hug and Swagger looks desperate as he fights to escape but cannot ... With Swagger beginning to wilt, the referee asks him if he wants to give up but Swagger grabs the referee by the shirt instead and pulls him aggressively into the Big Show who releases the hold surprised. With the referee and Swagger groggy, Big Show checks on the referee before Swagger hits a low blow to Big Show that sends him to his knees and down to the mat ... Swagger grins and locks the ankle lock in again, this time forcing the Big Show to tap out ... but the referee misses it as he is still down on the mat recovering. Swagger releases the hold and goes to fetch the referee before going back to the Ankle Lock again. However, Big Show manages to kick Swagger hard with his spare foot this time and sends Swagger down. Show gets to his feet at the same time as Swagger and delivers a perfect right hand to the face of Jack Swagger that sends the crowd wild. He covers the prone Swagger ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Big Show (8:32)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner ... BIG SHOW!

TODD GRISHAM
What an effort from Jack Swagger, Matt, but in the end it was another victory for the Big Show!

MATT STRIKER
Ladies and Gentlemen, whatever you think about Jack Swagger and his actions, you cannot dispute the effort he put into that match there. He had Big Show beaten, there is no denying that. But the Giant found a way to fight out of trouble and hit that big, right hand to save himself!

TODD GRISHAM
Wait a minute, look who is here on the stage ... It’s CM Punk!

Punk appears on the stage and sarcastically applauds the Big Show who looks at him with a look of dis-trust ... However, Punk stays on the stage and makes no move to the ring. As Big Show begins to walk up the aisle, Punk stands his ground ... and suddenly, Swagger smashes into Show from behind. He locks in the Ankle Lock again and this time refuses to let go despite the numerous officials that pour out from the locker room. Swagger wrenches the ankle over and over and over and the Big Show taps on the floor in agony ... Eventually, Swagger lets go to a cauldron of jeers from the WWE Universe before he exits leaving the Big Show on the floor ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with footage of the Big Show being helped out of the arena after his match and post-match beating at the hands of the All American American, Jack Swagger. Big Show limps out with the help of several officials whilst looking very angry indeed.

TODD GRISHAM
I would not like to be in Jack Swagger’s shoes right now!

MATT STRIKER
The All American American may have made a very big mistake tonight ... but he wants to be respected by men like the Big Show as he fights for a chance to challenge for the World Heavyweight Championship. I sure as hell respect what Jack Swagger did tonight. There aren’t many men in the world that could have reduced Big Show to a wreck like Swagger just did ...

The camera shows Tony Chimel and a referee in the ring waiting ...

TONY CHIMEL
The following contest is set for one fall and is for the WWE Intercontinental Championship!

???
Excuse me!

The crowd boo and jeer immediately as Vickie Guerrero appears on the stage holding a microphone. She looks around in disgust at the boos before screaming ...

VICKIE GUERRERO
I said, Excuse me!

The crowd begin to chant ‘Vickie sucks!’ as she waits for some hush that never comes ... Eventually she gives up and carries on.

VICKIE GUERRERO
Ladies and Gentlemen, let me introduce to you, my boyfriend and the Intercontinental Champion ... DOLPH ZIGGLER!

*** I AM PERFECTION ***



The Intercontinental Champion strides out looking incredibly confident of success in his title defence tonight and takes Vickie by the hand and leads her to the ring. As he walks, he motions to himself and the title belt around his waist before sliding into the ring and taunting the crowd from the middle rope.

*** MASSACRE ***



TONY CHIMEL
Introducing the challenger ... weighing 292 pounds, from Chicago, Illinois ... LUKE GALLOWS!

The crowd cheer for Gallows as he walks determinedly to the ring for his first shot at the Intercontinental Championship. He steps over the rope and removes his jacket before turning to face Ziggler who looks at him in disgust before handing the title over to the referee who rings the bell to begin the match.

TODD GRISHAM
Can Luke really win the Intercontinental Title here with Vickie at ringside?

MATT STRIKER
Let’s face it, Vickie will do her best to protect her man but that doesn’t mean that Luke Gallows has no chance, Todd. He’s got to ignore Vickie’s distractions and concentrate on making sure he wins the title inside the ring.

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion DOLPH ZIGGLER vs. LUKE GALLOWS


Ziggler walks over to Gallows in the centre of the ring and berates him for having the audacity to challenge him for the title in the first place. Gallows keeps his cool for a moment before snapping and slapping Ziggler in the face and going after him as he seeks his first title. The crowd rally behind him and Gallows build momentum, whipping Ziggler into the ropes and clotheslining him out of his boots on the return. He goes for a pinfall early ... 1 ... 2 ... Ziggler kicks out and Gallows stays on him. As Zigglers gets to his feet, Gallows locks him into a belly-to-belly suplex and Ziggler crashes into the mat. Another cover from Gallows ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Vickie is going mad already on the outside and she climbs to the apron to distract Gallows but fails to get his attention and the referee ushers her away. Gallows hits a shoulder block as he comes off the ropes and follows it with a second before hitting a running splash to Ziggler who is down in the centre of the ring. Pinfall again ... 1 ... 2 ... Ziggler kicks out again to the disappointment of the crowd and Gallows. The former SES member stands back and takes a breath, waiting for Ziggler to get back to his feet ... he attempts to hit a high boot into the face of Ziggler but the champion avoids it and manages his first offence as he hits a standing drop kick that staggers the challenger back. Another drop kick sends Gallows down to the mat and Ziggler begins to drop elbows to the challenger, one, two, three, four, five of them, over and over, before he taunts Gallows by running his hands back through his hair and jumps up to deliver a sixth elbow. Vickie applauds her man on the outside as he hooks the leg of Gallows ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Gallows!

Ziggler begins to take control of the match now and he hits a German suplex to the challenger as he looks to put him away. Vickie continues to support her man as he holds the suplex into a cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Gallows escapes again. A powerslam from Ziggler puts Gallows down again and Vickie yells out to Ziggler to ‘Finish him’ ... Ziggler looks to do just that as he waits for Gallows to get up whilst stalking him from behind waiting ... waiting ... Gallows gets to his feet and Ziggler jumps onto his shoulders and locks the sleeper hold on. Gallows attempts to fight out and make the ropes but Ziggler manages to take Gallows down to the mat whilst holding the move. The referee is in position to signal for the bell if Gallows gives up or he loses consciousness but Gallows keeps fighting ... eventually, Gallows manages to get a foot twisted in the ropes but the referee doesn’t notice at first. Vickie rushes round to move his foot but the referee realises at the last moment and demands that Ziggler break the hold. He gets in a shouting match with Vickie whilst Dolph holds the sleeper on longer before the referee finally forces the break. Dolph walks away and sets himself again ...

Gallows gets to his feet, his title dream beginning to drift away, and turns to face Ziggler. Dolph looks to hit the Zig Zag, a reverse bulldog move, but Gallows intelligently grabs the top rope and Ziggler crashes down onto his back. Vickie screams but Gallows could be about to hit the winning move now ... he positions Dolph’s head between his legs and lifts him up as the crowd cheer before hitting a devastating powerbomb. Cover ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No, Vickie Guerrero pulls the referee out of the ring. The referee goes to disqualify Ziggler but Gallows pleads with him not to disqualify him as he can’t win the title that way. The referee agrees and the match continues to Vickie’s displeasure and Gallows argues with the Smackdown Assistant to the GM. Gallows points to Vickie to get out of the way and stop interfering before turning back towards his opponent ... Zig Zag! Ziggler hits the big move and goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Dolph Ziggler retains the Intercontinental Championship!

WINNER: Dolph Ziggler (6:57)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner and still Intercontinental Champion ... DOLPH ZIGGLER!

Ziggler slips out of the ring clutching his Intercontinental Title as the beaming Vickie Guerrero rushes over to him and celebrates his victory. Ziggler glares at the beaten Gallows in the ring who is sat up with his head in his hands and shaking his head in frustration ...

TODD GRISHAM
Gallows had Ziggler beat but Vickie Guerrero to the rescue again ...

MATT STRIKER
Desperately close for Luke Gallows but he let his focus drift to Vickie and that gave Dolph the chance he needed ...

TODD GRISHAM
Dolph Ziggler retains the Intercontinental Championship by the skin of his teeth!

*** MACMILLITANT ***

Teddy Long strides out onto the stage and takes in the cheers of the crowd whilst Dolph and Vickie stumble up the ramp with the title in the possession of the champion ... He addresses them both as his music fades out.

TEDDY LONG
Congratulations, Dolph, another successful title defence. But I’m not sure about how you went about it. That being said, I am the General Manager here on Smackdown so I am here to give you warning that at the Cyber Sunday pay-per-view, you will be defending your Intercontinental Championship against one of three men ... and the WWE Universe will get to decide that man!

The crowd react positively as Ziggler eyes Long suspiciously and Vickie tries to tell Teddy that he should change his mind ...

TEDDY LONG
I’m afraid that Dolph will be defending his title, Vickie. You seem to be forgetting that you are just the assistant to the General Manager. You have no authority over me when it comes to determining Smackdown matches. I have taken your advice on board ... and I’m choosing to dismiss it!

Vickie looks mutinous as Long stands smiling at her and the crowd begin another ‘Vickie sucks!’ chant. She stands there with an evil glint in her eye as Long turns away to address the WWE Universe and Luke Gallows in the ring.

TEDDY LONG
Luke Gallows, that was a fine performance that you gave there. I’m out here to tell you that you will be given a chance to become one of the three men that the WWE Universe will vote between for the Cyber Sunday match. Next week, it will be you, Luke Gallows, against MVP and the winner will be one of the three men in the vote. There will be another match next week between NXT Season 2 winner, Kaval and Alberto Del Rio for another place in the vote. And the third place in the vote will be decided after the break ... it will be Christian ...

The crowd cheer at the GM’s decision to give Christian an opportunity at the Intercontinental Title ...

TEDDY LONG
... against CM Punk! Holla!

The General Manager exits as the cheers for Christian turn into jeers for CM Punk.

TODD GRISHAM
Up next, on Friday Night Smackdown, Christian takes on CM Punk and the winner will go on to Cyber Sunday for a chance of facing Dolph Ziggler for the Intercontinental Championship!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Luke Gallows in the locker room after his valiant effort in the Intercontinental Title match before the break. As he is zipping up a sports bag, the sound of sarcastic applause is heard and the camera pans round to show CM Punk entering the room ...

CM PUNK
A great effort, Luke, great effort. But – just like normal – you came up short in the end. Like all the other alcohol swigging, drug pushing, fast food eating, cigarette smoking idiots here in Manchester ...

The boos are audible from the crowd who are jeering Punk’s insults towards their home city ...

CM PUNK
... you are nothing but a failure without Straight Edge in your life!

LUKE GALLOWS
Is that so, Punk? I’ve never felt better since I left your stupid Straight Edge Society. I’m free to do what I want, I feel happy and determined to make an impact here in the WWE. Tonight, I had my first shot at the Intercontinental Championship and I was this close ...

Gallows shows a small amount of space between his thumb and forefinger ...

LUKE GALLOWS
... this close to winning the title. Next week, I will beat MVP and I will become one of the contenders for the Intercontinental Title at Cyber Sunday. I just hope that the WWE Universe can forgive my actions when I was running around deluded by your crap!

CM PUNK
Big words, Luke, big words. But mark my words, it’s only a matter of time before you slide into obscurity again. Without CM Punk, you will fade away in a haze of hangovers and pill-induced fuzziness until you are back in your old world, back fest-ering away to nothing. Still, you’ll be able to crawl back to your old friend, Jesse, won’t you? Face it, Gallows, you are nothing without me, your straight edge saviour, CM Punk!

Punk turns and walks out of the locker room leaving Gallows fuming and muttering to himself in anger. The camera leaves the locker room and switches to Teddy Long’s office where Long is sat on the leather couch. He looks up, smiles and jumps to his feet and the camera shows Kofi Kingston entering to the delight of the WWE Universe ...

TEDDY LONG
Holla playa, what can I help you with tonight?

KOFI KINGSTON
Teddy, I’m here to tell you how thankful I am for the shot that you gave me at the World Heavyweight Title. I’m determined to reach the top of the WWE and the opportunity you gave me was appreciated.

TEDDY LONG
No problem, Kofi, no problem ...

KOFI KINGSTON
... Teddy, I need to say one thing though. Last night, I had no time to prepare for my match with Kane. You sprung it on me moments before I had to head out to face Kane. Surely, I deserve a title match where I have time to prepare for Kane? I defeated Jack Swagger last week for a title match before the end of 2010 and I was hoping that last night wasn’t it?

TEDDY LONG
Playa, I respect what you’re saying. I gave you a title match last night, like I promised, but I accept that it wasn’t the best situation for you. Here’s what I suggest, Kofi. I’ll give you a shot at becoming the new number one contender for the World Heavyweight Championship ...

KOFI KINGSTON
That’s great, man, I’d like that!

TEDDY LONG
... in a match tonight against ... The Undertaker!

Kofi’s smile drops a little but he keeps cool and accepts the decision. The crowd’s pop at the mention of the Taker fades and Kofi responds ...

KOFI KINGSTON
Teddy, that’s fine. To be the World Heavyweight Champion, I have to prove that I deserve it. Last night, I think I had Kane beaten and the Undertaker messed with my match. I owe him. I respect him but I am determined that tonight I will beat him and take my place at Cyber Sunday against Kane.

TEDDY LONG
That’s official then! Tonight’s main event will be The Undertaker against Kofi Kingston for the right to challenge Kane at Cyber Sunday for the World Heavyweight Championship!

Kofi shakes Teddy Long’s hand and bounds out of the room leaving Long to reflect happily on the decision he just made. The camera returns to the announce table where Todd Grisham and Matt Striker are sat waiting for the next match.

TODD GRISHAM
Huge news from the General Manager’s office! Kofi against Undertaker, tonight, to be the number one contender for the World Heavyweight Championship!

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***



TONY CHIMEL
The following contest is set for one fall and the winner will be one of the potential challengers for the Intercontinental Championship at Cyber Sunday. Introducing first, from Chicago, Illinois, weighing 222 pounds ... CM PUNK!

The Straight-Edge Saviour comes out and kneels down on the stage, checks his wrist and leaps up shouting ‘It’s my time!’ before heading down the ramp to the ring. He is jeered by the fans all the way, Punk is one of the hottest heels on Smackdown and it shows!

MATT STRIKER
A massive opportunity for Kofi Kingston to prove that he is World Title material ... and a massive match coming up next. CM Punk and Christian for the chance to challenge for the Intercontinental Championship at Cyber Sunday!

TODD GRISHAM
Don’t go nowhere!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with CM Punk in the ring taunting the crowd as he prepares for his match with Christian which will decide the first man to be confirmed as part of the vote for the challenger to Dolph Ziggler at Cyber Sunday.

*** JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES ***



Christian makes his entrance as he looks around the arena for his peeps before heading to the ring, a look a amusement on his face ... As he reaches the ring, he stares at CM Punk who is trying to goad him with words in the opposite corner of the ring.

TONY CHIMEL
His opponent, weighing 239 pounds, from Toronto, Ontario, Canada ... CHRISTIAN!

Christian leaps into the ring and the two competitors go head to head, both looking for an advantage as they attempt to intimidate each other ...

TODD GRISHAM
A huge prize on the line here and both these participants know it. A shot at the Intercontinental Title could be up for grabs here.

MATT STRIKER
Whatever you think of CM Punk, there is no doubt that he is an extraordinary athlete and Christian has his work cut out here. I’m not sure that Dolph Ziggler would want to face either of these men at Cyber Sunday!

The bell sounds and the match can begin.

CHRISTIAN vs. CM PUNK

The early stages of the match see Christian and CM Punk trading offense as both seek to gain the advantage in the match. The match begins to get more interesting when CM Punk makes his first attempt at the ‘Go To Sleep’ finishing move but Christian fights out and slithers out of the ring to avoid it. Punk slides out of the ring and stalks Christian before receiving a drop kick that sends him staggering back into the barricade. With Punk down, Christian goes on the offensive, whipping Punk into the ring apron with a jolt to the back. A powerslam to the floor allows Christian to get back into the ring whilst the referee counts Punk out to the delight of the fans ... 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... Punk slides back into the ring and Christian resumes the beating. However, Punk manages to slyly poke Christian in the eye, risking the wrath of the referee, to momentarily take him out of the zone. With Christian’s vision impaired, Punk begins to hit numerous kicks to the chest, mid-drift and hamstrings that send Christian down to his knees. A fireman’s carry from Punk allows him to lock in the Arm Wrench that leaves Christian desperately trying to reach the ropes.

With Christian able to find the bottom rope, Punk decides to release the hold and he sets Christian up for a backbreaker that leaves Christian writhing on the mat. Punk goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Christian kicks out. Punk lifts him up and whips him into the corner before rushing in after him. However, Christian sees Punk coming and counters with a Pendulum kick that gives him time to recover. With the fans cheering him on, Christian goes for a dropkick but this time Punk swats him away and looks to hook on the Anaconda Vice with Christian down on the mat. He locks the submission in but Christian is again too close to the ropes and the referee forces Punk to break the hold. A frustrated Punk tries to drag Christian to the centre of the ring to attempt the submission again but Christian surprises him with a quick roll up pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Punk kicks out and goes to work on Christian with stomps to the mid-section. With Christian down on his back, Punk levers him out under the ropes with his feet and gets involved in a disagreement with the official. As Christian recovers and begins to get to his feet, CM Punk goes for a suicide dive out of the ring to Christian ... Christian moves and Punk goes smashing into the Smackdown announce table!

Christian looks at Punk with a smirk before sliding into the ring and the referee will count Punk out again ... 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... 9 ... Punk just gets back into the ring in time! Fantastic effort from the Straight Edge superstar but Christian is now in control. He pulls Punk up and delivers a DDT before going for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Punk just kicks out in time! Christian waits for Punk to get groggily to his feet before hitting several forearms and whipping him into the ropes. On his return, Christian lifts him and hits a Flapjack before going for another pin ... 1 ... 2 ... shoulder up from CM Punk. Christian looks a little frustrated now but regains his composure and sets himself for the Killswitch ... waiting for Punk to get to his feet ... Christian locks Punk up, twists around ... but Punk fights out and hits a perfect one-hand bulldog to buy himself some time. Punk resumes the battle with an enzuguri to Christian as he staggers back up and then signals to the crowd that it is ‘Go to Sleep’ time by holding his hands to the side of his face. However, Luke Gallows suddenly appears in the aisle and is motioning to Punk that he wants to fight him right now. Distracted, Punk stands at the ropes and tells Gallows to clear off but Christian is recovering ... With Punk not paying attention, Christian wheels Punk around, kicks him in the gut and sets up for a second Killswitch ... this time, he connects and covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Christian is on his way to Cyber Sunday!

WINNER: Christian (9:12)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner ... CHRISTIAN!

As the referee lifts Christian’s hand, CM Punk is furious and throws a mini-tantrum in the corner. Christian shrugs his shoulders and leaves whilst Luke Gallows gets in the ring and points at Punk ... Punk gets to his feet and goes to square up to Gallows but then changes his mind and backs away. As he walks up the ramp, Punk glares at Gallows with a knowing look in his eye before disappearing backstage again.

TODD GRISHAM
So it will be Christian who is the first option for the WWE Universe to consider for their vote for the challenger for Dolph Ziggler’s Intercontinental Championship. Who would win that match, Matt?

MATT STRIKER
I don’t know but it would be one hell of a match for sure. CM Punk though will not be involved but you’ve got to think that Luke Gallows is going to pay.

TODD GRISHAM
CM Punk has been embarrassing Luke Gallows for the past three months and it’s about time that Gallows got his revenge. But Punk will not let tonight drop ...

The camera changes to the backstage area where Kane is stood in an eerie room looking around nervously ... he walks out of the room and into the parking lot which is deserted and looks around for signs of life. Nothing. Kane walks over to a parked car and tentatively tries the handle ... it opens and Kane gets inside, his World Title thrown on the passenger seat and he looks around as he closes the door. He sets off out of the parking lot but suddenly breaks ... the camera catches him up and shows that Kane is staring out of the windscreen at something on the ground ... something gold, glittering in the lights ... it’s the Undertaker’s urn on the floor. Kane speeds off with a petrified look on his face and out of the arena.

TODD GRISHAM
The Undertaker returns ... next.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with footage of Matt Hardy on last week’s Superstars show ...

LAST WEEK ON SUPERSTARS said:


MATT STRIKER
Swagger with the ankle lock, will Matt Hardy tap out this time?

JOSH MATTHEWS
Matt Hardy vowed that he would win tonight, vowed that he would not give in ... Can he hang on?

Hardy writhes around on the mat looking desperately for an escape route as Swagger wrenches the lock further and further trying to break Hardy’s ankle in two. Matt screams in pain, reaching out for the rope but he a long way from it and Swagger has control over him anyway. Hardy tries to twist around to free his other leg to kick out at Swagger but the All American American is too strong ... Hardy finally accepts that there is no escape and with a look of anguish on his face, he taps out and the referee calls for the bell.

WINNER: Jack Swagger (9:32)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner ... JACK SWAGGER!

Swagger releases the hold and the referee raises his hand in victory as Hardy clutches his ankle and drags himself into the corner of the ring. Swagger taunts Hardy but Hardy refuses to react and simply stares at the All American American who exits the ring with a look of arrogance on his face that infuriates the fans at ringside. As Swagger disappears up the ramp and out of the arena, Matt beckons for a microphone and sitting in the corner of the ring, he prepares to announce something to the crowd.

MATT HARDY
I’ve been wrestling here in the WWE for nearly fifteen years. For all that time, I’ve always believed, always dreamt, never given up on the idea that one day, one day, I will be able to win the big one, win the WWE Title, win the World Heavyweight Title ... At times, I’ve been close but never close enough ... and now look at me.

Matt forces himself to his feet and looks around at the WWE Universe who are listening to him intently. He focuses and continues ...

MATT HARDY
I’ve always said that ‘Matt Hardy will not die!’ ... and I’ve always believed in that. I’ve suffered setbacks and low points ... Edge, Lita, Jeff, the list goes on. And in recent times, I’ve been on a losing run that would make even The Goon or the Brooklyn Brawler worry. I’m as far away from achieving my dream as I have ever been ... maybe it is time to give up on the dream, accept that injuries have worn me down and my talents have escaped me?

The fans remain quiet as Hardy pours his soul out in the middle of the ring. He looks devastated and distraught as he could possibly be ...

MATT HARDY
Maybe I’ve had my chance, maybe I blew it? If this is what I’m reduced to, losing week after week after week here on Superstars, never making it to the pay-per-view, never getting close to any title never mind the big titles ... I think I’d rather not be here. I’m going to take a bit of time off and rest my body, rest my mind. I don’t know when I’ll be back ... I don’t know if I’ll ever be back ...

The Matt Hardy fans in the audience plead with Hardy not to quit the WWE but he carries on with a shrug of the shoulders ...

MATT HARDY
I feel like I’m going nowhere and getting their fast. It’s time to take a break, see how the land lies. Maybe I’ll be back, maybe I won’t ... but before I leave tonight, there is one thing I need to do. Throughout my time here in the WWE, whether as a tag team with my brother or as a singles performer, the WWE Universe has continued to support me and root for me in everything I’ve done. If this is the last time I am in a WWE ring, I’d like to say thank you to you all for all the support and love you have shown me. Thank you.

Hardy drops the microphone and waves to the crowd before sliding out of the WWE ring for potentially the last time. He walks back up the ramp, waving to and saluting the fans before he reaches the stage where he turns around and waves to the WWE Universe. However, as he does so, Jack Swagger comes rushing up behind him and smashes him down to the ground again before applying the Ankle Lock one more time. With Hardy tapping on the stage, officials pour out of the back to try and get Swagger to release the hold. After nearly a minute, Swagger finally lets go and leaves Hardy a crumpled wreck on the ground as he arrogantly struts backstage again ...​
TODD GRISHAM
That could be the last we see of Matt Hardy on Smackdown, Matt?

MATT STRIKER
A true professional, a fantastic athlete and if, and it’s still an if, he decides to call it a day, he has nothing to feel ashamed about. Many fabulous WWE wrestlers haven’t won the WWE or the World Heavyweight Championship. Matt has nothing to feel ashamed of.

TODD GRISHAM
But what about the actions of Jack Swagger?

MATT STRIKER
Hey, Swagger has to do what Swagger has to do. He wanted to put the WWE locker room on notice that he is ready to make his big impression on the WWE!

*** S. O. S ***



TODD GRISHAM
Well, from one superstar whose WWE career could be coming to an end to another whose WWE career might be about to lift off right now!

TONY CHIMEL
This contest is set for one fall and will determine the number one contender to challenge Kane for the World Heavyweight Championship at Cyber Sunday. Introducing first, from Ghana, West Africa, weighing 221 pounds ... KOFI KINGSTON!

Kofi comes out onto the stage and the pyrotechnics accompany his ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ actions before he skips to the ring looking confident. He slaps hands with several of the WWE Universe at ringside before entering the ring and standing tall in the corner and signalling the ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ pose again ... Then the music stops and the lights fade out and the arena is plunged into darkness ...

MATT STRIKER
If this is to be the night that Kofi makes the leap into superstardom though, he has one hell of a challenge to get past first!

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***



The arena fills with white spot lights and smoke as the shadow of the Undertaker appears in the Smackdown entrance and the crowd goes wild at the returning Deadman ... Slowly he begins to make his way down to the ring, his eyes focused forwards on the ring, his black coat billowing behind him as he walks ... Fire balls begin to shoot up from the stage and fizzle out almost as quickly as they start ... the Phenom slowly makes his way up the steps and stops, arms spread wide before he lifts them and the lights fade back on and the arena cheers the arrival of the legendary Undertaker. He gets into the ring and removes his hat and coat before staring at Kofi Kingston who is pacing around but is showing no signs of intimidation.

TONY CHIMEL
The opponent, weighing 299 pounds, from Death Valley ... THE UNDERTAKER!

Kofi and the Taker come towards each other in the middle of the ring and a staredown ensues ... Kingston still refuses to be intimidated as the referee signals for the bell and the match can begin.

KOFI KINGSTON vs. THE UNDERTAKER

Kingston bounces around on the balls of his feet as he stares into the face of the Undertaker who looks evil, menacing and ready to destroy something. The two of them begin to circle each other, Taker into a shoot wrestling pose whilst Kofi is moving quicker, trying to keep the Undertaker off balance and looking for a chance to strike. The crowd are a little split as they have two faces on show here ... A chant of ‘Un-der-tak-er!’ is quickly followed by a ‘Let’s go, Kofi!’ chant. Kingston still shows no sign of intimidation, an admirable quality at this stage.

MATT STRIKER
Kofi Kingston has an issue with Undertaker remember? At No Mercy, Kofi believes he had Kane beat when the Undertaker’s gong sounded out ... Kofi believes that the Undertaker cost him the World Heavyweight Title on Sunday night.

Kofi cracks first and goes for a kick to the side of the Undertaker’s leg that wobbles Taker and Kofi hits another kick quickly. On the third kick, Undertaker catches Kofi with a choke thrust and sends Kofi down to the mat. The veteran Undertaker lifts Kofi back up and hits more thrusts to the throat of Kingston before whipping him into the corner and running in for a clothesline. As Kofi staggers out of the corner, Taker grabs Kofi by the throat and forces him backwards over the top rope and down to the outside where Kofi lands hard on the floor.

The Undertaker slowly makes his way outside the ring and goes after Kofi who is groggily recovering from the fall out of the ring. Taker takes him by the hand and pulls him towards him to hit a clothesline again that sends Kofi tumbling to the floor. He is then rolled into the ring and Kingston’s head is protruding under the bottom rope, perfectly placed for Taker to hit another of his favourite moves. He gets up on the ring apron and looks to drop the leg onto Kofi’s exposed head but Kingston sees him coming and moves at the last moment causing Taker to leg drop the edge of the ring instead and fall to the floor. Kingston stalks after him and hits a flying forearm that again wobbles Taker but doesn’t send him down. Kofi takes a run up and hits the forearm again and this time he sends Taker down to the floor. The referee is telling Kofi to get back in the ring so he obeys the order and the Undertaker is given the 10-count to get back. On the count of 6, Taker slides back into the ring and Kofi goes to work with kicks to the back of the Undertaker. A few audible boos are heard from the Undertaker fans whilst cheers are heard from Kingston’s fans. Kingston forces Undertaker out of the ring again and follows this with a suicide dive, the second one of the evening on Smackdown. Unlike CM Punk’s earlier effort though, Kofi connects perfectly and takes the Undertaker into the barricades around the ring forcefully to a loud pop from the crowd as we head into a commercial break ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Kofi Kingston still in charge of the match as he hit a dropkick to the Undertaker that sends him down centre of the ring. Kofi goes for a cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Taker and Kofi has to get more offense in here. Kingston hits another dropkick, this time a low one to Taker’s head as he tries to get up ... this is followed by Kofi’s Boom drop move that connects with the Undertaker’s chest ... 1 ... 2 ... kick out again from Undertaker. Kofi moves back and begins to wait ... Undertaker gets slowly to his feet and Kofi swivels around looking for ‘Trouble in Paradise’ but Undertaker ducks and catches him in a choke hold instead. The crowd cheers as Taker rears back, his eyes bulging from their sockets, ready for the chokeslam. He lifts Kofi high but the Ghanaian manages to kick out whilst in the air and delivers a boot to the side of the Undertaker’s head that takes him down. Both men stagger on landing and the tension between the two is growing ...

A slugfest begins in the centre of the ring as both men launch right hands at each other ... Unsurprisingly, Kingston hits the deck first and as he tries to get up, Taker hits a high boot into the side of Kofi’s head and takes him down again. As Kofi gets up, Taker takes his hand and twists his arm before heading back into the corner ... the crowd chant ‘Old School!’ as Taker climbs the turnbuckle before walking the top rope ... however, Kofi manages to wobble Taker enough and he falls with one leg either side of the top rope. The men in the crowd wince in pain and Kofi manages to get a breather as he waits for Taker to free himself. As soon as he does, Kofi hits him with his ‘Trouble in Paradise’ move and crashes the Undertaker down to the mat. Has Kofi done enough to upset the Undertaker in a massive shock here? He covers the Undertaker, hooks the leg ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No, wait a minute! The Undertaker’s hand has grabbed the bottom rope and the referee madly signals to Kofi and the WWE Universe that Taker has not been pinned despite the 3-count being made. Kofi holds his head in his hands having been so close to the victory.

Kingston steps back again and prepares to go for ‘Trouble in Paradise’ again ... he waits for a groggy Undertaker to get up and then swivels looking for the big kick. This time, Undertaker does not duck but catches the foot of Kofi Kingston and uses it to lift him up for a powerbomb. Kofi’s back and head hit the mat and Taker covers ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Kingston is still alive in this match! Undertaker signals to the crowd that it is time for Kofi to rest in peace. He stands back and waits for Kofi to get to his feet before grasping him in a choke, lifting him high and crashing him down in a Choke Slam. Taker covers Kofi ... 1 ... 2 ... Kofi Kingston kicks out one more time! Unbelievable! Kofi is fighting so hard to earn a title match at Cyber Sunday! Undertaker looks in disbelief at Kingston and looks to set up the tombstone next. He lifts Kingston upside down but Kofi wriggles clear and hits another well placed kick that staggers Taker back to the corner. Kofi takes a run at Undertaker in the corner and jumps up to pin Taker into the corner ... but the Deadman catches Kofi and has him set up now. He lifts him high and hits the ‘Last Ride’ to Kingston. Surely this time, it is over? Taker goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Undertaker is the number one contender for the World Title!

WINNER: Undertaker (12:38)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner and the new number one contender for the World Heavyweight Championship ... THE UNDERTAKER!

As a distraught Kofi Kingston slides out of the ring holding the back of his head and neck, an exhausted Undertaker stares at the young star and nods his head in respect of Kofi’s efforts. Kingston staggers away but nods back at Taker in a show of respect while Taker drops to a knee in the centre of the ring and the lights go out. Taker poses in celebration as he holds out a hand knowing that he is on the way to Cyber Sunday where he will look for revenge one more time against his evil, younger brother Kane.

TODD GRISHAM
Another amazing effort from Kofi Kingston but – yet again – the Undertaker finds a way and emerges victorious.

MATT STRIKER
Great effort from Kofi who is surely on his way to bigger and better things now. I see a World Champion in Kofi Kingston in the future, this match proved that ... but for now, it will be Kane and the Undertaker for the World Heavyweight Championship at Cyber Sunday.

TODD GRISHAM
And Cyber Sunday means that the WWE Universe will be in charge ... they will be deciding the type of match that Kane and Undertaker will have at the pay-per-view.

MATT STRIKER
Kane, be warned ... the Undertaker is back on Smackdown and he is looking ready to become World Champion again.

TODD GRISHAM
Thanks for joining us tonight on Smackdown, good night!

Smackdown ends with the camera showing the Undertaker in blue lights heading out of the ring and back to the stage where he stares into the camera and says ‘Kane ... Your time has come!’ ... Smackdown fades away as the show ends.

********** END OF SHOW **********
 
#22 ·



RESULTS

Great Khali beats Zack Ryder (Pin – 1:24)
Another defeat for Ryder as he is completely destroyed by the Great Khali.

Kelly Kelly defeats Layla (Pin – 5:52)
Kelly defeats the co-Divas Champion to give her title hopes a boost, the K2 providing the finish.

Percy Watson and Husky Harris defeat Cryme Tyme (Pin – 8:01)
An impressive win for Smackdown’s newest tag team arrivals. Cryme Tyme are struggling to make an impact since their return.

Kaval defeats Chavo Guerrero (Pin – 6:47)
Very competitive match that could have gone either way. Kaval gets the win with the two-footed stomp from the top rope.

MAIN EVENT
Vladimir Kozlov defeats Chrisa Jericho (7:53)

Another defeat for Jericho as his cold streak continues. A headbutt to Jericho as he comes off the top rope knocks the former World Champion cold and the Moscow Mauler makes the pin.
 
#23 · (Edited)


MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from London, England



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

The camera pans around the O2 Arena in London as the UK fans go mad for the beginning of this week’s edition of RAW. Meanwhile, Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler introduce the show from the announce table.

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome to Monday Night Raw with myself, the ‘Voice of the WWE’ Michael Cole and the WWE hall of famer, Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler as we get set for another huge night here in the WWE!

JERRY LAWLER
For once, we agree Michael Cole. Tonight we find out who will be involved in the Cyber Sunday main event for the WWE Championship. Will it be Orton vs. Wade Barrett or will there be something else involved?

*** THE GAME ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... TRIPLE H!

The London crowd react positively as Triple H goes through his well established routine as he enters the arena and the ring. He is dressed in street clothes and a leather jacket and looks focused on causing pain and suffering to someone ...

MICHAEL COLE
No prizes for guessing why Triple H is out here, King, he wants Sheamus and he wants him now!

JERRY LAWLER
After his minor distraction last week ...

MICHAEL COLE
... minor distraction? Are you talking about his match with the Miz?

JERRY LAWLER
Of course I am, Cole, the match that your boy, the Miz, lost to a Pedigree!

MICHAEL COLE
The only reason Miz was beaten last week was because of the distraction of yourself and that nerd, Daniel Bryan ...

JERRY LAWLER
Whatever, Cole, Triple H is back focused on destroying Sheamus. Question is, is Sheamus here tonight after he missed last week?

MICHAEL COLE
If I were Triple H, I wouldn’t be concerned about whether Sheamus was here or not, I’d be watching my back in case the Money in the Bank holder appeared ...

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, I’m sure Triple H is not worried about the Miz one little bit!

Triple H takes a microphone and the lights return in the arena as he stands in the middle of the ring waiting ...

TRIPLE H
Mr General Manager ... Is he here tonight?

The crowd laugh at the blunt approach of Triple H as he leans against the ropes waiting for a response from the GM. Within a few seconds, the lights flash and the email alert sound echoes through the arena. Michael Cole gets to his feet and walks over to the General Manager laptop at the side of the desk to a range of boos and jeers.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have just received an email from the anonymous Raw General Manager ... And I quote ... “I’m sorry, Triple H, Sheamus is not here tonight. I received a call moments ago from the WWE doctors informing me that Sheamus was not fit to compete this evening.”

Triple H looks annoyed with this information and snarls as he lifts the microphone to his mouth before growling out ...

TRIPLE H
I knew it. I knew that Sheamus would be avoiding me again tonight. Waiting for me to turn my back so he can attack me from behind again, the coward that he is, just like he did back in April ... Sheamus, you listen to me! It doesn’t matter how long I have to wait, I will get you. And when I get you, I will make you pay for every single day you left me injured and every single day you made me wait. I am going to make you wish that you had never ever set foot in the WWE, I am going to make you ...

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***



Triple H is interrupted by the sound of the music of the Money in the Bank holder, Miz, who strides out carrying his briefcase and dressed in a smart suit whilst his apprentice Alex Riley follows behind as usual. Miz walks onto the stage and has a microphone as he signals for his music to be faded out ...

THE MIZ
Same old, same old Triple H. You’ve been saying the same things, over and over and over again, for the last ten years. Please! I’m begging you ... come up with something original!

The crowd boo and jeer Miz as he laughs with Alex Riley on stage. Meanwhile, a not too impressed Triple H is glaring up the aisle at the Miz who is keeping a safe distance from the Cerebral Assassin.

THE MIZ
Since Sheamus injured you back in April, Triple H, a lot of things have changed here on Monday Nights. Aside from there being no old timers like Shawn Michaels, Bret Hart and Ric Flair hogging the limelight night after night, there is a new WWE superstar taking the world by storm. He is the man who climbed a ladder in July and took down the Money in the Bank briefcase that guarantees that before WrestleMania, he will become the new WWE Champion here on RAW. And do you know who that man is, Hunter?

TRIPLE H
It sure as hell ain’t Alex Riley, I know that much ... But I’m guessing that ‘superstar’ could be you, Miz? If that is the case, then I don’t think too much has changed. You see, there is always some loadmouth young superstar here on RAW with ideas above his stations. There’s always one who has gotten a lucky win and thinks that he has made it. Always one who thinks that he is in the same league as the Game, always one who thinks that he can take down the Cerebral Assassin, always one who wants to make a name off my back. And that man always, always fails ... Always.

THE MIZ
Really? Really? Is that so, Triple H? You see, that might have been true in the past. But not this time. This time, that man is me, the Miz, and I am different. I am the future of the WWE and, as far as I see it, you are the past. The only way you could beat me last week was when I was distracted by the geek and the hall of shamer ...

Loud boos from the WWE Universe for the insult to Jerry Lawler ...

THE MIZ
... when the truth is that I could beat you anytime and anywhere I wanted to. Just like I can become the WWE Champion anytime and anywhere I want to. Because I’m the Miz ... and I’m ... AAAAAWWWWWWWWWEEEESSSSSSOOOOOMMMMMMMMMEEE!

A smirking Triple H nods his head in the ring and sarcastically claps in the direction of the Miz. As Miz mouths away on stage, Triple H speaks into the microphone again.

TRIPLE H
Why don’t you come down here, get into this ring and repeat everything you just said ... face to face?

The crowd cheer and the Miz makes a move towards the ring. Halfway down the aisle, with Triple H motioning him to come forward, the Miz pauses ... before turning back and walking away despite the jeers of the crowd. The email alert sounds again and Michael Cole goes back to the laptop ...

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Miz ... Triple H ... Interesting words. I think that the WWE Universe want to see Triple H and the Miz in the ring again. But last week, Daniel Bryan, Jerry Lawler and Alex Riley all tried to interfere. Now, Jerry, I want you to stay where you are. But later tonight, it will be a Tag Team match ... The Miz and Alex Riley ... against Daniel Bryan ... and Triple H.”

The crowd cheer the announcement as Triple H nods his head in the ring. The Miz is back on stage looking down the aisle at Triple H in the ring and he looks calculating as he listens to the words of his apprentice, Riley, as RAW heads into a commercial break.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** BREAK THE WALLS DOWN ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Winnipeg, Manatoba, Canada ...

The announcement is interrupted and the camera switches to Jericho who is walking to the ring with a microphone demanding that his music is turned down.

CHRIS JERICHO
Turn the music off! Now!

Jericho’s music fades as he walks up the ring steps and steps between the ropes and preparing to speak to the crowd ...

CHRIS JERICHO
Now I don’t care about what all you people here in England want, I don’t care one little bit. But it seems that the RAW General Manager thinks that it is a good idea to put me in a match tonight with a man that is not fit to tie my bootlaces for me. A man that embarrasses the WWE by rapping on his way to the ring and adding idiotic twists to his moves in the ring. I’m far superior to R-Truth in every single way and I do not deserve to be forced to face him tonight on RAW.

The RAW crowd in the O2 Arena jeer and boo as Jericho insults fans’ favourite, Truth, and they respond with a chant of ‘You Suck!’ as Jericho stands smirking in the ring.

CHRIS JERICHO
This morning, I e-mailed the RAW General Manager and informed him that I would not be competing here tonight. I informed him that I needed a little bit of time to get my head focused after the last few weeks. I told the RAW General Manager that as the top superstar here on RAW, I should be allowed to take the night off ...

The crowd shake their heads and show their disagreement with Jericho’s idea ...

CHRIS JERICHO
... but the RAW General Manager replied to me and told me that I was to face R-Truth tonight here in London. He pandered to the whims of all you parasites, hypocritically demanding that I show up here on RAW despite the fact that he hasn’t got the guts to appear on RAW in person. I am forced to perform for all you tapeworms when I should be at home recovering and focusing on what I do best, being the best in the world at what I do. And I’ve heard all the jibes and comments made this week about Chris Jericho and his career after my loss to John Morrison ...

The crowd cheer at the sound of the popular Morrison ...

CHRIS JERICHO
People claiming that I’m past it? People saying that Chris Jericho is finished? People saying that Chris Jericho has to use brass knucks to beat inferior performers like John Morrison? All wrong. Chris Jericho is going to get right back in the game and prove you all wrong. And R-Truth ... you should be having a word with the RAW General Manager about the types of match he puts you in from now on. Every single one of you gelatinous sycophants needs to realise that Chris Jericho ...

Attention turns to the stage as the music of Jericho’s opponent, R-Truth, begins and he dances his way out onto stage ...

*** WHAT’S UP? ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent, weighing in at 235 pounds, from Charlotte, North Carolina ... R-TRUTH!

R-Truth heads to the ring rapping and performing as Jericho watches with a look of disgust on his face. The crowd join in enthusiastically with Truth as he holds the microphone up for them at different points before he signals for the music to be faded out ...

R-TRUTH
London, England ... What’s up?

The crowd respond with a loud ‘What’s Up?’ before R-Truth fixes a gaze on Chris Jericho ready to speak some more ...

R-TRUTH
Face it, Jericho ... your career is on the turn. You couldn’t beat John Morrison fairly at No Mercy, you lost to him last week on RAW, you lost again last week on Superstars to Vladimir Kozlov ... and you’re about to lose again tonight. Face it, you’re the hypocrite round here ... and that’s the truth!

CHRIS JERICHO vs. R-TRUTH

Jericho is clearly offended by the words spoken by R-Truth and quickly gains control of the match and dominates the early exchanges. The turning point of the match comes when Jericho goes for a Lionsault with Truth laid in the middle of the ring but Truth manages to escape and Jericho is caught off balance ... Truth connects with right hands and gets in a degree of offence for the first time in the match. Jericho looks to respond with a clothesline but Truth counters with a stunner like manoeuvre whilst he performs the splits ... An irate Chris Jericho rolls out of the ring and kicks out at the steel steps in frustration before picking up a steel chair and entering the ring. The referee tries to prevent Jericho bringing the chair into the ring but Jericho threatens to swing it at him forcing the referee to rush for cover. Truth stands up to Jericho, daring him to use the chair but Jericho decides to throw the chair down at Truth’s feet. The ref picks the chair up but whilst distracted, Jericho reaches into his trunks and pulls out the brass knucks again ... Wham! Jericho nails R-Truth with a knockout blow and covers for the pinfall. 1 ... 2 ... 3!

MICHAEL COLE
A huge win for Chris Jericho there, King!

JERRY LAWLER
Wait a minute, he used the brass knucks again! Wait, here comes John Morrison ...

Morrison signals to the replays been shown on the screen and the referee watches and sees the offending brass knucks being used by Jericho ... he signals to the timekeeper and tells Justin Roberts something ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, I have just been informed by the referee that due to the illegal use of the brass knucks by Chris Jericho, the match must continue ...

Jericho looks irate whilst the crowd cheer ... Jericho decides to leave and rolls out of the ring before starting to walk up the aisle. However, Morrison grabs Jericho and drags him back to the ring, rolling him back under the bottom rope ... Jericho stands and glares out at Morrison who gestures at him to turn around. As he does, Truth hits a forearm smash whilst incorporating a corkscrew to send Jericho crashing to the mat. As Jericho staggers up, Truth hits a scissors kick and covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: R-Truth (9:12)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... R-TRUTH!

R-Truth’s music echoes around the arena as he celebrates his victory with John Morrison outside the ring. The pair of them walk backwards away from the ring looking towards a devastated Chris Jericho who is looking thoroughly frustrated and annoyed in the ring as he sits up from being pinned. A laughing Morrison and Truth turn their back and Jericho pounds the mat with his fist in anger before getting up and looking around the ring at the crowd. Boos and jeers greet his stares and another ‘You Suck!’ chant begins as Jericho starts to slink out of the ring and away ... He walks up the aisle to the stage with his head down and not like the Chris Jericho known to the WWE Universe ... As he is about to leave the stage, he has one more look around him and his face looks worried.

JERRY LAWLER
Mr. Jericho has a lot on his mind, Cole.

MICHAEL COLE
He is having a tough time right now ... I wonder what the future holds for Chris Jericho. I’ve just been informed on my Blackberry that Chris Jericho will be in action again this week, on Superstars, at the request of the General Manager. He will face R-Truth again to see if he can end his losing streak ...

JERRY LAWLER
We’re not used to Chris Jericho losing so often here in the WWE, it’s got to be bothering him.

*** BROKEN DREAMS ***



MICHAEL COLE
And here come our special guest commentators for our next match tonight, the Tag Team Champions are here on RAW, King!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** GET UP ***



RAW returns with the Usos in the ring – Jimmy and Jey – as they await their match. The camera switches to the announce table where the Tag Team Champions, Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre, are sat with Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler ready to commentate.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This tag team match is set for one fall. Introducing first, from San Francisco, California ... Jimmy and Jey ... the USOS!

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome back to Monday Night Raw, we have the Tag Team Champions here at ringside, hello gentlemen. Nice to have you here.

CODY RHODES
Of course it is, Michael Cole, you have the most handsome man in the WWE sat here, you have the ‘Chosen One’ sat here ... you have the Tag Team Champions, the greatest of all time, sat beside you.

DREW McINTYRE
You must be feeling pretty special tonight, Cole, yeah?

MICHAEL COLE
I certainly am, guys, it’s great to have a tag team like yourselves out here on Monday Night Raw where we usually have to put up with ...

*** NEW FOUNDATION ***



MICHAEL COLE
... these guys! Oh lord ... The dullest men on TV are here on RAW yet again.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And their opponents, at a combined weight of 449 pounds ... David Hart Smith, Tyson Kidd ... the HART DYNASTY!

DREW McINTYRE
You’re being unfair there, Michael Cole, you see, we are here to keep an eye on the RAW tag teams. The standard on RAW is so much more superior to the standard of tag teams on Smackdown.

JERRY LAWLER
Do you include Mark Henry and Evan Bourne in that claim, guys?

CODY RHODES
Listen here, King, we’re here to look at these two teams, to scout them and to make sure that we’re ready for whichever of them we have to face. We’re not interested in Mark Henry and Evan Bourne ... they’re not up to Tag Team Championship standard.

MICHAEL COLE
And the Hart Dynasty are?

CODY RHODES
They certainly are, Cole. We need to scout them just in case we need to face them soon.

JERRY LAWLER
Some people are suggesting that you are scared of Mark Henry and Evan Bourne. Is that why you’re here?

DREW McINTYRE
We have no reason to fear Henry and Bourne, in fact, we have no reason to get involved with them in any way. They are not going to be getting any Tag Team title matches any time soon so we are just avoiding them and their matches. We’re definitely not scared in any way, shape or form.

HART DYNASTY vs. THE USOS

In a competitive match, the combination of Tyson Kidd’s speed and agility and the power and strength of David Hart Smith gives the Dynasty an advantage for the majority of the contest although the Usos manage to get in several counters that have the former champions reeling. A counter from the Usos allows them to take down both members of the Dynasty and the Usos head for the top ropes to perform a double diving splash to their opponents. As they take off, Kidd and Smith both move and the Usos crash head first into the mat. With the two dazed, legal man Kidd hits a series of kicks to take Jimmy out of the ring whilst David Hart Smith lifts the other legal man, Jey Uso, for a suplex as a tribute to his father, the late British Bulldog. As he connects with the suplex, the referee ushers him out of the ring to leave Kidd and Jey in the ring. Kidd locks in the sharpshooter and Jey Uso taps out within moments ...

WINNER: Hart Dynasty (5:37)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners via a submission ... the HART DYNASTY!

The Hart Dynasty celebrate their win with Natalya and start to stare at the Tag Team Championship belts over the shoulders of Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes as they leave the commentary position. Rhodes sarcastically claps the winners as his partner accompanies him around the ring leaving the Harts to continue their celebration.

JERRY LAWLER
Don’t you think that the Hart Dynasty deserve a title shot now, Cole?

MICHAEL COLE
What? For one win over the Usos? Of course not, they’ve got to do more than that. Anyway, next up, Wade Barrett and the Nexus will be out here with a message for John Cena. We’ll see you in a moment.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with the music of the Nexus accompanied by the boos of the crowd although there are several cheers for the British leader of the group ...

*** WE ARE ONE ***





JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... NEXUS!

Leader of the Nexus, Wade Barrett, is accompanied to the ring by his loyal team of Heath Slater, Justin Gabriel, David Otunga and Skip Sheffield as he heads to the ring, with all five men wearing Nexus t-shirts and armbands. They enter the ring and stand facing the cameras with Barrett stood in front with a microphone. The jeers of the majority of the crowd intensify as the music fades out ...

WADE BARRETT
Is that any way to welcome home a national hero?

The crowd boos louder although there are distinct cheers for the Nexus group from the Cena hating Brits in attendance. Barrett looks around in mock confusion as Heath Slater plays to the crowd by signalling for them to quieten down.

WADE BARRETT
Last week, I beat both John Cena, the so called ‘face of the WWE’ and the WWE Champion, Randy Orton, in a Triple Threat match. I deserve to be cheered, I deserve to be knighted ... I destroyed the two heroes of the WWE.

A replay of the finish of last week’s match is aired on the titantron ...

As Orton stumbles round, Cena lifts him up to his shoulder and delivers a perfect Attitude Adjustment to the WWE Champion! He goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No! The WWE Champion has kicked out! Cena is in shock but rolls Orton over and goes for the STF submission instead. Orton tries to fight out of it but is struggling when Barrett suddenly leaps into the ring again and drags Cena off Orton.

Barrett drags Cena out of the ring and runs him shoulder first into the steel steps where Cena clutches his shoulder that he hurt earlier in the match. Barrett returns to the ring with Cena down and lifts a beleaguered Orton to his feet and sets up for Wastelands ... this time, Orton cannot escape and Barrett slams his prone body down on the mat. Barrett goes for the cover, hooks the leg of the champion ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Wade Barrett has pinned the WWE Champion!

WINNER (13:42): WADE BARRETT

JUSTIN ROBERTS

Here is your winner ... WADE BARRETT!

MICHAEL COLE
Oh my word! Wade Barrett has pinned Randy Orton here tonight and has won the match ... that means that there will be no John Cena in the Cyber Sunday WWE Title match!

JOSH MATTHEWS
And what a message Barrett has just sent to the champion, Cole! Even without his Nexus buddies, Barrett has just cleanly pinned the champion! That is going to play on Orton’s mind in the coming weeks as we head towards Cyber Sunday!​
As the replay ends, the camera switches back to Wade Barrett who looks smug with his group behind him nodding their heads appreciatively ...


WADE BARRETT
Like I said, I destroyed John Cena and Randy Orton last week on RAW. Last week, I pinned the WWE Champion, just like I said I would, I ended John Cena’s hopes of a WWE Championship match – again – just like I said I would. At Cyber Sunday, it will be Randy Orton and Wade Barrett for the WWE Championship ... and Orton ... you know it, I know it, the whole world saw it ... I pinned you 1, 2, 3 in this very ring. At Cyber Sunday ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



The WWE Universe explodes as John Cena comes bounding out onto the stage, interrupting the number one contender, looking fed up of listening to Wade Barrett. He stands on the stage, not willing to get in the ring for another Nexus beating, and shakes his head as he prepares to speak ...

WADE BARRETT
What do you want Cena? I beat you at No Mercy, I beat you and Orton last week on RAW, I am the number one contender, you have no business out here.

JOHN CENA
Calm down, Barrett, calm down. I’m out here for one reason ... I was fed up of hearing you drone on and on and on again ... man, change the record!

WADE BARRETT
Cena ... I am warning you to turn round and get out of the Nexus’ sight. You have no business out here ... Last week, the General Manager gave you a shot at a Triple Threat match at Cyber Sunday and you blew it.

JOHN CENA
That’s right, Barrett, I blew it. And you know what? If I were you, I’d be annoyed that somebody else who wasn’t the number one contender was out here as well. But I’m out here to ask the General Manager to give the people what they want ...

WADE BARRETT
What the people want? That has nothing to do with this, Cena, these people here in London don’t matter! They ...

Large boos ring out around the arena as Barrett insults the people of London ...

WADE BARRETT
... they are what we, in Manchester and the North of England, call ‘Cockneys’ ... they talk funny, they talk rubbish and they haven’t got a clue about what they want!

A loud chant of ‘Who are ya?’ greets Barrett, a popular football chant in England ...

JOHN CENA
I disagree with you, Wade. You see, the pay per view that you want to challenge for the WWE Championship at is called ... Cyber Sunday. At that pay per view, it will be up to the people, the WWE Universe, to make the decisions about the matches. Now, I’m pretty sure that the General Manager hasn’t decided what the WWE Universe will be voting on in the title match ...

Barrett shakes his head at Cena and throws a glare of contempt towards him ...

JOHN CENA
... so I’m suggesting to the General Manager, whoever he or she may be, wherever they may be ... I’m suggesting that one of the options for the people to vote for is ... John Cena entered into the match as a Triple Threat!

WADE BARRETT
Now, look here, Cena ... you lost at No Mercy, what makes you think you deserve a chance of any kind at the WWE Championship?

JOHN CENA
Hey, if it’s what the people want, Wade, it’s what the people want ... So come on General Manager, what is it to be?

The tension builds as the WWE Universe, Nexus and Cena await the email to inform them of the GM’s decision. Instead, the music of the WWE Champion rings out around the arena ...

*** VOICES ***



The WWE Champion saunters out onto the stage, his WWE Championship belt draped over his shoulder and carrying a microphone. He looks at John Cena without emotion and stands on the stage close to Cena but not threatening him in any way ... However, Orton also knows better than to get into the ring with Nexus ...

RANDY ORTON
It doesn’t matter whether it is Wade Barrett, John Cena or both of you ... at Cyber Sunday, there will only be one winner – me. I may have lost last week, Wade Barrett, I may have had my shoulders pinned by you but that does not worry me. It spurs me on to kick you in the skull after I RKO you to retain my WWE Championship.

The cheers of the crowd echo through the O2 Arena as Orton turns to face Cena ...

RANDY ORTON
And Cena ... I might respect you more than Barrett, I might even say that I have grown to appreciate what you bring to the WWE. But the truth is this ... I have beaten you before for the WWE Title and I can beat you again if you get in my way.

This time, the reaction is mixed as the fans of Cena and Orton boo and cheer in equal measures ...

RANDY ORTON
What I am saying is this ... whether I face one of you or both of you at Cyber Sunday, there will be one outcome ... Randy Orton will still be the WWE Champion.

Orton raises the WWE Championship high to the cheers of the crowd ... but the lights flash and the email alert sound echoes through the arena. Michael Cole stands up to read the email at the GM stand.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have received an email from the RAW General Manager ... and I quote ... “Gentleman ... you all make valid points. John Cena deserves a chance to win the WWE Championship, Wade Barrett is the number one contender ... and Randy Orton, I’m sure that you don’t care who you face. The truth is though that Cyber Sunday should be determined by the fans. So, Cena ... I’m offering you a chance tonight. In the main event, we will have a six man tag team match. It will be three members of Nexus ... against John Cena ... Randy Orton ... and a partner of your choosing. If Nexus win, it will be Wade Barrett and Randy Orton at Cyber Sunday for the WWE Championship. If John Cena makes the winning fall, the WWE Universe will get to determine whether it will be a Triple Threat or not at Cyber Sunday. And if Randy Orton or your partner make the winning fall? Then it will be up to that person to decide which way we go ...”

The RAW music sounds and Orton and Cena glance at each other as they try to work out if they can trust the other tonight in the six-man tag match. Meanwhile, Nexus are huddled together with Wade Barrett discussing the situation animatedly in the middle ... The camera switches backstage where we see Laycool ready for action ...

JERRY LAWLER
When we come back, Laycool face the Bellas ... I cannot wait for this one!

RAW switches to an advertisement for the upcoming pay-per-view, Cyber Sunday.


CYBER SUNDAY
2 WEEKS

Your chance to vote and shape the WWE!


*** NOT ENOUGH FOR ME ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This tag team match is set for one fall ... Introducing first, the co-Divas Champions ... Michelle McCool and Layla ... LAYCOOL!

MICHAEL COLE
Here come the self proclaimed Divas Champions, King, not happy with the actions of the Bella Twins last week on Monday Night Raw ...

JERRY LAWLER
Well, it was the Bella Twins that came down to the rescue of Melina as Laycool tried to beat her down. Melina needed some help and the beautiful Bellas rode in to rescue her!

MICHAEL COLE
On Friday Night Smackdown, Laycool had words for both the Bellas and Melina. First up, they told us that they were not giving Melina another title shot and then they informed us that they would be here tonight to come after the Bella ‘freaks’ ...

JERRY LAWLER
Freaks? They need their pretty little heads looking at, Cole!

Both Layla and Michelle McCool are ready for action and they do their usual belt kissing routine before the Bellas music hits and the identical twins make their way to the ring ...

*** YOU CAN LOOK (BUT YOU CAN’T TOUCH) ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And their opponents, from Scottsdale, Arizona ... Nikki and Brie, the BELLA TWINS!

BELLA TWINS vs. LAYCOOL

The Bella Twins start out fast and have Layla separated from her partner, Michelle, unable to make the tag. The twins make frequent tags in and out and have Layla staggering around at one point before Nikki hits her with a forearm from outside the ring ... allowing Brie to roll up Layla for the pin. The referee counts ... 1 ... 2 ... Layla’s foot is on the rope. As Nikki and Brie look frustrated, Michelle McCool suddenly runs into the back of Brie and sends her headfirst into the corner of the ring taking the referee with her so he fails to see McCool’s interference. With the referees focus momentarily lost, Michelle slams Brie to the mat before hightailing out of the ring. Nikki complains to the referee but he begins to count both divas down ... Layla is first to her feet, groggily, and she begins to stomp away at Brie who retreats into the corner of the ring. With Brie in the ropes, the referee pulls Layla away and whilst his attention is drawn, Nikki pulls her twin out of the ring and takes her place in the corner. As Layla moves in, Nikki – despite the screams from Michelle – catches Layla unaware and rolls her up for the pin. 1 ... 2 ... Layla kicks out, looking shocked ... The British diva rushes to tag in Michelle McCool who hits a clothesline to the now legal Nikki ... she picks up Nikki and hits the Faith Breaker before covering for 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Laycool (2:53)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners ... LAYCOOL!

Layla and Michelle McCool celebrate in the ring like they just won an Olympic gold medal and hug and jump around as the Bellas fade away. Michelle summons for two microphones and the annoying duo steady themselves to say something to the WWE Universe.

MICHELLE McCOOL
Well, we said we’d be here to show the Bella Freaks not to mess with us!

LAYLA
That’s right, ‘Chelle, and now the Bellas know ... Laycool are flawless!

MICHELLE McCOOL
By my count, Lay, that’s the Bella Freaks not getting a shot at the Divas Championships, we don’t have to defend against Wah-Wah-Wah-Melina anymore ... There is nobody who can get to our titles!

LAYLA
That’s right ... At Cyber Sunday, we will be able to have the night off to watch!

The crowd boos, some cheering ironically, as Laycool jump around and scream like a couple of schoolgirls again ... However, they are interrupted ...

*** POPPIHOLLA ***

JERRY LAWLER
Hey, it’s the new boss! It’s Chip Butty!

MICHAEL COLE
Chip Butty ... he hasn’t been on screen since the first night of his tenure here in the WWE. I wonder why he’s out here now ...

JERRY LAWLER
We can hope that it is to formally fire these two morons in the ring!

Chip gets into the ring wearing jeans and a sports top and takes a microphone before turning to address Laycool who are eying him suspiciously ...

CHIP BUTTY
Good evening, London! And good evening, Laycool, lovely to meet you here tonight ...

Laycool don’t look pleased to see the boss and you can see their minds racing as they try to figure out why he is here to see them.

CHIP BUTTY
Now, I’m sure that you’re wondering why I am out here? I’m out here for a very important reason ... the WWE Divas Championship. For the last few months, you two have been walking round declaring yourselves the co-Divas champions ... And there is something that I don’t quite understand about it.

Layla and Michelle McCool shift uncomfortably, not their usual cocky selves, aware that here is the one person in the WWE that they are not allowed to insult ...

CHIP BUTTY
Layla ... we’re here in your home country, in the UK ... the place where you were brought up as a child. The same country as I was brought up in. A few months ago, when you won the Divas Championship, many people here in the UK would have been very happy for you. Layla, the first ever British Divas Champion!

But what did you do with the title?

You, for some reason, decided to share it with Michelle McCool here. Started referring to yourselves as the co-Divas Champions, Laycool. And that is why I am out here ... at Cyber Sunday, the Divas Championship will be defended against the Divas of the WWE Universe’s choosing ...

Laycool look unhappy at this decision and look to interrupt but before they can, Chip continues on ...

CHIP BUTTY
And the Divas Champion will be defending the title. That’s right, Michelle ... Layla will be defending her Divas Championship!

Michelle and Layla stare at each other open mouthed before Michelle throws a mini-tantrum whilst declaring that she is the co-Divas Champion with Layla ... Layla looks thoughtful as she reflects on what the owner of the WWE just told her ...

CHIP BUTTY
But, there is one more thing, Layla. At Cyber Sunday, you will defend the Divas Championship that you won, the Divas Championship that belongs to you ... against one of ... Melina ... Kelly Kelly ... or ... Michelle McCool!

The crowd cheer at the prospect of the individual members of Laycool fighting over the Divas Championship and the two of them stop and look to each other ... Chip smiles at both ladies before exiting the ring to cheers as Poppiholla sounds out again. Layla is the first of Laycool to move as she slowly edges her way out of the ring and starts walking back out of the arena up the ramp ... Michelle’s eyes follow Layla as she walks away before the Divas Champion turns around on the stage and looks back towards her partner ... The camera zooms in on a confused looking Layla as she ponders over her Cyber Sunday potential match with Michelle in less than 2 weeks time ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with the camera panning around the crowd ... and then the email sound echoes around the arena and the lights flash as the WWE Universe boos Michael Cole as he steps up to the laptop.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have an email from the RAW General Manager ... and I quote ... “Edge. Ring. Now.”

A silence follows before finally Edge’s titantron and music starts and the Rated R Superstar begins to make his way towards the ring.

*** METALINGUS ***



Edge makes his way to the ring looking a little sheepish after the General Manager admonished him last week and banned him from discussing the identity of the GM. Edge was told by the GM that he would reveal himself at Cyber Sunday as well as punishing the Ultimate Opportunist by placing him in a match ... Is it time for Edge to find out his Cyber Sunday opponent?

EDGE
Erm ... I’m err ... here?

Silence for a moment and then the email alerts go off again and Michael Cole reads from the laptop once more.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Edge ... As you know, I am planning to reveal myself at the upcoming pay per view, Cyber Sunday. It’s going to be a memorable night in New York as the WWE returns home to Madison Square Garden, I reveal myself ... and you wrestle for your career.”

Edge looks at Cole in shock, disbelieving, as the announcer continues ...

MICHAEL COLE
“You see, Edge, I saw the No Mercy match between John Morrison and Chris Jericho and it made me think. Over the past few months, Jericho and yourself have constantly criticised me, mocked me, challenged me ... you weasel your way out of situations, cheating and scheming and never paying your dues ... well, that will end for you at Cyber Sunday. Because it will be you, Edge ... against Chris Jericho ... against John Morrison ... in a Retirement Match!”

Cheers from the crowd at the announcement from the GM ...

MICHAEL COLE
“It will be a Triple Threat and if you lose, Edge ... you will be fired from the WWE, you will be forced into retirement. And the same goes for Jericho ... if he loses, he will be retired from the WWE. But what about John Morrison? There is no way I would force him to retire. He is everything that you and Jericho are not. He plays the game the right way, he entertains the fans ... At Cyber Sunday, John Morrison gets chance to defeat both you and Jericho and retire you both!”

The crowd roar at this announcement as they sense that it may be the end of the line for at least one of Jericho or Edge ...

MICHAEL COLE
“So, I’m looking forward to Cyber Sunday, Edge. If you lose your match, I will reveal myself immediately afterwards ... just in time to wave you goodbye! And one more thing, Edge ... take next week off. Get used to watching RAW on the TV!”

An irate Edge is left standing in the ring, grabbing at his hair, a look of pure hatred on his face ... Michael Cole sits down with Jerry Lawler as the camera focuses on Edge who looks close to breaking point.

JERRY LAWLER
What an announcement from the General Manager! Edge against Chris Jericho against John Morrison ... and if Edge, Jericho or both of them lose the match, they’re gone, fired, retired from the WWE!

MICHAEL COLE
A huge announcement for Cyber Sunday in two weeks time ... we have learnt two matches in the last few moments! As King mentioned, Edge, Jericho and Morrison meet in a ‘Retirement’ match whilst Layla – now named as ‘the’ WWE Divas Champion by owner, Chip Butty, will defend that title against either Melina, Kelly Kelly or her Laycool buddy, Michelle McCool. It will be up to the WWE Universe to make their decision on who should challenge Layla for the title ...

JERRY LAWLER
I can’t wait to find out more matches for Cyber Sunday, who will the WWE Universe choose to challenge for the WWE Championship?

MICHAEL COLE
Tonight, John Cena teams up with WWE Champion Randy Orton and a partner of their choosing to face three men from Nexus. If Nexus win, Wade Barrett will challenge for the WWE Title at Cyber Sunday. If Cena makes the winning pin, Cena will join Barrett in challenging Orton for the title ... and if Orton wins, it will be up to the champion to choose for himself! Enough of that though, next up we have the Miz live here on Monday Night Raw!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following tag team match is set for one fall. Introducing first, the team of ALEX RILEY and the current Money in the Bank holder ... THE MIZ!

Miz and Riley come out onto the stage with Riley carrying Miz’ briefcase and Miz holding a microphone as he begins his arrogant saunter down the stage. Halfway down, he holds his hand up to signal for a fading of his music ...

THE MIZ
Tonight is the night that things in the WWE change forever. It will be out with the old and out with the goofy, in with the future of the WWE in The Miz and Alex Riley as we stand tall ... Who does Triple H think he is? After eight months, he thinks that he can just walk back into the WWE and start demanding this and demanding that, claiming this and claiming that ... Newsflash! Triple H, there is a new superstar here in the WWE, a new headline act, a new ‘King of Kings’ ...

Miz hands the microphone over to Riley as he climbs through the ropes and Riley takes his chance to add his thoughts ...

ALEX RILEY
You people should get up onto your feet right now and show respect to this man, the future of the WWE, the soon to be WWE Champion! Do you realise what you are witnessing here? You people are as close to awesomeness as you are ever going to get. Show him some respect now!

The WWE Universe jeer and chant ‘You Suck!’ but the Miz laughs at them and looks quizzically at them ...

THE MIZ
We suck? Really? Really? Really? It doesn’t matter what you think anyway, deep down inside Triple H knows it, Daniel Bryan knows it, the whole WWE Universe knows it ... I am the future of the WWE, I am going to be the WWE Champion very soon, I am going to win the WWE Championship and hold onto it for a very long time. You people will respect me in the end ... because I’m the Miz ... and I’m .... AWWWWWWWWWWWWWESSSSSSOOOOOOMMMMMEEEEE!!!!

As Miz delivers his big finish, he is semi-interrupted by the music of his opponent, Daniel Bryan ...

*** RIDE OF THE VALKYRIES ***

Daniel Bryan walks out onto the stage and he also has a microphone in his hand ready to respond to the Miz’ comments ...

DANIEL BRYAN
You know what, Miz? I kinda respect that you believe in yourself ... you’re wrong, but I respect that you believe that you can reach the top of this business. However, I think you’re making a big mistake ... yeah, I do ... I think that it is you who needs to show respect. You don’t disrespect an 11-time World Champion ...

The crowd applaud Daniel Bryan’s comments whilst Miz and Riley stand staring at the advancing Bryan, an icy cold glare on the face of the Miz ...

DANIEL BRYAN
Now at Cyber Sunday, Miz, Triple H has no intention of getting involved in a feud with you. He is determined that he is going to get his hands on Sheamus ... but I’m not. Since I arrived here in the WWE way back on NXT, you have done nothing but disrespect me. Therefore, I am issuing you a challenge ... me and you, one on one, at Cyber Sunday. We let the WWE Universe choose the stipulations ...

THE MIZ
What makes you think that you are in my league, Bryan? I deliberately lost the US Title to you back at Night of Champions. You are not in my league. That title is as far as you are ever going to get here in the WWE whereas me ... well, I’m heading straight for the top!

DANIEL BRYAN
If that is the case, Miz, you have nothing to fear in facing me at Cyber Sunday have you?

Miz ponders for a moment and mutters to Alex Riley who is stood beside him ...

THE MIZ
You know what? You’ve got your match. At Cyber Sunday, it will be a pleasure for me to show you once and for all who deserves the respect around here!

DANIEL BRYAN
We’ll see about that, Miz. But now, we have a match to concentrate on ...

Bryan turns his head and looks towards the titantron and waits expectantly ... the tron flashes and the music of the Game hits London once more ...

*** THE GAME ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And there opponents ... the United States Champion ... DANIEL BRYAN ... and the Game ... TRIPLE H!

Triple H heads for the ring with his usual entrance and joins Daniel Bryan in the corner as they prepare to start the match. It will be Daniel Bryan and Alex Riley starting the match ...

ALEX RILEY & THE MIZ vs. DANIEL BRYAN & TRIPLE H

Alex Riley takes a real beating early on in the contest as first Daniel Bryan, then Triple H, deliver some devastating offence and it’s a credit to Riley that he finally manages to make a tag to Miz ... The Money in the Bank holder points to Daniel Bryan and Triple H tags in the US Champion so that he can lock up with the Miz. However, the Miz resorts to dirty tactics to take advantage of Daniel Bryan and takes control of the match for his team. Quick, frequent tags between Miz and Riley allow them to isolate Daniel Bryan who cannot find the tag to his partner despite a couple of near misses ...

Finally, Daniel Bryan manages to catch Riley off-guard and he delivers several stunning kicks that leave both men down on the mat. The referee begins to count as both men crawl to their corners looking for the tag ... Daniel Bryan gets to Triple H and makes the tag which is noticed by the Miz who jumps down from the apron and refuses the tag from his partner, Riley. Triple H goes to work on Alex Riley and delivers a perfect back body drop that leaves Riley sprawled out on the mat. Miz continues to watch and refuses to get back on the apron as Triple H keeps an eye on him throughout ... Triple H begins to set himself for the Pedigree and has Riley in place when the Miz makes his attack. However, Hunter sees the Miz coming and cuts him off with a right hand ... with Miz wobbling, Triple H delivers a string of fists to the Awesome One and knocks him off guard before clotheslining him up and over the ropes. Hunter talks smack to Miz on the floor as a commotion can be heard building elsewhere. Triple H turns to go back to Riley when BAM! Brogue Kick from Sheamus!

WINNER: NO CONTEST (6:46)

JERRY LAWLER
Sheamus! Where did he come from?

MICHAEL COLE
This doesn’t look good for Triple H, King ... Sheamus has brought a steel pipe with him too! The same weapon he used to injure Triple H after WrestleMania!

JERRY LAWLER
A steel pipe? Oh no, not this again!

Sheamus lines up the steel pipe waiting for Triple H to get to his feet ... as he does, Sheamus waits and waits before thumping it into the stomach of Triple H who doubles up in pain on the mat ... Sheamus sets again but Daniel Bryan is now in the ring looking to stop Sheamus ... he gets a steel pipe to the shoulder and both men are down. Miz and Alex Riley are edging away up the ramp to safety as Sheamus waits again ... this time, Triple H is sent crashing down with a pipe shot to the back of the neck and Sheamus taunts to crowd with his chest bashing salute ... the crowd jeers and boos but Sheamus smiles cockily before turning his attention back to Triple H. With the steel pipe now down, Sheamus now grabs a lifeless Triple H and lifts him up high into the Celtic Cross ... dropping the 11-time champion down onto the back of his neck and shoulders ...

*** WRITTEN IN MY FACE ***

Sheamus’ music rings out as he marches up the ramp and away leaving Daniel Bryan and Triple H laid out of the mat. He looks pleased with himself as he taunts the crowd once more from the stage. As he stands there, Triple H lifts his head up from the mat just enough to stare under the bottom rope, looking furious yet dazed ... Sheamus mockingly laughs out loud before turning his back and leaving the stage.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with a replay of the shocking ending to the last match and the attack from Sheamus to Triple H with the steel pipe. Replays are shown of Triple H being helped out of the arena and the camera pans around to a worried looking Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler ...

MICHAEL COLE
King, how devastating would it be for Triple H to fight back from a near career ending injury only to be destroyed again by the man who injured him in the first place?

JERRY LAWLER
It would be devastating but we all know what Triple H did to Sheamus at No Mercy. Knowing what Sheamus is like, you can bet he will believe that his actions tonight were justified.

MICHAEL COLE
We can only hope and pray that Hunter is not seriously injured.

JERRY LAWLER
And what about Daniel Bryan?

MICHAEL COLE
The United States Champion was also struck by Sheamus with the steel pipe as he tried to help his partner, Triple H ...

JERRY LAWLER
I notice that your main man, the Miz with Alex Riley, I notice that they didn’t try to stop the assault. They just hightailed it and got out of here. I suppose that you think that they did the right thing?

MICHAEL COLE
King, the Miz is the future of the WWE ... Why would he get in the way of a maniac brandishing a steel pipe? That would be suicidal. The Miz did the right thing.

The camera switches to the backstage interview area where Josh Matthews is waiting ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
Please welcome my guest at this time ... Randy Orton!

The crowd cheer as Orton comes into view with the WWE Championship belt over his shoulder looking chiselled and confident as he awaits the question ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
Randy ... Tonight, you’re involved in a six man tag match against the Nexus as you team up with John Cena and a mystery opponent. How will your relationship with Cena impact on this match? If Cena wins, he could be a second challenger for the title at Cyber Sunday ...

RANDY ORTON
John Cena ... It’s no secret that John Cena and myself have not seen eye to eye while we have both been here on Monday Night Raw. We’ve had some brutal battles, numerous championship matches, career threatening injuries ... Tonight, I have no problem teaming up with John Cena. But Cena needs to remember one thing: no man, whoever they are, will take this WWE Championship away from me. Tonight, we are partners but if ... and it is a big if, Josh ... if Cena manages to make the winning pinfall, then he will become just one more person destined for an ... R ... K ... O!

JOSH MATTHEWS
If you win Randy, it will be up to you to choose whether Cena gets a shot at the title. Will you allow him to challenge?

Orton looks at Josh Matthews and smirks a little before turning and walking away without giving an answer ... The camera switches back to Lawler and Cole who look serious.

MICHAEL COLE
Huge main event, King, can John Cena get the pinfall and secure himself a shot at the WWE Title? And who will be the mystery partner chosen by Orton and Cena to be on their team tonight as they face the Nexus?

JERRY LAWLER
I don’t know, Cole, but we’re about to find out!

*** WE ARE ONE ***





JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following six man tag match is set for one fall. Introducing first ... THE NEXUS!

Wade Barrett leads his Nexus team down to the ring looking confident and arrogant. All five men enter the ring and Barrett heads over to take a microphone. Who will he choose to be on the Nexus team?

WADE BARRETT
I’m sure that John Cena and Randy Orton would love to get their hands on me tonight. However, that is not going to happen as Wade Barrett does not need to get involved in this match. Instead, three of my Nexus team are going to face and destroy Cena, Orton and their mystery partner. I will use the time to scout Randy Orton’s weaknesses from ringside ahead of our title match at Cyber Sunday, the night that I become WWE Champion.

The crowd jeer as Barrett looks round smugly before focusing his attention on the four other members of Nexus ...

WADE BARRETT
But which one of you four have I decided will also not take part in tonight’s match? This is a chance for three of you to show your devotion to the cause, to show what being a part of the Nexus is all about ... And Justin Gabriel? You are going to sit this one out ...

Gabriel looks shocked and his eyes widen at the decision as Heath Slater, Skip Sheffield and David Otunga prepare for the match by removing their Nexus t-shirts. Gabriel exits the ring and doesn’t look happy at being kept out of the match but Barrett heads over to him and reassures him although the conversation looks a little strained after Barrett’s decision. Suddenly, the music of John Cena interrupts and the crowd erupt with cheers.

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Their opponents ... introducing first, from West Newbury, Massachusetts ... weighing 240 pounds ... JOHN CENA!

Cena salutes the crowd before running down the walkway and sliding into the ring where he salutes the crowd further. The three members of the Nexus team scatter as Cena enters the ring and Cena throws his purple t-shirt into the crowd before his music disappears and is replaced by the WWE Champion’s music instead.

*** VOICES ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And his partner ... from St. Louis, Missouri ... weighing 245 pounds ... he is the WWE Champion, RANDY ORTON!

Orton saunters down to the ring and into the ring where he poses for the crowd at the middle rope before getting down and coming face to face with his partner tonight, John Cena. Both men eye each other suspiciously and Cena begins to talk to Orton, looking like he is talking sense into Orton about their teaming up rather than anything else, whilst the Viper remains silent and reflective ... As they stand looking at each other, another theme rings out.

*** DOMINATION ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And ... from Guyana, South America, weighing 270 pounds ... EZEKIEL JACKSON!

The Guyanese Goliath makes his way out to a pop from the WWE Universe as he heads towards the ring as the third partner for Orton and Cena. The camera focuses on Barrett who looks a little worried as Jackson joins Cena and Orton in staring down at the Nexus outside the ring ...

MICHAEL COLE
Six man tag team match here on Monday Night Raw ... John Cena, Randy Orton and Ezekiel Jackson face Heath Slater, David Otunga and Skip Sheffield as Cena looks to force his way into title contention at Cyber Sunday! Join us after the break!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

DAVID OTUNGA, HEATH SLATER & SKIP SHEFFIELD (NEXUS) vs. EZEKIEL JACKSON, JOHN CENA & RANDY ORTON

RAW returns from the break with Ezekiel Jackson and Heath Slater in the ring and signs that Jackson is dominating the early exchanges as he picks Slater up from the mat. He lifts Slater up and hits a backbreaker that leaves Slater writhing in pain on the mat and he scrambles across to his corner and makes the tag to a reluctant David Otunga who steps through the ropes gingerly. Jackson poses with his muscles bulging to try and intimidate Otunga who tries to take his chance and catch Jackson off guard ... the first few punches hit their mark but then Jackson simply picks Otunga up and scoop slams him down to the mat to the cheers of the crowd. He grins as Otunga tags in Skip Sheffield who looks intense as he enters the ring and walks up to Jackson, nose to nose, showing that he is not to be intimidated. A staredown ensues but Wade Barrett scrambles onto the apron distracting both the referee and Jackson and allowing Sheffield to strike and he hits right hands to the Guyanan and then takes him down to the mat in the corner. As Ezekiel gets to his feet, Sheffield waits and rushes into the big man in the corner with clothesline and leaves Jackson wobbling before using a chop block to take him down. Cena and Orton both look concerned as Sheffield stands over Jackson with a smile on his face with his leader, Wade Barrett, applauding his actions. Sheffield lifts Jackson back to his feet and grips him around the waist, setting for the belly-to-belly suplex, but Jackson refuses and breaks out of the hold. With both men dazed, Jackson hits a big boot to create separation and makes the tag to the WWE Champion in the corner ...

MICHAEL COLE
Important match for Ezekiel Jackson here, King, he dominated the early stages but a little more difficulty with Skip Sheffield.

JERRY LAWLER
I’m not a fan of Nexus but this Sheffield guy is impressive. He has the build and the strength to dominate most of the WWE roster!

MICHAEL COLE
But here comes Orton now!

Orton heads for Sheffield as the crowd cheer his arrival into the match. The champion surveys Sheffield who is down on the mat and decides to hit his trademark stomps to the limbs of the fallen opponent. He stomps on the wrists and elbows of Sheffield before concentrating on the legs and knees and leaves Sheffield struggling on the mat. Orton drops and locks in a chinlock that leaves Sheffield fighting for breath. With the move locked in, Barrett resumes his worried look as Cena paces on the mat waiting for his chance to get into the match. A loud ‘RKO!’ chant echoes through the arena as Orton wrenches the chinlock further but Sheffield begins to fight up to his feet and shoots Orton off into the ropes and hits a shoulder block to send Orton down. Sheffield manages to make the tag to Heath Slater who comes into the ring like a ball of fired up energy ... and is knocked down immediately from a right hand from the WWE Champion. Cover by Orton ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Slater. As Orton lifts Slater back up, he clearly has dialogue with John Cena who has his hand out for the tag. Orton ignores the tag and goes to work on Heath Slater. He locks in a headlock and hits his inverted backbreaker before taking Slater down with a drop kick. Slater rolls out of the ring and, with the referees attention drawn, Barrett again gets up on the apron. This time, Orton connects with a kick to the gut and Barrett hits the floor outside the ring. However, as Slater rolls back in, Orton’s leg is grabbed for a moment by Justin Gabriel on the outside and Orton turns to face the South African. Momentarily losing his focus, Slater takes his chance and flies across the ring to hit his signature move – a jumping Russian leg sweep – that leaves Orton down on his back. Slater covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Orton kicks out and Cena applauds him for doing so. Otunga holds his hand out and Slater makes the tag to allow the A-Lister to set Orton up for another attack. He lifts Orton up and hits ‘The Verdict,’ a thrust spinebuster, to leave Orton down for a second time. He hooks Orton’s leg and goes for the win ... 1 ... 2 ... Another kick out from Orton! Championship instinct from Randy Orton. A frustrated Otunga tags in Skip Sheffield who looks confident as he sets himself in the opposite corner to Orton. Sheffield readies himself for his running clothesline move, ready to crush Orton’s jaw, as Orton gets to his feet ... Sheffield runs for the finisher but Orton ducks in time and counters with an Olympic Slam before beginning to make his way over for a tag to Cena ... Just as he is about to tag Cena into the match, Orton thinks and withdraws his hand to the amazement of Cena. Orton instead tags in Ezekiel Jackson with a tag to the shoulder of the big man whilst Cena shakes his head in frustration. As Jackson gets into the ring, Sheffield makes a tag to Heath Slater but the focus is now on Orton and Cena. Will they manage to get over this issue and stay together?

Heated words are heard from the Orton and Cena corner as both men wait for a possible tag from Ezekiel Jackson who looks a little puzzled as he looks over at his partners. Heath Slater again catches him off guard with a shot to the side of the head and he whips him into the Nexus corner. Slater distracts the referee as Otunga and Sheffield hammer into the back of Jackson whilst he is in their corner. Orton and Cena’s argument spills to the floor as both men argue and it looks like it is about to turn aggressive so neither of them notice the cheap shots from their opponents to their partner. Finally, the referee comes over to ensure there is no fight between Cena and Orton and Nexus take their chance. Wade Barrett jumps into the ring and lifts up the massive Jackson before hitting his Wastelands finishing move. As Jackson is down, Gabriel is ordered by Barrett to the top rope. A look of reluctance passes over the eyes of Gabriel momentarily but he makes his way up before hitting the fabulous 450 splash that leaves Jackson splattered on the mat. Slater makes the cover but Orton and Cena’s argument has distracted the referee further. Finally, the referee gets Orton and Cena back onto the apron and slides back into the ring where he sees Slater pinning Jackson ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No, wait a minute! Ezekiel Jackson has kicked out!

Nexus look at each other in amazement with their hands on their heads, they were so sure they had the match won. Barrett urges Slater to stay Jackson but Ezekiel manages to lift up Heath Slater and scoop slam him to the mat. With both men struggling, Jackson begins to crawl to the corner for the tag. Who will he tag in? He looks like he is about to tag John Cena into the match when suddenly, Randy Orton reaches over and tags himself into the match to the annoyance of Cena. Orton ignores Cena’s protestations and heads straight for Skip Sheffield who has just taken the tag from Slater. Orton ducks as Sheffield comes in for a clothesline before hitting a perfect RKO ... Unfortunately for Orton, Skip Sheffield rolls out of the ring but Heath Slater tags in discretely as Sheffield rolls. Cena gets into the ring and demands a tag from Randy Orton who pushes his partner in the chest ... Slater looks to take advantage but Orton is ready and hits another counter RKO to Slater that leaves Slater down on the mat. Orton with the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... No! John Cena breaks the count by pulling Orton off of Slater. The two partner go head to head as Jackson urges them to calm down. The referee gets in the middle and guides Cena away to his corner as Slater manages to tag in David Otunga. Otunga rushes over at Orton and yet again, Orton ducks and hits a perfect RKO! Surely this time? Wait a minute, Cena has managed to make the tag! Cena tags himself in before grabbing Orton and throwing him up and over the top rope. Cena lifts Otunga up for the Attitude Adjustment ... Bam! Cover from Cena ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Cena wins the match! Cena is going to Cyber Sunday!

WINNER: John Cena, Randy Orton & Ezekiel Jackson (12:13)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners ... EZEKIEL JACKSON, RANDY ORTON & JOHN CENA!

Cena celebrates in the ring as Wade Barrett shakes his head from ringside. Cena stares down at Wade Barrett with a wide grin and waves his hand in front of his face to tell Barrett that he can’t see him. But Cena can’t see one person that Barrett can ... Barrett smiles as he beckons to Cena to turn round. As Cena does, Randy Orton hits a perfect RKO to his ‘partner’ and leaves Cena face down on the mat to a mixture of jeers and boos. Orton is handed the WWE Championship and he stares down at Wade Barrett as he stands beside Cena and raises the title belt high for all to see.

MICHAEL COLE
Cena wins the match and earns a potential place in the Cyber Sunday title match ... but it is Randy Orton who has the last laugh. Thank you for joining us tonight on Monday Night Raw!

RAW fades away as Orton stands over Cena with the title held high above him ...

********** END OF SHOW **********


CONFIRMED MATCHES

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP

Champion Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett vs. John Cena (???)

STIPULATION TO BE ANNOUNCED
Daniel Bryan vs. The Miz

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion Layla vs. Kelly Kelly / Melina / Michelle McCool

’RETIREMENT’ MATCH (TRIPLE THREAT)
Chris Jericho vs. Edge vs. John Morrison
if Jericho, Edge or both lose, they will be forced to retire from the WWE

RAW GENERAL MANAGER TO BE ANNOUNCED!

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH
Champion Kane vs. The Undertaker

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH
Champion Dolph Ziggler vs. Alberto Del Rio / Christian / Kaval / Luke Gallows / MVP​
 
#24 ·
Okay here's your review for reviewing mine :)
Looking forward to seeing what you've got so lets see shall we.

Smacjdown Review:

Nice starting match, well written, I was expecting a Kane win.

The Laycool interview was well written, in character with the 'Chell and Lay, and them speaking about The bella's having an identicle twin that is ugly haha. Good Job.

The Swagger/Show match was good but it seemed like it was one sided for most of it, with Swagger in charge, not that that's a bad thing. Another nice match.

Vickie Guerrero comes out and announces Zigglers arrival, good, good match again, Zig Zag win. Good match. Damn it it's hard to find flaws in your writing and booking so far.

I'm guessing Kofi wont be winning against taker tonight but I'll see.

Yay Christian vs Punk, sound like a great match lets see, Christian misses the Killswitch and then hit's it again, Christian wins, great, I dunno about Christian being picked for the intercontinental championship though, I think he deserves better, but whoever I'm predicting Kaval to win next week. Del Rio has a good enough charcter to be a solid main eventer so I think he shouldn't be picked to face Dolph.

So Matt Hardy is gone, too bad, I like him. I doubt he'll come back in this BTB, if he does then it will probabl him coming back to win a big title.

Alot of good detail in the main event, I knew Kofi would lose :) nice to see taker hitting some of his favourite moves and you kept Kofi looking strong and detemined, kingston kicked out of a chokeslam pretty impressive :)

Fantastic show, sorry that im bad at finding bad things, I know your looking for constructive critisism but I really thing you shows are great, I reviewed Smackdown as it was the first show on the page I will review some future shows of yours.
 
#25 · (Edited)
First of all, thanks for the review Stephen. I’ll be continuing to read your BTB so I hope you’re going to keep reading mine. You made some good points in your review. And you might not be far off with a few things!

My workload has increased quite a bit recently and I feel as if my thread has stalled a little. To keep it moving, I’ve decided to use a shorter recap form for Smackdown for a little while until I get a bit more free time to write the show in full again. Raw will remain a full show as will the PPV’s but I’ll get through a little faster this way.

Hope people continue to enjoy (if indeed they are) ...






FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
Live from London, England



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

The night begins with the announcers, Todd Grisham and Matt Striker, hyping up the Intercontinental Championship contender matches. Last week, Christian defeated CM Punk after Punk’s former follower, Luke Gallows, distracted the Straight Edge Saviour. This means that Christian will be one of the three men placed into the Cyber Sunday vote to determine the challenger for the Intercontinental Title of Dolph Ziggler. Tonight, Luke Gallows himself will face MVP and newcomers Alberto Del Rio and NXT Season 2 winner, Kaval, will meet to determine the final two potential challengers for Ziggler’s title at Cyber Sunday.

*** I AM PERFECTION ***

Ziggler and his girlfriend, the consultant to the General Manager on Smackdown, Vickie Guerrero head towards the ring with Ziggler proudly carrying the Intercontinental Title. They step into the ring where Vickie battles for the attention of the London crowd before introducing her boyfriend who has a microphone. He proceeds to slam the London branch of the WWE Universe and states that he cannot wait to get away from the wind and the rain back to Florida and the sunshine. With intense jeers and heat from the crowd, Ziggler moves his attention onto Cyber Sunday and his potential challengers. He belittles all five remaining challengers, Christian and the four who face each other tonight, with specific focus on the man already guaranteed in the vote. Ziggler compares Christian to David Beckham and suggests that he is past his prime and should quit now while he is still seen as some kind of success.

*** JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES ***

Christian cracks and enters the arena to survey the peeps in the audience and address Ziggler. Christian says he is proud to be compared to David Beckham, a hero to many, before describing Ziggler as ‘all style, no substance’ and telling the champion that he’s seen many young ‘stars’ break in to the WWE but fail to back it up. Ziggler responds by asking Christian what more he has accomplished in his career than him. Ziggler belittles Christian’s achievements as Tag Team Champion as being carried by a better man, as ECW Champion due to the show being axed and his multiple reigns as Intercontinental Champion as being the result of not being able to hold onto the title. Ziggler claims that he will hold the title for a long time and will certainly not be losing the gold at Cyber Sunday – whoever his opponent may be. Christian decides to issue a challenge to Ziggler for tonight: Dolph Ziggler vs. Christian. Ziggler tries to laugh it off but Vickie Guerrero quickly accepts on Ziggler’s behalf causing Dolph to give Vickie a questioning look. It’s official though: tonight, Christian will face Dolph Ziggler on Friday Night Smackdown.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Michelle McCool and Layla in the ring looking less giddy than they usually do. A replay of Chip Butty’s announcement on RAW that Layla is the Divas Champion and that Layla will defend the title at Cyber Sunday against one of Kelly Kelly, Melina or her Laycool partner, Michelle McCool, is shown. Layla, with a worried look towards Michelle, takes off her Divas Title belt and hands it to the timekeeper.

*** PAPPARAZZI ***

Melina heads to the ring and she is then joined by the other challenger for the Divas Title ...

*** HOLLA ***

... with the announcers talking about the potential for a fall-out between Laycool tonight.

LAYLA & MICHELLE McCOOL vs. KELLY KELLY & MELINA

An even contest that swings quickly one way and then the other. After a nervy opening, Laycool seem to rediscover their chemistry and Layla and Michelle McCool begin to seem more like their normal selves. With Melina down outside the ring, Layla goes to work on Kelly Kelly and leaves her struggling in the centre of the ring. Michelle looks to hit a catapult into the corner of the ring and sends Kelly flying into the corner where she collides with Melina, groggily up onto the mat, and sends a stunned Melina flying off the apron again. With Kelly struggling, McCool sets her up and delivers the Faith Breaker before getting the 1, 2, 3!

WINNER: Layla and Michelle McCool (4:52)

Michelle and Layla celebrate up the aisle whilst taunting Kelly who is sat up in the ring. As Kelly gets to her feet, she is confronted by Melina who doesn’t seem happy with Kelly’s actions in the match. Kelly argues her case but Melina turns and stomps away before Kelly seems to snap and she charges at her and smashes her through the ropes and out of the ring. As Melina lands outside, Kelly looks shocked at her actions as the pressure of an opportunity at the Divas Championship looks to have got to her a little.

The camera switches backstage where a downbeat Big Show is stood with Josh Matthews. The camera zooms away and shows Big Show’s leg strapped and a crutch being used to hold the giant star up. Josh Matthews shows the replay of CM Punk’s taunting and Jack Swagger’s assault with the Ankle Lock from last week before we see Show being helped out of the arena. A demoralised and upset Big Show tells Josh that he is angry and Jack Swagger better be ready to take the punishment when he gets back and that there will be hell to pay. Show’s anger is clear and he looks ready to explode when Swagger rolls up and taunts Big Show by laughing at him. Show desperately wants to attack but cannot move well enough and Swagger continues to taunt him from out of reach. Swagger tells Show that he is not in his league and that it is time for the big horse to be put out to pasture. Show’s head drops as he realises he cannot teach Swagger a brutal lesson right now before we return to the ring.

Todd Grisham and Matt Striker hype up the return of Evan Bourne and Mark Henry to action as the pair are shown heading from the locker room area towards the ring.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** BRINGIN’ DA HOOD T U ***

The recently reunited team of Shad Gaspart and JTG – Cryme Tyme – head towards the ring for their first appearance on Smackdown since. They salute the crowd and turn to wait for their opponents.

*** SOMEBODIES GONNA’ GET IT ***



*** BORN TO WIN ***



CRYME TYME vs. EVAN BOURNE & MARK HENRY

A close fought battle between two fan favourite tag teams with the dynamic Bourne performing his usual high risk offence to pump up the watching crowds. However, Cryme Tyme get on top of the smaller half of the Bourne/Henry team and try to isolate him in their corner to the frustration of Henry. With Bourne down, Cryme Tyme go for the G9 as Shad lifts JTG up by the legs and slams him down but Bourne escapes just in time and makes the tag to Henry who cleans house before focusing on JTG. With Henry in control, he hits the World’s Strongest Slam and makes the tag to Bourne who climbs the ropes ... the buzz in the arena builds as Bourne steadies himself before delivering a beautiful shooting star press, Air Bourne, before making the 1, 2, 3!

WINNER: Evan Bourne & Mark Henry (8:01)

A disappointed Cryme Tyme exit the ring as Bourne and Henry take in the cheers of the WWE Universe. They start to leave the ring together but all of a sudden, the Tag Team Champions appear behind them. With Bourne and Henry unaware of them, Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes attack from behind and Henry is rammed into the barricade beside the ring. Bourne is slammed on the concrete floor and the champions slowly leave looking very proud of themselves with Bourne and Henry down and the announcers speculating about the intentions of the Tag Team champions.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Tony Chimel announcing that the next two matches will be the final two qualifying matches for the Intercontinental Title vote at Cyber Sunday.

*** EXPLODING HELMETS ***



The NXT Season 2 winner, Kaval, heads to the ring looking ready for his opportunity to earn a shot at the Intercontinental Title at Cyber Sunday.

*** FUNBA RUMBA ***



Ricardo Rodriguez introduces the Mexican who heads to the ring arrogantly playing up to the crowd looking confident of success against his much smaller opponent.


ALBERTO DEL RIO vs. KAVAL

In the early stages, Del Rio completely takes Kaval for granted by ridiculing the NXT Season 2 winner over his size. Kaval surprises him with his unique offence and gets on top in the match forcing Ricardo Rodriguez to distract him to prevent potential damage to Alberto. Del Rio takes advantage and begins to regain control as he works on the arm of Kaval to set up the finishing move, the Flying Armbar, that has taken out Rey Mysterio as well as others in previous weeks. Kaval manages to counter as Del Rio sets for the Armbar and threatens a comeback as he heads to the top rope looking for the two footed Big Stomp. As he leaps, Del Rio moves and Kaval crashes down onto the mat, losing his balance for a moment ... allowing Del Rio to attack. Within moments, Del Rio has the Armbar locked in and Kaval down on the mat tapping out for the submission win for Del Rio.

WINNER: Alberto Del Rio (Submission, 7:27)

As Del Rio celebrates his win with winks and waves to the crowd, Christian appears on the stage and stares down to the ring and Del Rio. After their No Mercy match, Christian will be hoping for some revenge as he goes up against Del Rio in the vote.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** SLOW CHEMICAL ***

Kane heads to the ring with the World Heavyweight Championship belt over his shoulder looking far more confident than he did last week. He grabs a microphone and laughs menacingly before informing the WWE Universe that he saw the Undertaker’s match with Kofi Kingston last week. The crowd cheer for the excellent Number 1 contender match from last week but Kane goes on to belittle the achievements of his brother and claims that he saw that the Undertaker had lost something, that he wasn’t the Phenom the world knew him as. Kane vows one more time to end the legacy of the Undertaker once and for all but is then interrupted by ...

*** S. O. S. ***

... Kofi Kingston. The Ghanaian shows no sign of intimidation and heads for the ring where he stands face to face with the Big Red World Champion. He speaks into a microphone and challenges Kane for a match tonight. He tells Kane that in recent weeks, he has been so close to defeating him or his brother and that he wants another chance to prove to the world that he deserves a World Championship match very soon. Kane laughs in his face and goes to punch Kofi with a cheap shot. However, Kofi ducks and hits several kicks to disorientate Kane before delivering ‘Trouble in Paradise’ to an off-guard Kane. Kofi exits the ring and heads backstage whilst the cameras remain on an irate Kane. He grabs the microphone again and demands that Teddy Long makes the match with Kofi Kingston tonight before explaining how he is going to destroy the African superstar. Suddenly, the gong sounds out and the lights go out ... the gong sounds several times with the lights flashing on between gongs and Kane looks petrified of what is happening. When the gong stops, Kane hightails it out of the ring where the stage suddenly bursts into flames to stop his path.

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***

The Undertaker makes his way out through the flames and towards Kane who backs off back towards the ring clearly scared of the Undertaker. Kane stands in the ring as Taker comes towards him, the crowd going wild. Taker lifts the lights and Kane looks like he wishes he was anywhere but in the Undertaker’s path. Undertaker removes his hat and coat before moving towards Kane who stands for a moment before escaping through the ropes and running away. As he does, Undertaker takes a microphone and rasps ‘Kane ... Rest ... in ... Peace’ to the delight of the WWE Universe in the UK.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns and Todd Grisham and Matt Striker confirm that Kane will face Kofi Kingston later tonight before the final Intercontinental Championship qualifier is announced.

*** MASSACRE ***



*** I’M COMIN’ ***



Both men look confident as they prepare for the match as the Smackdown announcers discuss Luke Gallows’ distraction of CM Punk last week that denied Punk a place in the Intercontinental Championship vote.

LUKE GALLOWS vs. MVP

Neither man has opportunity to get into his stride before more music is heard ...

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***

CM Punk makes his way towards the ring and stands in the aisle to watch the match. Clearly distracted by Punk’s arrival, Luke Gallows pays the price as MVP takes control of the match. However, MVP isn’t impressed with the arrival of Punk either and takes an opportunity to tell Punk to get out of the arena. MVP retains control whilst Luke Gallows struggles to establish himself in the match and MVP hits ‘Ballin’ as he looks to end the match. However, as MVP sets up for the ‘Play of the Day’ on Gallows, Punk jumps up onto the apron to distract the referee. The referee tries to get Punk down but he refuses and MVP swings for him in temper. With MVP distracted, Gallows suddenly rolls MVP up for a quick pin. MVP kicks out but doesn’t look happy with Gallows’ actions. The match continues as Punk stands down again and watches the match with an amused look on his face. Finally, MVP hits the ‘Play of the Day’ and goes for the cover ... but Punk interferes and breaks up the 3-count. The referee disqualifies Luke Gallows and MVP is the winner although he isn’t happy with the way it went down.

WINNER: MVP (DQ, 6:14)

CM Punk heads back to the locker room whilst MVP looks after him with a frustrated look on his face. However, it will be MVP who joins Christian and Alberto Del Rio in the Cyber Sunday vote to determine the man to challenge for Dolph Ziggler’s Intercontinental Title. Todd Grisham and Matt Striker explain that voting will commence after next week’s Smackdown show on wwe.com and the WWE Universe will be able to vote on every match ahead of them starting on the night.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with an angry Luke Gallows backstage and the camera following him. He turns into a door and marches up to Teddy Long who is on the phone. Gallows tries to plead his case for a rematch with MVP next week for the final place in the vote but Teddy refuses although he admits to feeling sorry for Gallows. Gallows looks upset but then insists that he has a match on Smackdown next week with CM Punk. Teddy Long confirms that he will make this match: next week, CM Punk vs. Luke Gallows on Friday Night Smackdown.

*** I AM PERFECTION ***



The Intercontinental Champion, Dolph Ziggler, heads to the ring with Vickie Guerrero on his arm and the Intercontinental Championship gold around his waist. He gets into the ring and taunts the crowd for a while who jeer him. However, their jeers turn to cheers as Ziggler’s music is replaced by ...

*** JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES ***



Christian heads to the ring to a fantastic ovation. The WWE Universe are fully behind the former Intercontinental and Tag Team champion as he looks for a morale boosting victory over Dolph Ziggler ahead of Cyber Sunday.

CHRISTIAN vs. DOLPH ZIGGLER

Christian dominates the early exchanges and is well on top until a distraction from Ziggler’s girlfriend, Vickie Guerrero, allows the champion to take control with a sleeper hold. Christian fights his way to the ropes but the damage is done and Ziggler has control of the match. Every time Christian attempts to mount a comeback, Ziggler finds a way to prevent it and when he doesn’t, Vickie Guerrero does. Eventually, Christian gets in Vickie’s face outside the ring and the crowd are willing him to take her down. However, Ziggler saves the day and slams Christian into the barricades and over into the crowd. The two men fight their way through the crowd, with Ziggler on top still, and back towards the stage area where they finally escape the crowd. Christian staggers along the stage with Ziggler stalking him waiting for a chance to hit the Zig Zag on the stage. The WWE Universe scream for Christian to escape as Dolph leaps towards Christian – and Christian grabs hold of the WWE logo on the stage as Ziggler crashes down back first onto the steel stage. With Christian stood over Ziggler, he is suddenly attacked from behind as Alberto Del Rio comes out from backstage and starts to deliver a beating as he rams Christian into the screens. He locks Christian in the Armbar but all hell is breaking out now as MVP – the fourth man potentially involved in the Intercontinental Title match at Cyber Sunday – breaks Del Rio’s hold on Christian. MVP hammers away at Del Rio and tosses him off the stage down to the floor where Del Rio lands uncomfortably as MVP does his ‘Ballin’ taunt from the stage. However, he is then caught as Ziggler hits the Zig-Zag and is the last man standing on stage as his three potential challengers lay on the floor ...

WINNER: NO CONTEST

As Dolph and Vickie head backstage, the cameras follow them where Teddy Long is waiting. He ignores Vickie’s mouthings as he informs Ziggler that next week on Smackdown, he will face all three of his challengers in a Fatal Four Way match!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

A replay of the carnage that ended the last match is shown as Grisham and Striker excitedly look forward to next week’s Fatal Four Way match between Ziggler, MVP, Del Rio and Christian. An explosion on stage signals the main event and attention is turned towards the World Heavyweight Title instead.

*** SLOW CHEMICAL ***



Kane heads down to the ring looking nervous again after his confidence earlier in the night had been shattered by the appearance of his brother. Kane looks relieved as he manages to explode the corners of the ring as he waits for his challenger on this night ...

*** S. O. S. ***



Kofi Kingston excitedly heads towards the ring as he looks to, once again, prove he is worthy of a place at the top of Smackdown. He is greeted by the cheers of the London WWE Universe and he signals for ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ in the corner as he prepares for his challenge.

KANE vs. KOFI KINGSTON

As always in recent times, Kofi delivers another impressive following as he takes the fight to the Big Red Monster. For the early part of the match, Kane is in defensive mode as he tries to avoid and stop the fireball known as Kofi. With a series of stunning kicks and acrobatic moves, Kofi has Kane wobbling and has several near falls as he looks to put Kane away. However, one big move too many leads to Kane’s counter as he avoids the ‘Boom Drop’ before using a choke hold to push Kofi through the ropes to the floor. With Kingston down, Kane takes a moment to compose himself before going after Kofi outside. He rams Kofi back first into the steel post and then head first into the steel steps despite the protestations of the referee. Kofi rolls back into the ring, helped by Kane, and the champion starts to methodically beat his opponent. As last week though, Kofi is not willing to go down without a fight and several comebacks have to be thwarted before Kane can deliver a big finish move, the Chokeslam. Kane covers Kingston for 1, 2 ... Kofi kicks out of the chokeslam, just like he did against Undertaker last week, to the delight of the WWE crowd. With Kane in shock, Kofi comes back and hits Trouble in Paradise as the crowd go mad. He covers Kane but Kane manages to grab the bottom rope to the frustration of Kofi. Kane regains control a moment later as he tosses Kofi over the top rope after Kofi leaps onto Kane’s shoulders in the corner. Kofi just beats the 10-count to get back into the ring but he is wounded as Kane waits ... Kane looks ready for the chokeslam again as Kofi begins to stagger up. As Kane looks ready to go, the lights suddenly go out and the gong sounds out ...

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***

Kane is distracted as Undertaker appears on the titantron and repeats his earlier message: “Kane ... Rest. In. Peace.” The lights go back on as Kane’s signature explosion of the corner posts fires out and echoes around the arena. The Undertaker’s mind games look to have the desired effect as Kane looks around in disbelief. He turns himself back to the match and turns around and walks straight into a Flying Crossbody from Kofi Kingston from the top rope to the delight of the crowd. Kofi gets to his feet and waits as Kane looks down and out. As the Big Red Monster gets to his feet, Kofi prepares himself and then hits the ‘Trouble in Paradise’ one more time. Kofi covers the World Champion ... 1, 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Kofi Kingston (12:56)

Kofi celebrates wildly in the ring as Kane rolls out of the ring and begins to stagger away in shock and disbelief. The WWE Universe acknowledge the performance of Kofi as he salutes them from the corners of the ring and the two announcers declare it the biggest win of Kingston’s career. As they speculate on what will happen on next week’s show, Kingston is shown with a beaming smile on his face as he holds his hands up in celebration.

********** END OF SHOW **********


CONFIRMED MATCHES

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP

Champion Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett vs. John Cena (???)

STIPULATION TO BE ANNOUNCED
Daniel Bryan vs. The Miz

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion Layla vs. Kelly Kelly / Melina / Michelle McCool

’RETIREMENT’ MATCH (TRIPLE THREAT)
Chris Jericho vs. Edge vs. John Morrison
if Jericho, Edge or both lose, they will be forced to retire from the WWE

RAW GENERAL MANAGER TO BE ANNOUNCED!

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH
Champion Kane vs. The Undertaker

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH
Champion Dolph Ziggler vs. Alberto Del Rio / Christian / MVP​
 
#26 ·




MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
PREVIEW

GENERAL MANAGER TO ANNOUNCE WWE CHAMPIONSHIP STIPULATIONS!

After John Cena’s winning pinfall over the Nexus on last week’s RAW, Cena earned himself an opportunity at the WWE Championship alongside Nexus leader, Wade Barrett at Cyber Sunday. However, tensions between Cena and Orton were strained during the match and it will be up the General Manager to determine the stipulations for the contest. Remember: the WWE Universe will be voting to decide what will be happening at the PPV! What will the night have in store for the champion, Randy Orton, and his challengers, Cena and Barrett? What will the final decision be regarding the Cyber Sunday title match?

SHEAMUS ENDS THE GAME?

After putting Triple H out of action for eight months just after WrestleMania 26, Sheamus has been avoiding the Game in recent weeks despite being cost the WWE Championship at the last PPV, No Mercy. However, Sheamus returned with a bang last week as he took out Triple H with a steel pipe during a tag team match with The Miz and Alex Riley. Will the Game be on RAW to seek revenge or will Sheamus have sidelined him once again?

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP NUMBER ONE CONTENDERS TO BE DECIDED!

After wins on RAW and SMACKDOWN last week, the Hart Dynasty (victors over the Usos on RAW) and Mark Henry and Evan Bourne (victors over Cryme Tyme on SMACKDOWN) go up against each other tonight to determine the number one contenders for the Tag Team Championships at Cyber Sunday. In recent weeks, the champions Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre seem to have been avoiding the duo of Bourne and Henry but can the pair earn a title shot for the PPV?

MELINA AND KELLY KELLY GO HEAD TO HEAD!

With Kelly Kelly and Melina both in contention to face Divas Champion, Layla, at Cyber Sunday, the tension between the two grew on SMACKDOWN as Kelly Kelly shocked everybody – including herself – by throwing Melina out of the ring after their match with Laycool. Tonight, Kelly goes one on one with Melina and no doubt that Laycool will be in attendance somewhere!

JERICHO LOOKING TO BREAK LOSING STREAK ... AGAIN!

Once again, Chris Jericho will be looking to end his long losing run and secure a much needed win this week on RAW. After defeat to R-Truth last week on Superstars, he faces the rapping superstar again this week looking for a break and a change of fortunes. But can he get it against the dangerous Truth?

ALSO!

Expect to hear from The Miz and Daniel Bryan ahead of their Cyber Sunday match.

Will we hear from Edge before the General Manager reveals him or herself at Cyber Sunday?

Join us on Monday Night Raw!

CONFIRMED

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP NUMBER 1 CONTENDER MATCH
Mark Henry and Evan Bourne vs. Hart Dynasty

Chris Jericho vs. R Truth

Kelly Kelly vs. Melina​
 
#27 ·


MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from the Times Union Center, Albany, New York



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... JOHN CENA!

John Cena bounces out from backstage as his music hits and the crowd in Albany go mental for the arrival of the man who earned the right to challenge for the WWE Championship on RAW last week. Cena salutes at the top of the ramp and heads for the ring where he greets the fans and takes a microphone as Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler introduce the show.

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome to Monday Night Raw where we are now just six days away from the event where you, the WWE Universe, get to determine exactly who you see and what happens at Cyber Sunday ...

JERRY LAWLER
And here is a man who last week earned himself an opportunity to challenge Randy Orton for the WWE Championship!

MICHAEL COLE
After a defeat to Wade Barrett at No Mercy, it seemed that John Cena’s hopes of a WWE Championship were on hold but last week, the anonymous RAW General Manager made a six man tag team match and gave Cena his last chance to earn a title match!

JERRY LAWLER
It was Randy Orton, John Cena and Ezekiel Jackson who would face three members of the Nexus. After Wade Barrett decided that he wouldn’t compete ...

Replays of last week’s RAW main event are shown as Lawler speaks.

JERRY LAWLER
... John Cena managed to get the winning fall over David Otunga following the Attitude Adjustment and earned a chance to face Orton and Barrett with the WWE Title on the line at Cyber Sunday!

MICHAEL COLE
However, the night was not without difficulties for the charismatic Cena as he had a few issues with Randy Orton during the match and afterwards, King ...

JERRY LAWLER
... Randy Orton hit the RKO to an unsuspecting John Cena! Oh my word, Cole, this is going to be huge!

Attention and the camera turns back to the ring and the grinning face of John Cena who is holding the microphone and taking in the reaction of the fans. A loud ‘Cena! Cena!’ chant begins and Cena milks it before turning to face the cameras to deliver his message.

JOHN CENA
As you just saw, Cyber Sunday will see John Cena involved in the WWE Championship match with Wade Barrett ...

Loud jeers and boos from the New York crowd ...

JOHN CENA
... and WWE Champion, Randy Orton.

Cheers for the mention of the popular WWE Champion which Cena acknowledges with a hand up.

JOHN CENA
There is a lot of history between John Cena and Randy Orton. We’ve crossed paths on numerous occasions and often it has about the WWE Championship. Last week on RAW, Randy Orton hit me with an RKO. I’m not happy ‘bout that ... but Randy, I understand why ya’ did it. You did it for one reason and one reason only ... you know it, I know it. I ... am a threat ... to you.

The crowd cheer Cena’s claim and another ‘Cena!’ chant develops although this time it is accompanied by an audible ‘RKO!’ chant. Cena waits for the noise to lower before continuing.

JOHN CENA
Now, at Cyber Sunday, it is going to be Wade Barrett vs. John Cena vs. Randy Orton. There are a lot of things that can go down in a match like that. But I am out here now to guarantee one thing. There’ll be RKO’s, there’ll be ‘Wastelands’ and there is sure as hell going to be an Attitude Adjustment ... or three. But I guarantee that come the end of Cyber Sunday, there will be a new champion. And ladies and gentlemen, the champ ... will be ... here!

The Cenation cheers and sounds it’s approval at the words of Cena who looks pleased with himself. However, there is more to come as the music of another WWE superstar hits ... and neither of them are going to be facing Cena in six days time.

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***



Out of the back comes a smartly dressed Miz holding the Money in the Bank briefcase and accompanied by his apprentice, Alex Riley, who is also dressed in a suit. Miz and Riley approach the ring despite the hostility of the crowd and climb through the ropes to face Cena. Miz has a microphone and addresses Cena ...

THE MIZ
... Really?

The crowd jeer and chant ‘What?’ at Miz as he looks quizzically at Cena.

THE MIZ
Really? Really Cena?

The Miz looks annoyed with Cena who grins back at the Money in the Bank contract holder and holds his hands out to mock the Miz. Riley grabs the microphone ...

ALEX RILEY
Really?

THE MIZ
John Cena. Another has-been who fails to realise what is happening here in the WWE ...

Cena laughs out loud and looks around at the WWE Universe which riles the Miz further. Miz regains his composure and shakes his head at Cena before continuing ...

THE MIZ
Don’t you realise, John? Don’t you see it? There is no WWE superstar in the Cyber Sunday championship match that can guarantee that they will be the WWE Champion after the match. Not you, not Wade Barrett, not Randy Orton. There is only one man who – if he wanted to – could guarantee that he would be the WWE Champion. And do you know who that man is Cena?

Cena mocks the Miz again and asks ‘Who?’ whilst thinking and puzzling over it ...

THE MIZ
That man ... is ... me. I’m the only man here in the WWE who has this.

Miz lifts up the Money in the Bank briefcase for Cena to see.

THE MIZ
I can cash my contract for a WWE Championship match whenever and wherever I want. And that guarantees that when I do, I will be the WWE Champion. Guaranteed.

The crowd boo and jeer Miz who looks around arrogantly as Riley applauds him and Cena shakes his head. Cena removes his hat, scratches his head and thinks ...

JOHN CENA
That may be the case, Miz. After all, you do have you main boy, Riley, accompanying you everywhere you go ... And you do have the Money in the Bank contract. And maybe that does guarantee that you will be WWE Champion sometime soon. But let me guarantee you another thing. If you cash that contract on me, you’d better bring your best ... because I will do everything in my power to be WWE Champion.

The crowd react with cheers for Cena who takes a step closer towards the Miz.

JOHN CENA
Now, tonight ... How about you go away and stop interrupting me before something unfortunate happens to that briefcase of yours?

Cena and Miz go face to face and Cena is clearly daring Miz to do something. Miz looks furious at first but then smirks and takes a step back ... As he retreats with Riley though, the lights flash and the General Manager’s email alert echoes through the arena. Loud boos greet the sound as Michael Cole steps up to the laptop.

JERRY LAWLER
I cannot wait for next week when the General Manager has been introduced and the emails have stopped ...

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have received ...

JOHN CENA
Cole, Cole, Cole ... we know! Get on with it!

Cole glares at Cena and takes a breath before continuing ...

MICHAEL COLE
... I have received an email from the anonymous RAW General Manager ... And I quote: “John Cena, calm down right now. Tonight, you will not be facing the Miz ... I have other plans for you that I shall reveal later. However, I couldn’t help but notice that you seem to have got your wires crossed. By winning your match last week, all you did was earn a place in the vote for the WWE Championship match at Cyber Sunday. It is still up to the WWE Universe to decide whether or not you will get a place in the match.”

Cena looks on anxiously as Miz smirks again as he begins to exit the ring. Michael Cole continues on ...

MICHAEL COLE
“Now, you might imagine that you are so popular with the WWE Universe that you are certain to be given that chance. But let me remind you of something, John. There are many people in the WWE Universe who might prefer Randy Orton. They might prefer that Randy Orton faces Wade Barrett one on one. Tonight, I will be revealing the details of several Cyber Sunday votes so I’ll keep this one simple. WWE Championship, Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett. Should John Cena be added to the match? Yes ... or No?”

On the titantron, the Cyber Sunday match banner appears ...



The RAW theme music plays as we head into a commercial break with Cena looking a little unsure of his place in the Cyber Sunday title match.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** BROKEN DREAMS ***



RAW returns with the reigning Tag Team Champions, Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes, heading around the ring towards the announce table.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and gentlemen, please welcome the current WWE Tag Team Champions ... CODY RHODES & DREW McINTYRE!

The champions take up seats to the right of Jerry Lawler as the bell rings for the first match to be introduced.

*** NEW FOUNDATION ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall and the winners will receive a Tag Team Championship match at Cyber Sunday! Introducing first, at a combined weight of 449 pounds, David Hart Smith, Tyson Kidd ... THE HART DYNASTY!

The Hart Dynasty and Natalya head to the ring where they salute the fans before signalling their intentions to take the Tag Team Championships from McIntyre and Rhodes.

DREW McINTYRE
I really hope that the Hart Dynasty win this match.

CODY RHODES
They’re a much better test of our Tag Team skills, it would be an excellent challenge for us to take on.

JERRY LAWLER
So you don’t want to face these guys then?

*** BORN TO WIN ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
Their opponents, weighing in at a combined total of 601 pounds ... MARK HENRY and EVAN BOURNE!

MICHAEL COLE
King, why are you out here insulting our guests at the announce table? Gentlemen, I’d like to welcome you to RAW, thank you for joining us out here.

JERRY LAWLER
I’m just simply clarifying that Cody and Drew don’t believe that Mark Henry and Evan Bourne deserve a title match. I don’t mean nothing by it, Cole ...

MICHAEL COLE
We all know what you mean by it, I’d like to apologise for my partners actions.

DREW McINTYRE
Michael Cole, that is OK. We are used to people like Lawler trying to suggest that we fear Evan Bourne and Mark Henry. It is simply not true. They are just not in our class. Never will be.

CODY RHODES
We believe that a match between ourselves and the Hart Dynasty would be far more worthy of a PPV and the Tag Team Championships.

EVAN BOURNE & MARK HENRY vs. HART DYNASTY
(Number 1 Contender Match for Tag Team Championships)


With the crowd pretty split over the outcome of the match between two popular teams, the match is even with all four men getting in some offense in the early stages. Mark Henry threatens to dominate when he arrives in the ring but teamwork from the quick Tyson Kidd and the wrestling ability of David Hart Smith sees the Harts regain the advantage and they look to be concentrating on keeping the World’s Strongest Man down. With Evan Bourne desperate to get the tag, the Harts manage to keep in their half of the ring with quick tags and mat wrestling. Eventually, David Hart Smith signals for the Sharpshooter and the crowd gets to their feet in anticipation of the end of the match.

DREW McINTYRE
See what we meant, Lawler? Not in our class.

CODY RHODES
Henry will be tapping like a baby in no time!

David Hart Smith holds Henry’s legs and steps through to lock on the sharpshooter. However, the girth of Henry’s legs means that Hart-Smith struggles to cross them at all. With a weak grip, Hart Smith looks to turn Henry over – no easy task – and Henry begins to resist the attempts of the British wrestler. With Kidd screaming encouragement, David Hart Smith forces one last effort but cannot quite turn Henry over and he manages to power out of the hold and send Hart Smith head first out through the ropes. Henry crawls towards the corner and just makes the tag to Evan Bourne who comes in as a ball of fire to encouragement from the crowd and to the dismay of McIntyre and Rhodes at ringside. Hart Smith makes the tag to Tyson Kidd and he goes into battle with Bourne and the two up the ante and the pace of the match. Bourne manages to get on top and sets up the Shooting Star Press, Air Bourne, as he looks to secure the win. In desperation, McIntyre and Rhodes hit the ring and Bourne is sent tumbling off the ropes behind the referee’s back as he looks to see to Henry. However, Bourne lands cat like on the mat and he turns to drop kick Rhodes off the apron to the floor. Tyson Kidd tries to mount a comeback but Bourne manages to fight him back down to the mat before tagging in Henry again. Mark Henry scoops up Evan Bourne and delivers the World’s Strongest Slam before covering for the pin. 1 ... 2 ... 3! Evan Bourne and Mark Henry are the Tag Team Championship Number 1 contenders!

WINNER: Evan Bourne and Mark Henry (6:58)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners ... EVAN BOURNE and MARK HENRY

As Bourne and Henry celebrate in the ring, the champions enter behind their back and McIntyre grabs Evan Bourne and throws him over the top rope. Attention is turned to Mark Henry who is taken out at the knees and a beat down ensues. But the champions did not bank on the Hart Dynasty who re-enter the ring and get involved in a fist fight with them. Henry scoops up Cody Rhodes and delivers a second World’s Strongest Slam of the night that leaves Rhodes writhing in pain and sliding out of the ring as the Hart Dynasty take out McIntyre. David Hart Smith locks in the Sharpshooter whilst Mark Henry stands over him and watches him tapping out ... Hart Smith lets McIntyre out of the Sharpshooter just as Evan Bourne gets up to the top rope. Air Bourne! Drew McIntyre feels the full force of Evan Bourne and he crumples out of the ring leaving the Hart Dynasty to wish the Number 1 contenders well in the ring.

JERRY LAWLER
Evan Bourne and Mark Henry will finally get their chance to face the Tag Team Champions for the gold at Cyber Sunday! And I’m sure they’re not happy about that!



MICHAEL COLE
It’s about time somebody taught you a lesson. How dare you treat the Tag Team champions that way?

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, shut up, Cole! Every week, all we hear from you is the Miz this and the Miz that but you feel that you have the right to question what I say to people?

MICHAEL COLE
I’m just saying that you should treat the Tag Team champions with a little bit more respect, King. They are the champions, after all ...

King rolls his eyes at Michael Cole who turns to face the camera whilst King shakes his head beside him. An advert for Cyber Sunday rolls as Michael Cole speaks over the top of it.


YOUR CHANCE TO SHAPE THE WWE!
VOTING TO COMMENCE AFTER THIS WEEK’S SMACKDOWN
www.wwe.com


MICHAEL COLE
Cyber Sunday is approaching fast and after Smackdown on Friday night, the voting lines will open for the WWE Universe to begin making their choices on wwe.com. The RAW General Manager earlier promised to finalise the voting details for RAW so stay tuned for that.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** VOICES ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

The Viper deliberately makes his way towards the ring with the WWE Championship draped over his shoulder and his RKO t-shirt below that. He enters the ring looking a picture of confidence and poses for the crowd in the corners by holding the title belt high in the air for all to see. WWE CHAMP: RANDY ORTON. He takes a microphone and the lights remain dimmed in the arena as Orton looks to comment to the WWE Universe.

RANDY ORTON
In six days time, I will be defending my WWE Championship against Wade Barrett ... and – depending how you vote – against John Cena. Last week on RAW, I RKO’d John Cena after our match against the Nexus. I have no problems facing John Cena at Cyber Sunday. If you want to see it, vote for him.

Orton’s icy stare around the arena is broken by the sound of one of his challengers heading out from the backstage ...

*** WE ARE ONE ***



Wade Barrett leads out the Nexus – David Otunga, Heath Slater, Skip Sheffield and Justin Gabriel – and they advance towards the ring and Randy Orton. They surround the ring and a tense Randy Orton lays down the WWE Championship as he prepares to try and defend himself. Barrett orders the other four members of Nexus to enter the ring and it is clear what is happening here ... Nexus are trying to take out Randy Orton ahead of the Cyber Sunday match. Barrett stands in the aisle whilst Orton looks around him at the menacing sight of the Nexus ... waiting to attack ... waiting for the order ...

WADE BARRETT
How typical of you, Orton. You come out here and spend your time talking about John Cena. John Cena? He’s not even guaranteed a place in the Cyber Sunday main event yet you deem him to be more important, more dangerous, more of a threat than the Nexus and me?

Orton’s thoughts are still pre-occupied with the four Nexus members around him as Barrett steps up the steel ring steps and stands facing Orton from the corner of the ring.

WADE BARRETT
Remind me again, Orton. Which man has a pinfall victory over you in the last few weeks? Which man should you be worrying about? Which man has four loyal men who are willing to destroy you to ensure that the Nexus win the WWE Championship?

The crowd are quiet with worry over the actions of Nexus as they continue to threaten Orton who backs off to a corner with the Nexus members still surrounding him.

WADE BARRETT
Maybe we’d better remind you of where your real focus should be, Orton?

Barrett smirks and signals for the Nexus members to move in for the kill but a loud cheer distracts Barrett and his crew. The cameras show that John Cena and Ezekiel Jackson are heading towards the ring and they slide in to confront the Nexus ... but the Nexus slide out and retreat away. Cena mouths towards the Nexus leader and his men but Jackson picks up the title belt and hands it back to Orton as a sign of respect. Orton nods to Jackson before turning towards Cena ... Cena looks at him and a look of respect passes between them. As Nexus retreats up the aisle, the lights flash again and there is the sound of another General Manager email ... Cole gets to his feet and opens the laptop to read.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Gentlemen. A couple of quick announcements. At Cyber Sunday, it will be Randy Orton and Wade Barrett – and possibly John Cena – for the WWE Championship. What it will not be is Wade Barrett and the Nexus. I am officially barring Nexus from ringside for the WWE Championship match at Cyber Sunday!”

The crowd cheer as Wade Barrett looks on with a grimace. The other Nexus members are none too impressed and they show it behind their leader.

MICHAEL COLE
“And if any member of Nexus tries to get involved in the match, I will personally fire them on the spot!”

More cheers for the announcement from the General Manager as he ensures that if Barrett is going to be WWE Champion, he is going to have to earn it fair and square ...

MICHAEL COLE
“Also, I’ve decided on tonight’s main event for Monday Night Raw. We will repeat the main event of last week but this time I will decide on one member of the Nexus team. Tonight, it will be John Cena, Randy Orton and Ezekiel Jackson against ... Wade Barrett and two other members of Nexus.”

A huge announcement and Nexus head back out of the arena with some disgusted looks on their faces. Jackson and Orton look happy in the ring whilst Cena’s focus remains on the Nexus members as they leave the ring. The cameras switch backstage and we see Chris Jericho preparing to enter for his match with R-Truth.

MICHAEL COLE
On Sunday, Chris Jericho could find himself retired from the WWE if he fails to win his match against Edge and John Morrison. Tonight, he faces R-Truth in a match that he desperately needs to win to get back on track ahead of the huge match on Sunday.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** WHAT’S UP? ***



RAW returns with R-Truth in the ring rapping to his ‘What’s Up?’ song and performing his usual entrance. After he asks ‘Albany, New York’ what’s up, Truth prepares for his match.

*** BREAK THE WALLS DOWN ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. In the ring, from Charlotte, North Carolina ... R-TRUTH!

The crowd give a cheer for Truth as he jogs on the spot in the ring awaiting Jericho who is heading down to the ring with less attitude than normal. His losing streak looks to be on his mind as he enters the ring with an anxious look and none of the bravado he is famous for ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent, from Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada ... CHRIS JERICHO!

CHRIS JERICHO vs. R-TRUTH

Despite the lack of bravado, Jericho seems to be supremely focused tonight and he sets about R-Truth in determined fashion and takes out his right leg early and zones in on this. With Truth down in the corner, Jericho drops out of the ring and wraps Truth’s leg around the ring post to leave Truth writhing in agony as Jericho pulls and pulls on the ankle. Using 4 seconds of the 5-count given, Jericho relinquishes the hold but then crashes the side of Truth’s knee into the post and, for the first time, a look of confidence passes across Jericho’s face. He continues to work the leg and knee back in the ring taking all the liberties he can with the referee. As Truth struggles to his feet, Jericho looks to hit the Codebreaker and hits it perfectly. Unfortunately for Jericho, he catches it too well and Truth’s momentum takes him through the ropes to the outside where a frustrated Jericho is forced to head rather than make the 3-count. He drags Truth back into the ring and covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Kick out from R Truth!

MICHAEL COLE
Jericho in control here, can he get the better of R-Truth and end the losing run?

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with Jericho still in control over R-Truth and still working on the damaged right leg. However, Jericho allows Truth to his knees and this allows Truth to mount a short offence and get the crowd behind him. He manages to counter Jericho and hobbles to his feet in order to hit a clothesline that takes down Jericho and allows Truth some recovery time as he adjusts his knee padding. As he heads for Jericho again, he is thwarted as Jericho complains to the referee in order to protect himself. As the referee’s back gets turned, Jericho blindsides Truth and regains the control of the match. He works the knee again and then sets up the Walls of Jericho which he locks in with Truth in real pain. Unbelievably to Jericho, as it seems he has got the win at last, Truth reaches and stretches and somehow makes it to the bottom rope forcing the break. Jericho throws a mini-tantrum and the referee has to explain several times that Truth had reached the bottom rope. Jericho exits the ring and pulls the top off the RAW announce table before throwing it down in temper. With the referee counting, Jericho rolls back into the ring and the referee tells him off for his petulance. As the referee checks on Truth, he doesn’t notice Jericho reach into his trunks and take out a pair of brass knucks – a common trick used by Jericho recently.

Truth slowly gets to his feet with his right leg struggling. As Jericho lines up for the finish, trying to keep his fist out of view from the referee, he edges closer and closer towards Truth ... he swings at Truth who ducks just as quick and rolls Jericho up ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Jericho had grabbed the bottom rope out of sight of the referee so it didn’t count! R-Truth surprises Jericho yet again!

WINNER: R-Truth (11:17)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... R-TRUTH!

As R-Truth celebrates outside the ring, Jericho complains vehemently to the referee and throws another mini-tantrum. He weighs things up in his mind and then – the brass knucks still on his fist – he swings a punch at the referee before storming out of the ring with a look of anger spread across his face. With the referee knocked cold, officials pour out of the locker room area to the aid of their fallen comrade whilst Jericho storms out of the arena and backstage.

MICHAEL COLE
What on earth did Jericho do that for?

JERRY LAWLER
Jericho was clearly unhappy with the official but that doesn’t excuse what he just did. A wrestler should never treat an official like that.

The camera switches backstage to Jericho as he storms through the backstage area. He ducks into a dressing room bearing the name plate CHRIS JERICHO, picks up a bag and turns back out to leave. He stalks past stunned officials and low-card wrestlers scattered around the backstage area and out towards the parking lot. He walks past a stunned Edge who is speechless for a change but is stopped at the door by an irate looking John Morrison.

JOHN MORRISON
Hey man, this time you took things too far. What did you do that for?

Jericho looks Morrison in the eye and smirks before pushing past the man he will face at Cyber Sunday with his career on the line and out of the arena ...The cameras return to the arena where the referee is shown being helped away on a stretcher. A solemn looking King and Michael Cole are shown.

MICHAEL COLE
An unbelievable turn of events, what was Chris Jericho thinking?

JERRY LAWLER
Jericho is obviously very frustrated right now but he will be fined, possibly suspended, maybe worse for those actions a minute ago. I don’t know what just happened in Jericho’s head but no WWE superstar should ever lay hands on an official here.

MICHAEL COLE
A disturbing sight ...

JERRY LAWLER
I can understand Jericho being upset but there was no need for that.

A replay of Sheamus’ attack on Triple H last week is shown before we see a recording from earlier in the night ...

MICHAEL COLE
Well, during the last match between Jericho and R-Truth, our cameras backstage caught the arrival of the Game, Triple H.

JERRY LAWLER
Great news to see that Triple H is still fit and raring to go but I can’t help feeling that this is going to get ugly real soon.

The cameras switch to Triple H prowling around the backstage area holding his trademark sledgehammer and looking round with one person clearly his target: Sheamus. Triple H comes across a startled set of Bella Twins whom he stops at ...

TRIPLE H
Have you seen Sheamus?

BELLA TWINS
Err, no, we haven’t seen him ...

As soon as the Bellas answer negatively, Triple H moves on angrily pacing around looking for the man who tried to end his career for a second time on RAW last week. The cameras return to the ring where we see Melina and Kelly Kelly.

MICHAEL COLE
Both these two women are hoping to gain the WWE Universe’s vote to face Layla at Cyber Sunday. On Smackdown, the pressure seemed to be getting to Kelly Kelly as she turned on Melina ...



JERRY LAWLER
Oh, Kelly Kelly, that is completely out of character! She’s usually so lovely!

KELLY KELLY vs. MELINA

In a short match, all is even until the arrival of Laycool into the arena ...

*** NOT ENOUGH FOR ME ***

JERRY LAWLER
Oh no, what do these two want?

MICHAEL COLE
Layla is the Divas Champion, she could be facing one of these two at Cyber Sunday. She’s obviously here to check out her potential competition.

JERRY LAWLER
Someone pass me some earplugs before they start talking, please!

Layla and Michelle McCool – Layla’s third potential opponent for Cyber Sunday – stand at ringside and watch the action as Kelly and Melina try to concentrate on their match. However, neither can concentrate with the proximity of Laycool as they comment and taunt the two Divas in the ring. Eventually, Melina manages to hit the Primal Scream, her split legged pinfall move and makes the count ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Melina (3:47)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... MELINA!

As Kelly Kelly rolls away and Melina has her hand held aloft by the referee, Layla – the only member of Laycool with the title belt now – takes a microphone and gets into the ring. With Kelly in the aisle, Michelle outside and Melina in the corner, Layla takes her chance to address her potential opponents at Cyber Sunday.

LAYLA
In six days, I will be defending the Divas Championship against either Michelle ... Cry Baby Melina ... or Smelly Kelly. If the WWE Universe chooses my partner Michelle, she will refuse to take part. It’s so unfair of Chip Butty to include her in the match. We will not be fighting so there is no point voting for Michelle ...

The crowd boo this announcement as Michelle and Layla try to quieten the crowd.

LAYLA
And as for the other two ladies ... there is no way that I will be losing against you. Neither of you is like me ... flawless! You might as well not even show up. Isn’t that right, ‘Chelle?

MICHELLE McCOOL
That’s right, Layls. At Cyber Sunday, Layla will retain the Divas Championship whether you like it or not. Yay!

The Laycool girls excitably pose in the ring and taunt their rivals with no ill-feeling between them over the recent developments over the Divas Championship. The camera switches backstage again and we see Triple H still searching the backstage area with his sledge hammer in his hand. He aggressively opens doors and demands to know if people have seen Sheamus before continuing. He rounds a corner and finds his path blocked by ... The Miz and Alex Riley, briefcase in Miz’ possession. Both men take a step back at the sight of the sledgehammer but hold their ground ...

TRIPLE H
Have you seen Sheamus? If not, get out of my way.

THE MIZ
Have we seen Sheamus? Errr ... really? Really? Rea ....

Triple H confronts both men with the sledgehammer held in a threatening way and Miz and Riley both reel against a wall ...

TRIPLE H
I am not in a mood to be messed around tonight. Now I asked you a question: have you seen Sheamus?

A shake of the head from Riley gives Hunter the answer he needs and he moves on. However, Miz calls out and stops him in his tracks again.

THE MIZ
Really? Threatening people with a sledgehammer?

Triple H turns round and faces Miz again. This time, he drops the hammer and takes a step back towards the Money in the Bank contract holder and his apprentice. Hunter thinks carefully for a moment before speaking in a calm voice despite the anger he has built up in him over the past week ...

TRIPLE H
Since I came back to the WWE three weeks ago, you seem to think that you have the right to insert yourself into my business. Now I don’t care what you have achieved since I have been out injured, you are not in my league. On my first night back, I defeated you. Now let me give you some advice. Concentrate on winning that WWE Championship. When you do, if you do, then I might be interested in getting involved with you. Until then ... get out of my face!

ALEX RILEY
Who do you think you are?

Both Miz and Triple H look round shocked at Riley who has taken a step forward towards Triple H ...

ALEX RILEY
You have been out of the picture for 8 months and, in that time, The Miz has become the most awesome superstar of all time. You tell him not to disrespect you? How about I teach you some respect tonight?

A shocked Miz looks at Riley and Triple H smirks for a moment before regaining his angry look ...

TRIPLE H
You’re on. You’ve chosen a bad night to pick a fight with me though, I guarantee that.

A scuffling noise is heard behind Triple H and he turns quickly to look behind him. There is nobody there ... but his sledgehammer has disappeared from the ground. Hunter shoots off around the corner looking to catch whoever has just taken it ...

THE MIZ
What are you thinking, Riley?

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***



Alex Riley comes out dressed for action with his college jacket and trunks whilst the Miz, still dressed in a smart suit, accompanies him with the briefcase in hand. Miz has a microphone and signals for a fade of the music as he gets halfway to the ring ...

THE MIZ
Now before Alex Riley’s match with Triple H ...

Miz looks at Riley again, who now looks worried, with a shake of his head and a look of annoyance on his face. He continues ...

THE MIZ
... I have a few issues to address about my match with Daniel Bryan at Cyber Sunday. The General Manager informed me last week that there would be three stipulations for the match and that the WWE Universe would be choosing one of them. Since then, I have not been told anything, again disrespected by people here in the WWE.

Miz and Riley step into the ring and stand centrally with Miz looking annoyed still. Jeers and boos accompany their entrance but Miz is not put off.

THE MIZ
Now I demand to know what the stipulations are. So, if you’re listening, General Manager, you’d better inform Michael Cole right now so he can announce them to the world.

After a short pause, the lights flash and the email alert rings out around the arena. Michael Cole steps up to the laptop ...

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “First of all, this is the end of an era. This is likely to be the last email I send as the anonymous RAW General Manager. In six days time, I will be revealing myself to the world at the Cyber Sunday PPV.”

Miz looks annoyed by this announcement and urges Cole to get on with the email.

MICHAEL COLE
“Miz ... You will be facing Daniel Bryan at the Cyber Sunday PPV and I have decided that the WWE Universe will vote for one of three stipulations. Before they are announced though, please let us welcome out ...”

A look of disgust appears on the face of Michael Cole ...

MICHAEL COLE
“... welcome out the United States Champion ... DANIEL BRYAN!”

*** RIDE OF THE VALKYRIES ***



Daniel Bryan enters the arena with his new ‘Daniel Bryan, Tap or Snap’ t-shirt on and heads towards the ring high-fiving the WWE Universe as he does. He enters the ring and stands across from Miz with the United States Championship, that he won from Miz back at Night of Champions, around his waist.

MICHAEL COLE
And I continue ... “At the Cyber Sunday PPV, it will be Daniel Bryan, the United States Champion, against the Miz, the Money in the Bank contract holder. The WWE Universe will be voting for one of three stipulations ... and I have decided to make things a lot more interesting! You see, gentlemen, at Cyber Sunday, you will face each other with three stipulations ...”

Michael Cole looks disgusted again as he reads on and shakes his head. Momentarily lost for words, he looks up at the Miz who is now looking anxious in the ring. Still shaking his head, Cole looks apologetically towards Miz and makes the announcement ...

MICHAEL COLE
“three stipulations. Option A: The winner of the match at Cyber Sunday will have the right to be the General Manager of one episode of RAW before the end of 2010 ... Option B: The winner of the match at Cyber Sunday will be the United States Champion ... or Option C: The winner of the match at Cyber Sunday will be ... the Money in the Bank contract holder.”

The crowd explodes at the last option as Miz looks furious at the idea that he could be defending his Money in the Bank contract against Daniel Bryan at Cyber Sunday if the WWE Universe vote that way. He picks the microphone back up and launches a furious tirade towards Michael Cole ...

THE MIZ
You cannot be serious, General Manager? I won the Money in the Bank contract fair and square, the idea of me defending it against Daniel Bryan is ludicrous. You cannot do that to me, I’m the Miz, the most must-see WWE superstar in a generation.

MICHAEL COLE
Miz, I’m not the General Manager, I’m just the messenger. I agree with you, it’s ridiculous that you should have to defend your contract ...

THE MIZ
You’re too right, it is. Daniel Bryan is the lowest of the low here in the WWE, he does not deserve any chance to become WWE Champion and he certainly does not have the right to challenge for my Money in the Bank contract.

Jerry Lawler gets to his feet at ringside and picks up a microphone of his own ...

JERRY LAWLER
Moan, moan, moan, whine, whine, whine ... Don’t you get it, Miz? The RAW General Manager knows what we all know, you’re a cowardly, spineless man who somehow managed to win the Money in the Bank match. You do not deserve to be able to challenge for the WWE Championship! All you do is moan and whine and find ways to get out of dangerous situations. The WWE Universe would much prefer someone like Daniel Bryan to be in possession of your contract!

THE MIZ
You’d better sit yourself down, Lawler, before I come out there and put you down.

Daniel Bryan walks over and stands between the Miz and his path towards Jerry Lawler with a smirk on his face, he is amused by the whole thing but seems happy with the potential stipulations ...

MICHAEL COLE
What has any of this got to do with you, King? There you go again, taking the spotlight. Your time has past ...

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, shut your mouth, Cole. Otherwise, I may have to shut it for you again like I did at No Mercy!

MICHAEL COLE
How dare you? I am the voice of the WWE, the Miz is the future of the WWE, how dare you treat us in this way? Someone needs to shut your mouth once and for all!

THE MIZ
Calm down, Michael Cole. Everything will be fine. If these people decide to force me to defend my Money in the Bank contract against Daniel Bryan, then I will do just that. Because I am the future of the WWE and I am the greatest superstar here on RAW. I am a future WWE Champion. I am the Miz ... and I’m ... AWWWW ...

*** THE GAME ***



Miz’ catchphrase is cut short as Triple H’s music explodes from the speakers. The 13-time World Champion enters in his time-honoured way complete with the flashing green lights, spotlights and the water bottle. As he stands on the ropes in the corner and the lights return, Miz and Daniel Bryan are now outside the ring, Miz in his apprentice’s corner and Bryan still in front of the announce table ... Triple H and Alex Riley stare at each other in the centre of the ring and wait for the referee to ring the bell.

ALEX RILEY vs. TRIPLE H

A short, squash match and Alex Riley never gets a look in. Triple H dominates after an early flurry of right hands from Riley that catch HHH off guard initially after a distraction from the Miz. Triple H hits a back body drop to take control, a high knee leaves Riley down on the mat and Hunter picks him up and sets for the Pedigree ... which he hits to huge cheers from the WWE Universe. He covers Riley but it’s all academic ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Triple H (1:43)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... TRIPLE H!

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, how sweet was that? Alex Riley face down on the mat from the Pedigree! Maybe Riley will learn now that he should never go making wild claims about teaching Triple H respect!

MICHAEL COLE
The announcement of the General Manager and all the problems before the match, King, they had taken Riley’s focus away. He would have given Triple H a better match without all that!

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, Cole, give it a rest! Alex Riley was lucky to last as long as he did with the Game!

MICHAEL COLE
You know what, King? Somebody is going to teach you another lesson real soon, just like Miz and Riley did at No Mercy ...

JERRY LAWLER
Is that a threat, Cole?

King takes off his headset and stands up to look down on Michael Cole who immediately starts to backtrack ...

MICHAEL COLE
It’s not a threat, King, I was just pointing out that ... Wait a minute!

The Miz jumps Daniel Bryan who has turned his back to watch the Cole and Lawler argument. Miz’ attack sends Daniel crashing down to the floor and Miz looks to set Bryan up for the Skull Crushing Finale ... but Bryan reverses it and takes Miz down to the mat where he locks on the LeBell Lock ... will Miz tap out? No ... Alex Riley comes around and Bryan releases the Miz and stands waiting for Riley’s attack which now doesn’t come ...

JERRY LAWLER
You know what, Cole? I think that on Sunday night, the WWE Universe and Daniel Bryan will end the Miz’ dreams of becoming the WWE Champion! And I cannot wait for that!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with the cameras focused on Nexus in a huddle in their locker room with Wade Barrett issuing instructions in the middle. David Otunga notices the camera and ushers it away out of the locker room. The cameras switch to Randy Orton with his WWE Championship who is talking to Ezekiel Jackson but there is no sign of John Cena right now ... The camera switches back to the announce table where Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler are sat back down after their issues before the commercial break.

MICHAEL COLE
A huge main event to come, King, three members of Nexus ...

JERRY LAWLER
- including leader, Wade Barrett ...

MICHAEL COLE
... three members of Nexus including Wade Barrett face the WWE Champion, Randy Orton, Ezekiel Jackson and the man who could join Barrett and Orton in Cyber Sunday’s WWE Title match ... John Cena!

JERRY LAWLER
And after last week, have the problems between Cena and Orton gone away?

MICHAEL COLE
With Cyber Sunday just six days away, it’ll be a huge ma ... wait a minute, King, I’m getting word of a disturbance backstage.

JERRY LAWLER
It’s not Miz again, is it?

The cameras switch backstage where we see Triple H laid face down on the floor and the sledgehammer beside him, clearly just used to attack him. As the camera zooms out, we see the figure of Sheamus stood over the Game with a look of contentment on his face ...

SHEAMUS
I told ya’ fella, didn’t oi? Stay out of moi way! But you wouldn’t listen, Hunter ... At Cyber Sunday, I’m going to be facing you, one on one. And it is up to the WWE Universe to decide if it will be a Last Man Standing match ...

The crowd jeer Sheamus but there are some cheers of anticipation for a Last Man Standing match ...

SHEAMUS
... a Chain match ...

More cheers from the crowd who are eager to see Triple H take out Sheamus ...

SHEAMUS
... or an Ambulance match.

The crowd cheer again – but which option will they choose?

SHEAMUS
Now, oi don’t care which type of match you decide to put moi in. Oi will win the match and end your career, Triple H ...

Loud jeers are heard but Sheamus smiles an evil smirk and turns and walks away to leave Triple H laid out on the backstage floor ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** WE ARE ONE ***



The Nexus – led by the only man we know will represent them in this match, Wade Barrett – head towards the ring with the boos of the crowd ringing in their ears. They look unperturbed though and cockily make their way into the ring where they again huddle up for more instructions from Barrett ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This six man tag team match is set for one fall. Introducing first ... the NEXUS!

*** VOICES ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And their opponents, introducing first ... from St. Louis, Missouri, he is the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

Orton walks down to the ring carrying the title over his shoulder. Barrett’s eyes focus on the belt as Orton enters the ring and faces the Nexus group who look like they want to attack but manage to hold back ...

*** DOMINATION ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
His partner, from Guyana, South America and weighing 270 pounds ... EZEKIEL JACKSON!

The anticipation builds as Jackson and Orton face the Nexus in the ring. Slowly, Skip Sheffield and Heath Slater back away and exit the ring leaving David Otunga and Justin Gabriel as the apparent partner for Wade Barrett in this match. The crowd wait and then ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS
And from West Newbury, Massachusetts, weighing 240 pounds ... JOHN CENA!

Cena races to the ring and joins forces with Orton and Jackson in the ring. He embraces Ezekiel Jackson but there is a tense handshake between himself and Orton as the two remember last week and the fact that Cena could be challenging for Orton’s WWE Championship at Cyber Sunday as well.

EZEKIEL JACKSON, JOHN CENA & RANDY ORTON vs. NEXUS (Wade Barrett, David Otunga and Justin Gabriel)

The match starts with Ezekiel Jackson and David Otunga in the ring and the Guyana superstar begins to dominate the A-Lister immediately. After several stunning clotheslines and shoulder blocks, Otunga is forced to make the tag to the leader, Barrett, who enters the ring with a confident look on his face. Jackson again looks set to dominate as he gets the upper hand but Barrett counters with a kick to the gut and a knee to the head sends Jackson out through the ropes to the outside. Barrett taunts Cena and Orton to distract the referee and the beating begins on the outside as Gabriel joins Slater and Sheffield in delivering kicks to the fallen Jackson. Eventually, Orton realises what is happening and drops down from the apron to go to the rescue of Jackson forcing Nexus to back away ...

The referee orders Orton back to the corner and begins the count on Jackson who gets back into the ring at 7. Barrett now has control and he begins a slow methodical beating of Jackson before tagging in his partner, David Otunga, who is now recovered and wants another shot at Jackson now he is down. Otunga locks Jackson into a rear naked choke hold whilst positioning his knee into the small of his back. Jackson struggles to survive and tries to edge towards his partners but cannot get away. Otunga rides his way up and locks a headlock instead and tries to wrench it harder but Jackson now begins to power up. Lifting himself up, he lifts Otunga into a suplex and causes separation before reaching out to tag a partner in. Both Cena and Orton’s hands are stretched out and Jackson tags both at the same time causing confusion as both men enter the ring. As Cena and Orton notice, they stare at each other with neither man looking willing to back out ... Eventually, the referee ushers Orton back out as Cena turns to watch ... as he turns back round, Otunga is back on his feet and hits his finishing manoeuvre, the Verdict (thrust spinebuster), leaving Cena down on his back. Otunga covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Cena kicks out looking a little shocked but not beaten ...

MICHAEL COLE
Kick out from Cena! Can he get back into this match? We’ll find out after this break ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with Cena in the Nexus corner and Justin Gabriel now tagged in and beating away at Cena. With Cena covering up and slipping down, Gabriel reverts to stomping Cena in the chest and the referee has to intervene and stop Gabriel. Of course, this is just what Nexus want and Barrett and Otunga take their opportunity to choke out Cena in the corner to the cries of protest from the WWE Universe. A groggy Ezekiel Jackson and a pumped up Randy Orton wait on the ring apron as Gabriel tags in Wade Barrett who signals that the match is over. He picks Cena up and lifts him up for Wastelands ... but Cena wriggles free and tags in Randy Orton who enters like a ball of fire. He takes Barrett down and begins to unwind as he pummels the Nexus leader before stomping on different limbs in turn. Gabriel and Otunga both attempt to stop Orton but he rocks them both with clotheslines before throwing them over the top rope and out of the ring. Orton then drops to the mat and pummels the apron and the crowd anticipate the RKO coming ... As Barrett gets to his knees, the crowd are going crazy as Orton slithers and slides into the opportune position to strike ... Barrett gets to his feet ... RKO! Orton hits the RKO! He goes for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Cena drags Orton off Barrett and stands there looking at Orton with a defiant look on his face. There are some boos in the crowd but most are in shock. What is Cena doing?

Orton gets to his feet and looks at Cena for an explanation, his eyes narrowing as he stares into Cena’s ... Cena clearly tells Orton that he wants to pin Wade Barrett and points to himself. Orton looks unimpressed and pushes Cena hard in the chest. As Cena goes to respond, Ezekiel Jackson gets between the two men and holds them apart. The other members of Nexus now also enter the ring and they appear to side with Cena and, for a moment, it looks as if Cena has joined the Nexus. But it’s not true, Cena turns and start to fight with Slater and Sheffield as Gabriel and Otunga go up against Orton and Jackson. Another RKO from Orton leaves Otunga stunned and Jackson throws Gabriel through the ropes ... Cena and Slater battle to the outside and are followed by Skip Sheffield as Orton watches his partner fighting up the aisle. The three men disappear through the crowd and backstage as Orton looks on ... the referee signals that Orton is the legal man and he turns to go after Barrett again. However, Justin Gabriel hits him with a perfect drop kick that staggers Orton and takes him down. A clothesline from Barrett takes down Jackson and the double team can begin as Gabriel and Barrett beat the WWE Champion down to the mat. Barrett points to Gabriel and then to the top rope ...

Barrett slams Orton down onto the mat and Gabriel makes his way onto the top rope. With Orton now positioned perfectly, Gabriel composes himself and then delivers the lethal 450 splash that leaves both men winded and Orton in considerable pain. As Jackson looks to re-enter the ring, Barrett smashes him back down off the apron into the barricade before ordering Gabriel back out of the ring. Barrett lifts Orton onto his shoulders as Gabriel exits looking a little miffed ... Wastelands! Barrett with the cover to the WWE Champion ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Wade Barrett has beaten the WWE Champion for a second time!

WINNER: Wade Barrett, Justin Gabriel and David Otunga (12:32)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners ... THE NEXUS!

MICHAEL COLE
A second win for Wade Barrett over Randy Orton in two weeks. Is the WWE Championship in jeopardy at Cyber Sunday?

JERRY LAWLER
It most certainly is, Cole. Orton better not be concentrating on John Cena on Sunday – this man is the big danger to him!

MICHAEL COLE
Details of how to vote for Cyber Sunday to be revealed on Smackdown or on wwe.com. We’ll see you on Sunday at Cyber Sunday!

********** END OF SHOW **********

CONFIRMED MATCHES


WWE CHAMPIONSHIP
Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett (vs. John Cena?)
WWE Universe: Will John Cena be entered into the match as well?

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP
Kane vs. The Undertaker
WWE Universe: What type of match will it be?

Sheamus vs. Triple H
WWE Universe: Last Man Standing, Chain Match or Ambulance Match?

US CHAMPIONSHIP (?)
The Miz vs. Daniel Bryan
WWE Universe: Will the winner receive a night as General Manager, the US Championship or the Money in the Bank contract?

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
Layla vs. ???
WWE Universe: Will Kelly Kelly, Melina or Michelle McCool face Layla for the title?

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP
Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes vs. Mark Henry and Evan Bourne

RAW RETIREMENT MATCH
John Morrison vs. Edge vs. Chris Jericho
If Edge and/or Chris Jericho is defeated, they will be retired from the WWE!

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
Dolph Ziggler vs. ???
WWE Universe: Will Alberto Del Rio, Christian or MVP face Ziggler for the title?
 
This is an older thread, you may not receive a response, and could be reviving an old thread. Please consider creating a new thread.
Top